Skip to main content

Full text of "The horse in health, accident & disease : a thoroughly practical guide for every horse owner"

See other formats


wsmm 


//- 


k 


JUA 


THE  HORSE 

IN  HEALTH 
ACCIDENT 
&  DISEASB 

Darley  matheson" 

M.R.G.V.S. 


•muKmm 


THE   HORSE 

IN    HEALTH,   ACCIDENT    AND    DISEASE 


-    O    C  -^ 


"5^  "^  cT  O 
in  A  g'cib 


h-it-. 


60  ,•   C 


S'     .k 


2  c> 


.C/2  M  *» 


.CI,    .«  ^ 
to     c    ..s 

<L'  O  ^.S  en 

*^  ffi  ^ .?  a 


«  JO   O  ,- 


THE  HORSE 

IN    HEALTH,    ACCIDENT    &    DISEASE 


A   THOROUGHLY    PRACTICAL   GUIDE 
FOR    EVERY   HORSE   OWNER 


BY 

"DARLEY    MATHESON," 

M.R.C.V.S. 

AUTHOR   OF    "  CATTLE   AND   SHEEP,"   AND   NUMEROUS  OTHER 
VVOKKS    ON    LIVE   STOCK,  ETC. 


ILLUSTRATED 


London 

C.   Arthur  Pearson,  Ltd 

Henrietta  Street 
192 1 


CONTENTS 


CHAPTER  I 

STABLE   AND    STABLE   CONSTRUCTION,   HYGIENE   OF   THE   STABLE 

Housing— Sanitation— Flooring— Situation— Construction— Stable    »age 
fittings — Water  supply — Bedding      .  .  .  .  .11 

CHAPTER  II 

GENERAL  MANAGEMENT  OF  HORSES 

Grooming — Feeding — Clipping — ^Washing — Clothing  and  band- 
ages— Watering — Wintering  and  Summering  horses — Agist- 
ment of  horses — Forage — Bedding     .  .  .  .  .15 

CHAPTER  III 

HEAVY   DRAUGHT   HORSES 

The  Shire  and  Clydesdale — Percheron  and  Suffolk — The  Packing- 
ton  BUnd  horse  and  Weisman's  Honest  Tom — The  Suffolk 
— ^The  farmer's  horse — The  vanner  and  the  tradesman's 
horse      . '  \,     .........       35 

CHAPTER  IV 

HEAVY   DRAUGHT   HORSES — AGE,    SEX,    COLOUR,    SELECTION, 
SOUNDNESS,    ETC. 

Selection — ^Mating — Conformation — Value  of  the  heavy  draught     ■ 
horse — Soundness — Colour — Age — Vice — Buying  a  horse — 
Feet — Sight  and  wind — Various  diseases    ....       47 

CHAPTER  V 

BREEDING    HEAVY    HORSES    AND    THE    SELECTION    OF    THE 
SIRE    AND    THE    DAM    FOR    THIS    PURPOSE 

Breeding  heavy  horses — Selection — Pedigree     ....       56 
CHAPTER  VI 

THE    CARE    OF    MARE    AND    FOAL THEIR    MANAGEMENT 

FROM    SPRING    TO    WINTER 

Period  of  gestation — Selection — Age  at  which  to  breed  from — 
Registration  of  brood  mares — Disease — FoaUng  season — 
Weather — Weaning — Septic  laminitis  .  .  .  •       59 


6  THE  HORSE 

CHAPTER  VII 

THE    SADDLE   HORSE    OR    RIDER 

Hacks   and   hackneys — Manners — Vice — British   bred   horses —    page 
Height — Colour — Ponies — Plain  and  showy  horses — Sound- 
ness— The  Cleveland  Bay — The  light  van  and  tradesman's 
horse — ^The  hunter  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  -65 

CHAPTER  VIII 

BUYING    A   LIGHT    HORSE    AND    WHAT    TO    AVOID    IN 
SELECTING   THE    SAMEj 

Judgment — Source    of    purchase — Soundness — Welsh    ponies — 

Points  to  note — ^Vice — Common  afflictions        ••  .  .  -77 

CHAPTER  IX 

THE  AGE  OF  THE  HORSE  AS  INDICATED  BY  THE 
TEETH,  ETC. 

How  to  distinguish  horses  of  different  ages — Physical  signs  of 

age — ^Teeth — Gums — Method  of  approximating  age  in  horses       82 

CHAPTER  X 

VICE 

Vice     .  .  .         .  .         .  .  .  .  .  ♦       91 

CHAPTER  XI 

LAMENESS   IN   THE    HORSE 

Predisposition — Acute  or  chronic — Searching  for  cause — Principal 

causes — Rheumatic  arthritis — Dislocations  and  fractures      .       93 

CHAPTER  XII 

SHOES  AND  SHOEING PREPARATION  OF  THE  FOOT 

Shoeing — The  Farrier — Hot  and  cold  fittings — Wear  of  shoes — 
Machine-made  shoes — Preparation  of  foot — Weights  of  shoes 
— Nail  holes — ^Leather  soles — Frost  nails — Lameness  .       98 

CHAPTER  XIII 

THE   FOOT   IN   HEALTH    AND    DISEASE 

Sound  feet  indispensable — Concussion  and  bad  shoeing — Grading 
of  feet — Various  features  in  health  and  disease — Structure 
of  the  feet — Laminitis  or  founder — General  management — 
and  treatment — Navicular  disease — Sandcrack — False 
quarter — Canker  of  the  foot — ^Thrush — Side-bone — Cutting 
or  brushing — Forging — Bruised  heel  .  .  .  .102 


CONTENTS  7 

CHAPTER  XIV 

FACTS    OF    GENERAL   INTEREST 

The  pulse — The  temperature — The  breathing — Physicking  horses    page 
— Administering  medicine  to  horses — BUstering  and  firing — 
Fomentation — Feeding  sick  horses — Castration  of  colts — 
HeaUng  ointment — Wound  lotion — Lotion  for  sore  backs 
and  saddle  gall — Tonic  powders — Saline  fever  powders         .      121 

CHAPTER  XV 

ANATOMICAL    OUTLINES    OF    THE    CONSTRUCTION    OF    THE 
HORSE 

The  skeleton — The  muscular  system — The  internal  structure  ol 
a  horse — The  respiratory  system — The  digestive  system — 
The  urinary  and  genitive  organs         .  .  .  .  .      1 30 

CHAPTER  XVI 

,     SPECIFIC    INFECTIVE    DISEASES 

Catarrh  —  Chronic    catarrh  —  Strangles  —  Influenza — Epizootic 
celluUtis    or    "pink  eye" — Glanders — Farcy  or   cutaneous 
glanders — Anthrax — Tetanus — Joint-ill  or  arthritis  in  foals — 
Rheumatism — Purpura — Infectious  stomatitis — Tuberculosis 
— Actinomycosis      .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .146 

CHAPTER  XVII 

AFFECTIONS    OF    THE    RESPIRATORY    AND    CIRCULATORY   SYSTEMS 

Roaring — Thick  wind — Broken  wind — Chronic  cough — Sore 
throat — Pneumonia — Septic  pneumonia — Formalin  in  pneu- 
monia— Pleurisy — The  heart  and  its  functions    .  .  .164 

CHAPTER  XVIII 

SOME    COMPLAINTS    OF    THE    DIGESTIVE    ORGANS 

Shear-mouth — The    horse   bee — Worms — CoHc — Diarrhoea   and 

scour  in  foals — Lymphangitis  or  weed         .  ,  .  .      i73 

CHAPTER  XIX 

SOME    AFFECTIONS    OF    URINARY    ORGANS 

Azoturia     Diabetes  or  excessive  urination         .  .  .  .180 

CHAPTER  XX 

THE    NERVOUS    SYSTEM    AND    SOME    AFFECTIONS    OF    THE    SAME 

Stringhalt — Shivering — Epilepsy  or  vertigo       .  .  .  .183 


8  THE  HORSE 

CHAPTER  XXI 

DISEASES    OF    BONES,    JOINTS,    TENDONS    AND    LIGAMENTS 

Slipped  shoulder — Splint — Causes   of  splint — ^treatment — Ring-  page 

bone — Open  joint — Septic  arthritis — Bursal  enlargements  or  JJy^; 
wind-galls — Bog-spavin  and  thoro-pin — Curb — Bone-spavin 

— Sprained  tendons  and  ligaments — Treatment  of  same       .  185 

CHAPTER  XXn 

SOME    SKIN    AFFECTIONS 

Epizootic  lymphangitis — Ulcerative  cellulitis — Psoroptic,  sar- 
coptic  and  symbiotic  mange — Causes  of  mange — Recurrent 
mange — Parasitic  mange  order — Treatment  of  mange — 
Rules  to  be  followed  for  the  prevention  and  cu1"e  of  mange 
in  horses — Lice — Ringworm — Causes  of  ringworm — Collar 
and  saddle  gall — Mud  rash — Cracked  heels — Grease — Nettle 
rash       ..........      196 

CHAPTER  XXIII 

THE    EYE    AND    SOME    COMMON    AFFECTIONS 

Injuries  to  the  eyehds — Ophthalmia — ^Treatment  and  manage- 
ment of  same — Recurrent  or  specific  ophthalmia — Opacity 
of  the  cornea — Cataract  .  .  .  ,  .  .  ,216 

CHAPTER  XXIV 

WOUNDS,  FRACTURES    AND    DISLOCATIONS 

Various  kinds  of  wounds — Broken  knee — Picked-up  nail — 
Treatment  of  wounds — Fractures — Various  kinds  of  frac- 
tures     .....•••••     223 

CHAPTER  XXV 

SOMETHING   CONCERNING   ORGANIC   AND   INORGANIC  POISONS 

Yew  poisoning — Foxglove  poisoning — Deadly  nightshade — The 

hemlocks — Arsenic  and  antimony      .  .  •  .         •     229 


LIST    OF   ILLUSTRATIONS 


Points  of  the  Horse 

Frontispiece 

Champion  Shire  StalHon 

facing  page       34 

Shire  Gelding 

.,       „           37 

Champion  Clydesdale  StalHon 

..       ,.           38 

Clydesdale  Mare     . 

„       „           40 

Suffolk  StalHon      . 

,.       ..           42 

Percheron  StalHon 

,.       „           42 

Hunter          .... 

,,       .,           72 

Polo  Pony     . 

„       .,           72 

Hackney  Stallion   , 

„       „           77 

Shetland  Pony 

"       »           77 

Illustrations  of  the  Teeth  of  the  Horse,  showing  "  tem- 

porary "  and  "permanent"  incisors  from  birth  to 

thirty  years pages  88,  89 

Pedal-bone  to  illustrate  Side-bone           .          .          .               page  120 

Skeleton  of  the  Horse      . 

..      135 

THE  HORSE 

IN  HEALTH,  ACCIDENT  AND  DISEASE 

CHAPTER  I 

STABLES  AND  STABLE  CONSTRUCTION 
HYGIENE  OF  THE  STABLE 

Those  who  study  the  welfare  of  their  horses  will 
endeavour  to  see  that  their  animals  are  comfortably 
housed,  though,  unfortunately,  a  large  proportion  of 
stables  are  anything  but  satisfactory.  Some  horse 
owners  seem  to  have  an  idea  that  any  sort  of  hovel  is 
good  enough  to  keep  a  horse  in,  but  there  can  be  no 
greater  mistake,  and  no  man  can  ever  expect  an  animal 
to  look  well  or  perform  its  work  satisfactorily  if  it  is  kept 
in  a  cold  or  a  damp  stable,  without  drainage  or  sanitation 
of  any  kind.  Every  well-constructed  stable  should  have 
its  inlet  for  pure  air  and  its  outlet  for  impure,  be  eihciently 
drained,  and  provided  with  proper  flooring.  Makeshift 
floors  are  never  any  use,  and  prove  to  be  the  most 
expensive  in  the  long  run.  Existing  stables,  deficient  in 
their  internal  arrangements,  can  very  often  be  materiaUy 
improved  by  slight  additional  cost.  The  best  site  for  a 
stable  is  one  on  a  gravel  soil,  with  the  front  of  the  stable 
facing  the  south  or  south-west.  If  there  is  a  slight 
natural  elevation  of  the  ground,  so  much  the  better.  The 
walls  can  be  constructed  of  wood,  corrugated  iron,  brick, 
reinforced  concrete,  or  stone,  the  last-named  being  the 
best   of   all,   unless   exception   be   taken   to   reinforced 


12  THE  HORSE 

concrete.  All  wooden  stables,  no  matter  how  soundly 
constructed,  are  cold  in  the  winter  ;  and  so  are  corru- 
gated iron  ones,  with  the  additional  disadvantage  of 
being  too  hot  in  summer.  For  temporary  stables  both 
these  materials  may  suffice.  The  roof,  if  a  concrete 
stable,  should  either  be  slated  or  tiled,  preferably  the 
former.  The  best  material  for  the  floor  is  concrete,  or 
else  vitrified  stable  paving.  The  latter,  or  something  of 
a  similar  nature,  is  used  in  all  the  best  stables.  A  floor 
set  with  this  kind  of  paving  is  almost  indestructible  and 
certainly  the  cleanest.  Ordinary  bricks,  *  asphalt,  and 
wood  are  not  suitable  for  stable  floors  or,  at  any  rate, 
should  never  form  permanent  stable  flooring.  In  laying 
the  floor,  the  drainage  should  be  on  the  surface  and  slope 
towards  a  surface  drain  at  the  foot  of  the  stall,  which 
conveys  the  liquid  into  a  well-trapped  drain  outside  the 
stable.  The  drain  inside  the  building  may  either  be  open 
or  closed,  with  a  surface  grating,  for  preference  the  latter. 
A  great  deal  of  care  should  be  bestowed  upon  the  con- 
struction of  the  floor,  otherwise  it  will  never  be  satis- 
factory. For  instance,  if  there  is  too  much  of  a  gradient  in 
the  stalls,  fluid  excreta  runs  away  too  quickly  and  leaves 
particles  of  solid  matter  behind.  If,  on  the  other  hand, 
the  fall  is  insufficient,  the  drainage  becomes  inefficient. 
The  author  hkes  to  see  good  roomy  stalls  in  a  stable,  and 
not  only  roomy,  but  lengthy,  say  eight  feet  from  the  head 
to  the  foot  of  the  stall.  Half  the  stalls  one  sees  in  stables 
are  much  too  short  and  too  narrow,  and  quite  incapable 
of  accommodating  a  heavy  draught  horse.  The  width  of 
each  stall  should  be  not  less  than  six  feet  six  inches. 
Given  these  dimensions,  a  horse  can  he  down  comfortably 
and  rise  properly,  whereas  in  a  narrow  stall  it  will  some- 
times be  cast  and  unable  to  rise.  The  space  available  will, 
of  course,  have  all  the  bearing  upon  the  size  and  arrange- 
ment of  stalls,  loose  boxes,  etc.  Neither  the  harness  room 
nor  the  coach  house  should  communicate  directly  with 
the  stable,  as  the  vapour  from  the  latter  is  detrimental  to 


STABLES  AND  STABLE  CONSTRUCTION     13 

harness  and  carriage  appointments.  A  loose  box  or  two 
forms  a  valuable  addition  to  any  stable,  detached  loose 
boxes  being  the  best.  Many  stables  are  fitted  with  one 
or  more  loose  boxes  at  each  end  of  the  stable,  or  some- 
where in  the  building.  These  are  useful  for  the  "  segrega- 
tion ''  of  a  horse,  but  when  the  loose  boxes  are  detached 
from  the  main  building  a  sick  animal  can  be  isolated. 
The  inlet  for  fresh  air  should  be  by  means  of  ventilating 
windows,  i.e.  the  lower  portion  closed  and  the  upper 
open,  so  that  there  is  a  constant  current  of  pure  air 
passing  into  the  stable,  and  foul  air  passing  out  through 
a  ventilating  shaft  in  the  roof.  The  stable  should  be 
neither  too  cold  nor  overheated  ;  a  temperature  of  50° 
to  55°  Fahr.  is  about  right. 

The  best  stable  fittings  are  made  of  iron,  but,  in  the  case 
of  a  temporary  stable,  wood  answers  the  purpose  perfectly 
well.  Iron  mangers  are  by  far  the  most  durable,  and  we 
recommend  these  in  preference  to  all  others.  There  are 
quite  a  number  of  manufacturers  of  stable  fittings,  and 
anyone  contemplating  erecting  a  stable  could  not  do 
better  than  to  apply  to  some  of  these  firms  for  their 
catalogues.  A  plentiful  supply  of  water  should  be  at 
hand  in  every  stable,  as  cleanhness  of  the  stable  is 
necessary  to  the  well-being  of  the  occupants  of  the  stable. 
There  are  quite  a  number  of  details  to  be  worked  out  in 
stable  construction,  but  the  space  at  the  author's  disposal 
prohibits  him  from  entering  into  consideration  of  these. 
The  stable  floor,  during  the  summer,  should  be  washed 
down  daily,  say  every  morning  after  the  bedding  has  been 
lifted,  and  during  the  time  that  the  animal  is  out  at 
exercise,  i.e.  if  there  is  sufficient  help  in  the  stable  for  this 
purpose.  Plenty  of  water,  a  stiff  broom,  and  a  large 
amount  of  energy  are  the  necessaries  for  cleansing  a  stable 
floor.  The  bedding  should  be  taken  outside  the  stable 
and  exposed  to  the  air,  which  should  be  admitted  freely 
to  the  interior  of  the  stable.  A  dirty  and  untidy  stable 
is  a  disgrace   to  anyone,   and  certainly  indicates  the 


14  THE  HORSE 

slovenly  habits  of  its  proprietor.  If  horses  are  worth 
keeping,  either  for  business  or  pleasure,  it  is  surely  not 
too  much  trouble  to  keep  them  as  they  ought  to  be  kept, 
there  being  "  a  place  for  everything,  and  everything  in  its 
place." 


CHAPTER  II 

general  management  of  horses 

Introduction 

In  the  succeeding  paragraphs  the  author  will  deal  with 
matters  such  as  grooming,  feeding,  clipping,  etc., 
which  appertain  to  the  welfare  of  all  classes  of  horses 
working  in  both  town  and  country,  likewise  those  which 
are  turned  out  at  pasture.  Before,  however,  entering 
into  a  brief  consideration  of  these  it  may  be  worth  while 
to  say  a  few  words  concerning  certain  minor  features 
■associated  with  those  who  have  to  look  after  their  horses. 
To  begin  with,  it  is  absolutely  necessary  that  all 
horse-masters,  horse-keepers,  coachmen,  and  grooms 
should  be  early  risers,  be  keen  observers,  and  be  capable 
of  exercising  a  reasonable  degree  of  intelhgence  :  likewise, 
when  necessary,  to  act  on  their  own  initiative.  Every 
horse,  no  matter  whether  in  the  stable  or  out  of  it,  has  its 
own  individuality  ;  its  likes  and  its  dislikes ;  its  preference 
for  particular  kinds  of  forage,  and  its  hours  for  drinking 
and  for  abstaining  from  drinking.  All  horses  should 
drink  freely,  and  those  which  do  so  are  usually  the  best 
thrivers.  AH  horses  should  be  good  resters,  which  is  also 
conducive  to  thriftiness.  There  is  a  special  arrangement 
in  connection  with  the  mechanism  of  the  fore  limbs  to 
enable  a  horse  to  sleep  in  a  standing  attitude,  nevertheless, 
those  which  lie  down  thrive  the  best.  In  the  management 
of  horses  regularity  of  feeding  is  very  necessary.  Animals 
are  able  to  judge  when  feeding  time  arrives  almost  as 
well  as  their  attendants,  and  this  remark  applies  equally 

15 


i6  THE  HORSE 

to  watering  them.  The  comparatively  small  size  of  a 
horse's  stomach,  and  the  short  time  that  food  remains 
within  it,  clearly  indicate  that  this  animal  requires  to  be 
fed  at  fairly  short  intervals,  but  it  should  not  be  fed 
whilst  it  is  at  work.  The  nose-bag  system  of  feeding  is  a 
most  pernicious  one  as  practised  by  the  uninitiated.  To 
fix  on  the  nose-bag  every  time  a  horse  stops  is  one  of  the 
most  idiotic  ideas  ever  estabhshed.  If  a  horse  is  worked, 
fed  from  the  nose-bag,  and  then  allowed  an  hour  or  two's 
rest  the  matter  is  quite  all  right,  so  far  as  feeding  is 
concerned.  Horses  should  not  be  fed  on  journeys  when 
the  body  is  overheated,  but  they  can  always  be  safely 
watered,  provided  that  they  are  not  allowed  too  much 
water.  Anything  from  half  to  one  gallon  will  be  sufficient 
under  these  circumstances.  Another  fallacious  notion  in 
the  watering  of  sick  horses  is  that  of  supplying  them  with 
chilled  water,  which  they  hardly  ever  appreciate.  For 
the  reduction  of  temperature,  as  in  certain  fevers,  cold 
water  is  an  invaluable  medium,  and  ought  always  to  be 
allowed.  Another  matter  which  should  never  be  lost 
sight  of  by  attendants  on  horses  is  that  of  refraining  from 
giving  an  excessive  amount  of  forage  after  a  prolonged 
fast.  This  is  a  waste  of  food,  as  the  extra  grub  will  not 
compensate  for  the  additional  loss  of  muscular  energy 
through  prolonged  abstinence.  The  best  forage  is  the 
most  economical,  and  it  is  far  better  to  pay  more  money 
for  a  good  article  than  to  waste  it  on  inferior  or  damaged 
food.  A  good  horse-master  will  keep  a  watchful  eye  on 
everything  appertaining  to  the  general  welfare  of  his 
charges  ;  in  fact,  it  is  the  horse-keeper's  eye  which  makes 
the  animals  thrive.  Whenever  horses  are  troubled  with  colic 
and  various  other  ailments  it  is  a  sure  sign  that  the  stable 
management  is  at  fault,  and  the  matter  should  be  looked 
into  accordingly.  Every  class  of  the  community  has  its 
unscrupulous  persons,  and  such  unscrupulousness  may 
be  at  the  expense  of  the  animals,  although  they  are  un- 
able to  record  it  in  black  and  white.    It  is  impossible  to 


GENERAL  MANAGEMENT  OF  HORSES       17 

pay  too  much  attention  to  all  matters  connected  with 
horses  ;  their  grooming,  their  housing,  and  their  manage- 
ment in  various  other  ways.  A  conscientious  horse 
keeper  will  spare  neither  time  nor  labour,  within  reason- 
able limits,  upon  the  animals  placed  under  his  care,  and 
he  should  always  be  present  when  horses  are  being  fed 
and  watered,  to  see  that  each  member  of  the  stud  receives 
its  proper  share  of  forage  and  water.  It  is  quite  an  easy 
matter  to  see  whether  horses  are  thriving  or  otherwise. 
Never  purchase  forage  already  mixed,  i.e.  corn  and  chaff, 
bran,  etc.,  combined,  because  it  so  often  happens  that  the 
individual  components  of  a  forage  mixture  are  distinctly 
inferior  in  quality,  or  at  any  rate  good,  bad,  and  in- 
different materials  are  frequently  used  in  this  manner. 

Grooming 

The  grooming  appliances,  plus  the  elbow  grease 
supplied  by  the  strapper,  plus  the  condition  of  a  horse  in 
relationship  to  physical  vigour,  constitute  the  skin  food 
of  this  animal  for  the  essentials  of  grooming.  There  are 
grooms  and  those  which  call  themselves  grooms,  but 
there  is  a  vast  difference  between  the  two.  One  can 
make  a  horse  look  well,  but  the  other  never.  It  is  quite 
an  easy  matter,  both  by  sense  of  touch  and  by  eyesight, 
to  note  whether  a  horse  is  groomed,  indifferently  groomed, 
or  not  groomed  at  all.  Want  of  energy  and  a  dread  of 
work  are  the  chief  causes  of  the  two  last  named.  A 
groom  must  be  energetic  and  ambitious,  active  and 
willing,  conscientious  and  painstaking,  and  have  a  special 
love  for  horses.  Under  these  circumstances  he  is  bound 
to  succeed  and,  as  already  stated,  he  is  a  groom,  as 
opposed  to  the  fictitious  article.  There  is  a  popular  notion 
that  any  man  can  groom  a  horse  and  can  take  up  the 
work  at  a  moment's  notice.  Those  who  had  any  experi- 
ence with  horses  in  the  Army  during  the  recent  war 
know  perfectly  well  how  ludicrous  this  is.    A  groom  must 


i8  THE  HORSE 

be  trained,  and  his  training  to  be  thorough  must  be  that 
under  a  careful  master.  Organisation  in  the  stable  is 
just  as  important  as  it  is  elsewhere.  An  unmethodical 
groom  is  not  a  desirable  asset  in  any  establishment ;  in 
fact,  the  place  is  better  without  him.  The  grooming 
appliances  comprise  the  body  and  the  dandy  brushes, 
a  wisp  of  straw  or  hay,  the  curry  comb,  the  mane  and  the 
tail  combs,  stable  rubbers,  trimming  scissors,  the  singeing 
lamp,  and  the  foot  picker,  along  with  a  stout  arm,  strong 
hands,  and  plenty  of  energy.  These  appliances  and  their 
accessories  require  to  be  kept  clean  and  in  proper  order. 
In  the  stable  of  the  sluggard  they  will  often  be  found 
thrown  in  odd  corners,  filled  with  dirt,  and  wholly  unfit 
for  use — a  most  unwholesome  picture,  and  one  that  no 
self-respecting  horse  keeper  should  for  a  moment  tolerate. 
The  body  and  the  dandy  brush  must  be  kept  clean  with 
the  curry  comb,  which  is  the  use  of  the  last  named. 
Directly  a  horse  comes  off  work,  no  matter  whether  it  is 
summer  or  winter,  wet  or  fine,  sleet  or  snow,  the  feet 
should  be  washed,  and  this  without  wetting  the  hollows 
of  the  heels. 

There  is  an  art  in  even  doing  a  simple  affair  like  this, 
and  it  is  quite  an  easy  matter  to  make  a  bungling  mess  of 
the  job.  First  of  all  get  the  pail  and  the  water  brush, 
pick  up  the  near  fore  foot  and  support  it  \vith  the  left 
hand,  with  the  brush  in  the  right.  Hold  the  foot  so  that 
the  toe  points  downwards,  and  proceed  to  use  the  brush 
on  the  sole  and  round  the  wall.  Treat  the  hind  foot  the 
same,  and  repeat  on  the  off  side.  Horses  soon  become 
used  to  having  their  feet  washed  immediately  they  come 
in  from  work  and  readily  accept  the  suggestion  when  the 
groom  comes  with  his  brush  and  pail. 

The  feet  washed,  if  the  animal  is  sweating  freely  it 
should  be  allowed  to  cool  by  walking  it  about  for  a  short 
time.  The  majority  of  grooms  put  it  straight  away  into 
its  stall  and  then  give  the  body  a  vigorous  shampooing 
with  a  wisp — a  most  excellent  practice.    The  latter  also 


GENERAL  MANAGEMENT  OF  HORSES       19 

applies  when  the  animal  has  been  out  in  the  rain,  but  a 
straw  wisp  will  be  found  superior  to  hay  for  drying  the 
coat  under  these  circumstances.  Before  using  the  wisp 
excess  of  water  should  be  removed  with  the  body  scraper 
exactly  in  the  same  manner  in  which  this  appliance  is 
employed  after  a  horse  has  been  washed.  The  heat  of  the 
body  and  that  of  the  surrounding  temperature  soon  helps 
to  dry  the  coat,  but  this  process  can  be  assisted  by 
putting  on  a  rug  with  a  packing  of  straw  between  this  and 
the  body.  Under  ordinary  circumstances  when  the  coat 
is  wet  a  rug  should  not  be  put  on  until  such  time  as  the 
animal  is  dry.  Many  horses  begin  to  sweat  after  they  get 
into  the  stable,  usually  in  the  form  of  patches,  but  this 
patchy  sweating  can  generally  be  avoided  by  vigorous 
shampooing  with  a  dry  wisp  of  straw.  Some  grooms 
partially  wash  their  horses  in  the  summer  immediately 
they  come  in  from  work,  but  it  is  better  to  avoid  this 
whenever  possible,  as  a  sudden  cooling  of  the  skin, 
especially  on  the  shoulders  and  saddle,  is  decidedly 
pernicious.  All  parts  where  the  skin  is  thin,  such  as 
around  the  nostrils,  on  the  face,  beneath  the  tail,  etc., 
should  be  sponged  lightly  and  thoroughly  dried  after- 
wards, otherwise  it  is  far  better  to  avoid  this  portion  of 
the  animal's  toilet.  As  soon  as  the  body  is  dry,  dust  and 
mud  should  be  removed  from  the  limbs  with  the  dandy 
brush,  followed  by  a  vigorous  application  of  the  body 
brush  on  every  square  inch  of  the  body,  more  especially 
below  the  belly  and  inside  the  thighs.  If  a  horse  comes 
in  all  covered  with  mud  the  latter  can  either  be  washed 
off  immediately  or  allowed  to  dry  on.  It  is  a  matter  of 
opinion  which  is  the  better  method,  but  all  things  con- 
sidered, the  latter-named  should  have  preference.  The 
mane,  the  fetlock,  and  the  tail  are  just  as  important  as 
other  portions  of  the  body,  though  unfortunately  these 
are  too  often  neglected.  The  season  of  the  year,  the 
condition  of  the  animal,  and  the  length  of  the  coat  are  all 
factors  to  be  reckoned  with,  and  constitute  part  of  the 


20  THE  HORSE 

stable  calendar.  It  is  surprising  what  a  number  of  men 
there  are  up  and  down  the  country,  sometimes  the 
masters  themselves,  and  sometimes  the  hireling,  who  are 
content  to  work  their  horses  until  they  nearly  drop, 
and  then  after  taking  them  out  of  harness  or  the  saddle 
merely  let  the  animal  go  into  its  stall,  tie  it  up,  feed  it, 
and  leave  nature  to  do  the  rest.  Honest  work  deserves 
honest  reward,  but  surely  to  treat  a  horse  in  this  fashion 
does  not  constitute  the  latter.  A  well-groomed  horse 
should  be  a  constant  source  of  pleasure,  a  dirty  or  neglected 
one  a  continual  eye-sore. 

The  chamois  leather  and  the  stable  rubber  require  free 
application  for  putting  on  the  finishing  touches.  After  a 
horse  has  been  thoroughly  cleaned  and  dried  the  clothing 
and  bandages  should  be  put  on.  Flannel  bandages 
require  to  be  carefully  adjusted,  and  whilst  these  are 
intended  for  keeping  up  a  good  circulation  in  the  legs 
at  the  lower  parts,  and  also  for  maintaining  the  tendons 
in  a  fine  condition,  they,  the  bandages,  must  never  be 
applied  tightly. 

Clipping 

Horses  can  be  clipped  at  any  season  of  the  year,  and 
this  without  causing  them  any  inconvenience,  provided 
that  the  body  is  suitably  clothed  afterwards.  If  a  horse  is 
kept  in  a  stable  all  the  winter  and  suitably  clothed  it  will 
not  require  clipping,  provided  that  the  animal  has  not 
been  clipped  before,  but  once  it  is  clipped  it  will  require 
repeating,  i.e.  if  the  owner  wishes  the  animal  to  look  well. 
The  winter  coat  is  much  longer  than  the  summer  one, 
likewise  the  texture  of  the  hair  coarser.  Clipping  by 
hand  machines  is  almost  a  thing  of  the  past ;  wheel 
machines  and  those  which  are  worked  by  electricity  are 
almost  exclusively  used.  Two  men  with  a  hand-power 
machine  can  clip  from  five  to  ten  horses  per  day,  and  do 
the  work  thoroughly.  In  exceptional  instances  horses 
are  troublesome  to  clip,  whilst  certain  animals  have  to  be 


GENERAL  MANAGEMENT  OF  HORSES       21 

either  "  doped  "  or  "  thrown  "  before  they  will  allow  the 
clipping  machine  to  touch  them.  When  the  coat  is  being 
shed,  viz.  in  the  spring  and  the  autumn,  it  is  not  advisable 
to  clip,  but  to  leave  it  for  the  time  being.  All  classes  of 
horses  are  clipped,  but  horse  owners  differ  in  their  views 
as  to  the  manner  in  which  to  clip  ;  moreover,  there  are 
different  views  in  different  localities.  Some  prefer  to 
clip  the  v/hole  of  the  body  and  the  Hmbs  ;  others  will 
remove  the  hair  only  "  trace-high,"  leaving  the  whole  of 
the  hair  on  the  limbs  and  lower  portion  of  the  belly, 
believing  that  the  hairy  covering  thus  left  on  affords 
protection  against  mud  rash,  grease,  and  cracked  heel. 
That  it  may  do  so  against  the  last-named  is  a  reasonable 
assumption,  but  to  leave  the  hair  on  above  the  fetlock  is, 
in  the  author's  opinion,  quite  a  useless  procedure.  There 
is  nothing  to  be  gained  by  it,  and  a  great  deal  to  lose  in 
the  economy  of  labour.  A  clipped  horse  can  be  groomed 
in  one  fourth  the  time  as  compared  with  that  of  an  un- 
dipped one,  excepting  in  the  case  of  horses  which  have 
never  been  clipped,  and  whose  coats  are  in  a  short  and 
fine  condition  through  being  clothed  and  stabled  all  the 
year  round.  When  the  hairy  covering  is  long  it  causes  a 
horse  to  sweat  too  freely,  and  the  result  is  that  it  loses 
flesh.  It  is  much  more  economical  to  forage  a  clipped 
horse  than  one  with  a  long  coat.  No  man  can  properly 
groom  a  horse  Vv^ith  a  superabundance  of  hair  upon  it, 
and  nothing  can  be  more  disheartening  to  the  groom  than 
seeing  his  labour  wasted.  Hand  in  hand  with  chpping 
should  be  singeing,  and  the  singeing  lamp,  when  properly 
applied,  is  an  invaluable  aid  to  the  toilet.  All  the  long 
hair  beneath  the  jaw,  around  the  throat,  the  back  of  the 
jaw,  inside  the  forearms,  on  the  brisket,  along  the  floor 
of  the  belly,  between  the  thighs,  etc.,  should  be  removed 
with  the  aid  of  the  singeing  lamp.  For  the  removal  of 
the  nits  of  lice  and  the  eggs  of  the  warble  fly  the  singeing 
lamp  is  invaluable,  and  it  also  can  be  made  to  play  a 
significant  part  when  deahng  with  cases  of  mange. 


22  THE  HORSE 

Washing 

Horses  which  are  properly  groomed  seldom  require 
washing,  but  circumstances  may  render  this  operation 
necessary,  and  it  can  be  done  at  any  season  of  the  year. 
It  is  a  good  plan  to  wash  a  horse  after  it  has  been  clipped, 
a  single  washing  for  this  purpose  being  sufficient.  In 
cases  of  mange  it  is  absolutely  necessary  to  give  the  skin 
a  thorough  cleansing  through  the  use  of  soap  and  water. 
If  an  oily  dressing  has  been  used  this  should  be  washed 
off  at  intervals  of  three  or  four  days.  In  the  summer  an 
occasional  bath  is  beneficial  to  the  skin,  and  the  animal 
feels  reinvigorated  through  its  use. 

Clothing  and  Bandages 

All  light  horses,  especially  during  the  winter,  require 
the  use  of  a  rug,  preferably  a  woollen  one,  and  the  ov/ner 
should  see  that  the  clothing  is  taken  proper  care  of  and 
not  thrown  in  any  odd  comer  of  the  stable,  as  so  often 
happens  amongst  the  neghgent.  There  should  be  a 
clothing  box  in  every  well-regulated  stable  where  the  rugs, 
bandages,  etc.,  can  be  kept.  For  summer  a  hght  woollen 
rug  is  required,  and  in  the  winter  a  heavier  one.  In  a 
well-appointed  stable  all  the  horses  wear  clothing,  and  it 
greatly  improves  the  appearance  of  the  stud.  One  or  more 
sets  of  flannel  bandages  are  requisite  and,  like  the  clothing, 
must  be  taken  proper  care  of. 

Watering 

It  is  impossible  to  overestimate  the  value  of  a  good 
supply  of  water  for  horses,  as  this  fluid  is  practically  food 
for  the  horse.  Whenever  there  is  a  shortage  of  water  for 
horses  it  will  soon  render  itself  apparent  in  the  loss  of 
condition.  When  horses  are  grazing,  especially  in  the 
spring  and  early  summer,  they  can  do  with  less  water  than 
when  the  herbage  is  dry,  or  the  animals  are  fed  in  the 


GENERAL  MANAGEMENT  OF  HORSES   23 

stable  ;  nevertheless,  a  liberal  supply  of  water  is  essential 
for  the  well-being  of  these  animals.  In  some  stables  a 
constant  supply  of  fresh  water  is  kept  in  front  of  the 
horses,  the  manger  being  fitted  with  a  water  trough. 
This  is  an  excellent  plan  and  one  which  should  be  borne 
in  mind  by  anyone  contemplating  building  a  stable.  All 
horses  should  be  watered  three  times  a  day,  and  four 
when  convenient.  During  the  winter  the  early  morning 
watering  of  horses,  more  particularly  when  the  weather  is 
severe,  is  not  necessary,  as  the  animals  will  seldom  drink. 
If  horses  are  watered  at  8  a.m.,  12  noon,  and  4  p.m.,  being 
fed  one  hour  later,  the  arrangement  will  usually  be  found 
satisfactory.  In  summer  feed  and  water  an  hour  earlier, 
but  regularity  in  feeding  and  watering  is  a  sine  qua  non. 
It  is  a  bad  practice  to  feed  and  water  horses  only  twice  a 
day.  It  is  considered  a  good  plan  always  to  water  your 
horses  a  short  time  before  they  are  fed  in  order  that  their 
stomachs  may  be  given  the  opportunity  of  deahng  to  their 
fullest  extent  with  the  corn  supplied,  Where  several 
horses  are  watered  at  the  same  trough  it  is  a  most  impor- 
tant matter  not  to  take  the  animals  away  from  the  trough 
until  all  have  drank  freely.  Some  horses  will  drink  freely 
immediately  they  get  to  the  trough,  whereas  others 
require  to  be  given  time  to  think  the  matter  over,  and  if 
those  which  have  had  their  fill  of  water  are  taken  away 
immediately,  the  others  usually  want  to  follow  suit, 
although  they  may  have  drunk  little  or  no  water.  The 
result  is  some  members  of  a  stud  are  properly  watered, 
and  the  rest  improperly  so.  A  horse  will  drink  from  half 
to  three  gallons  of  water  at  one  time.  If  the  body  is  over- 
heated about  half  a  gallon  of  water  will  be  sufficient  for 
the  time  being.  Horses  which  are  poor  drinkers  never 
thrive  as  well  as  those  which  drink  freely.  Drinking 
water  at  public  troughs  is  a  most  pernicious  practice, 
and  carters  and  vanmen  shoud  be  warned  against  the 
dangers  of  allowing  this.  The  greatest  offenders  in  the 
watering  of  horses  are  farmers,  many  of  whom,  and  their 


24  THE  HORSE 

carters,  water  their  horses  at  the  farm  pond,  the  water  in 
which  is  usually  of  a  most  stagnant  nature  and  totally 
unfitted  for  drinking  purposes.  This  offence  is  greatly 
aggravated  by  the  horses  walking  into  the  pond  and 
stirring  up  the  mud  or  sand.  Large  quantities  of  sand 
must  necessarily  be  taken  into  the  stomach  and  intestines, 
where  it  acts  as  an  irritant.  Later  on  it  will  lead  to  the 
production  of  sand  colic  and  ultimately  the  death  of  the 
animal.  Horses  which  are  fed  off  the  ground  are  liable 
to  suffer  in  a  similar  manner.  Greasy  l^gs  and  cracked 
heels  are  very  liable  to  follow  when  horses  are  continually 
going  into  the  water  of  a  pond.  Doubtless  many  readers 
will  argue  that  their  animals  have  been  watered  in  this 
way  for  years  and  never  yet  given  any  trouble,  the  answer 
to  which  is  that  the  risk  still  remains  and  the  evil  resulting 
therefrom  is  bound  to  come  sooner  or  later.  Many  of 
these  farm  ponds  contain  an  excess  of  nitrates,  and  these 
alone  may  be  the  cause  of  loss  of  condition.  The  watering 
pail  should  be  kept  exclusively  for  this  purpose,  and  those 
which  are  made  of  zinc  are  preferable  to  wooden  ones. 

Wintering  and  Summering  Horses 

There  are  some  horse  owners,  although  these  are  cer- 
tainly in  the  minority,  who  allow  their  horses,  excepting 
when  required  for  work,  to  remain  out  throughout  the 
winter  and  summer,  both  during  the  day  and  during  the 
night,  beheving  in  the  "  open  air  system  "  of  treating 
horses.  In  the  summer  there  is  nothing  better,  but  in  the 
winter  it  is  a  plan  which  cannot  and  should  not  be 
generally  adopted.  With  mountain  and  moorland  ponies 
the  matter  is  quite  different,  but  once  a  horse  has  been 
stabled  it  is  not  right  to  allow  it  to  remain  at  pasture 
throughout  the  winter,  unless  it  is  provided  with  a 
reasonable  amount  of  shelter  and  a  certain  amount  of 
corn  daily.  At  the  end  of  the  hunting  season  it  is  a  general 
custom  to  turn  hunters  out  for  the  following  four  or  five 


GENERAL  MANAGEMENT  OF  HORSES   25 

months,  when  they  usually  become  "  grass  fat,"  but  all 
this  superfluous  flesh  has  to  be  got  rid  of  by  about  the 
end  of  October,  being  substituted  by  hard  muscles  for 
soft  ones— i.e.  by  condition.  Unquestionably  this  plan 
has  a  beneficial  effect  upon  the  joints,  tendons,  and  liga- 
ments, and  improves  the  general  tone  of  the  circulation. 
Moreover,  grass  is  a  necessary  aperient  and  "  Dr.  Green  " 
will  often  work  wonders.  A  free  supply  of  water  should 
always  be  kept  handy  when  horses  are  turned  out  to 
graze,  especially  if  the  grass  is  very  dry  and  the  herbage 
scanty.  As  opposed  to  summering  horses  the  "  soihng  " 
system  is  sometimes  adopted.  It  comprises  keeping  a 
hunter  or  a  thoroughbred  in  a  roomy  loose  box  during 
the  summer,  and  feeding  it  upon  green  food,  along  with 
hay,  with  little  or  no  corn.  It  is  not  to  be  compared  to 
the  summering  system  in  the  writer's  opinion,  there  being 
so  many  disadvantages.  When  horses  are  turned  out  to 
graze  always  remove  the  hind  shoes  and  be  careful  to  see 
that  the  fore  shoes  are  regularly  removed,  the  feet 
trimmed,  and  the  shoes  replaced. 

The  Agistment  of  Horses 

Some  owners  of  grazing  pastures  make  a  regular 
practice  of  taking  horses  in  for  grazing  purposes  at  so 
much  per  head  per  week,  the  proprietor  being  known  as 
the  Agister.  All  sorts  and  conditions  of  horses  are 
commonly  turned  out,  more  especially  for  the  week-end, 
in  places  of  this  kind.  To  prevent  injury  to  or  from  other 
horses  the  hind  shoes  should  always  be  removed,  but  a 
person  who  takes  in  horses  does  not,  like  an  innkeeper, 
insure  their  safety,  yet  he  is  obliged  to  take  all  reasonable 
care.  The  Agister  is  liable  for  particular  neghgence,  i.e. 
he  must  make  good  a  horse  which  is  lost  or  stolen  through 
reasons  which  he  could  have  prevented.  The  fences  and 
the  gates  must  be  kept  in  proper  order,  and  nothing  must 
be  left  about  Hable  to  cause  damage  to  the  animals  taken 


26  THE  HORSE 

in  for  agistment.  It  is  reasonable  to  assume  that  the 
Agister  would  be  liable  for  the  death  of  a  horse  through 
eating  yew,  provided  that  these  shrubs  form  part  of  his 
hedges,  but  the  onus  of  proof,  in  order  to  recover  damages, 
would  rest  with  the  owner  of  the  horse  to  show  that  the 
Agister  must  have  been  aware  of  the  deadly  nature  of  the 
shrub  referred  to. 

Mares  and  foals  should  not  be  turned  out  to  graze  with 
other  horses,  as  many  of  the  former  become  vicious  when 
they  have  a  foal  running  by  their  side. 

The  Horse  and  its  Forage 

As  food  represents  the  fuel  of  animal  mechanism  it  is 
indispensable  that  regularity  of  supply  and  quality  of 
food  constitute  the  basis  of  its  existence.  Domestication 
has  rendered  it  necessary  to  supply  the  horse  with  a  liberal 
amount  of  cornJn  order  that  it  may  perform,  in  a  satis- 
factory manner,  the  work  demanded  of  this  animal. 
Horses  can  live  and  thrive  on  grass,  but  no  grass-fed 
horse  will  continue  to  do  hard  work.  Grass  is  a  horse's 
natural  food,  but  as  previously  stated  the  domestication 
of  this  animal  has  rendered  supplementary  feeding  an 
indispensable  feature  of  its  hfe.  Horses,  like  human 
beings,  vary  considerably  in  their  thriftiness  or  otherwise 
upon  a  given  amount  of  food.  In  other  words,  some 
horses  will  thrive  where  others  will  practically  starve. 
A  voracious  appetite  is  often  associated  with  an  un- 
thrifty condition,  and  no  amount  of  fodder  will  make  an 
animal  of  this  kind  look  well.  The  amount  of  food 
supplied  should  always  be  proportionate  to  the  condition 
of  the  animal  and  to  the  nature  of  the  work  which  it  has 
to  perform.  Horses  of  soft  and  sluggish  temperaments 
are  usually  slow  workers  and  get  fat  on  a  small  amount  of 
food.  It  is  the  pace  and  the  expenditure  of  energy  in 
various  other  ways  which  leads  to  loss  of  flesh  under 
ordinary  conditions.    It  may  be  accepted  as  correct  that 


GENERAL  MANAGEMENT  OF  HORSES   27 

horses  foraged  on  a  mixed  diet  thrive  better  than  when 
an  unmixed  one  is  given,  nevertheless,  all  horses  will  do 
well  on  oats  and  hay,  the  latter  either  as  hay  or  as  chaff, 
i.e.  a  mixture  of  cut  straw  and  cut  hay  or  either  of  these 
grasses  separately.  Age,  sex,  breed,  work  to  be  performed, 
condition  of  the  animal  are  all  important  factors  in 
determining  the  amount  and  nature  of  the  fodder  to  be 
supplied.  Elsewhere  in  this  work  we  have  warned  horse 
feeders  against  the  purchase  of  mixed  forage,  owing  to 
the  inferior  nature  of  some  of  its  constituents,  and  now 
repeat  the  statement  just  as  emphatically.  The  great 
secret  in  feeding  both  healthy  and  sick  horses  is  em- 
bodied in  the  phrase  "  little  and  often."  We  have  known 
horse  owners  feed  their  animals  five  times  a  day,  but 
four  times  is  quite  sufhcent,  and  if  the  exigencies  of 
circumstances  demand  it,  horses  will  thrive  quite  well  on 
three  feeds  per  day,  but  this  statement  does  not  disturb 
the  maxim  already  laid  down. 

■  Forage  for  the  horse  comprises  oats,  maize,  barley, 
beans,  peas,  lentils,  bran,  gram,  hay.  Unseed,  together 
with  certain  auxihary  feeding  stuffs,  such  as  cake,  locust 
beans,  carrots,  swedes,  ensilage,  etc.,  but  the  usual  forage 
employed  consists  of  oats  or  barley,  bran  and  hay,  with 
or  without  beans,  maize,  and  linseed. 

All  the  foregoing  kinds  of  forage  vary  greatly  in  their 
,  quality,  and  it  is  very  necessary  for  anyone  having  any- 
thing to  do  with  the  foraging  of  horses  to  acquire  a  know- 
ledge as  to  what  constitutes  good,  bad,  or  indifferent  forage 
No  price  of  forage  can  be  quoted,  as  the  market  price 
must  be  the  price  at  the  time  of  purchase.  Under  normal 
conditions  good  hay  can  be  bought  for  £4  los.  or  £5 
a  ton,  but  the  last  war  has  altered  all  conditions  of 
purchase,  as  well  as  prices.  Huge  quantities  of  forage 
are  brought  into  Great  Britain  from  the  Colonies  and 
United  States,  and  nearly  all  the  hay  coming  from  the 
United  States  consists  of  one  grass  only,  viz.  "  Timothy  " 
{phleum  pmtensa).     In   that  country  this  grass  attain 


28  THE  HORSE 

three  or  four  feet  in  height  and  grows  luxuriantly.  The 
following  resume  of  the  various  kinds  of  fodder  employed 
in  the  feeding  of  horses  should  prove  of  interest  to 
readers. 

Hay  is  divisible  into  Enghsh,  Scottish,  and  Irish,  but 
Scottish  and  Enghsh  are  by  far  the  best.  Hay  should  be 
at  least  one  year  old  before  it  is  used,  have  a  pleasant  and 
fragrant  odour,  and  contain  such  grasses  as  rye,  Timothy, 
crested  dog's-tail,  meadow  fox-tail,  and  sweet-scented 
vernal  grass,  as  this  grass  is  grown  chiefly  for  the  pleasant 
odour  which  it  confers  on  the  hay  crop.  Samples  of  hay 
vary  remarkably  in  their  quahty.  Two  other  grasses, 
viz.  the  meadow  fescue  and  rough  cock's-foot  grass  are 
also  contained  in  the  best  samples  of  hay.  It  should 
neither  be  mow-burned  or  musty,  but  thousands  of  tons 
of  damaged  hay  must  have  been  consumed  by  horses  in 
the  army  during  the  recent  war.  Nevertheless,  no  sane 
person  would  ever  wittingly  purchase  forage  damaged  in 
the  manner  referred  to.  "  Weathered  hay,"  i.e.  hay 
which  has  been  repeatedly  soaked  and  dried  loses  much 
of  its  value,  and  if  hay  of  this  kind  is  bought  it  can  be 
improved  as  forage  for  horses  by  mixing  with  it,  in  its 
cut  state,  a  small  quantity  of  salt.  The  chief  difference 
between  good  hay  and  bad  hay  commonly  results  from 
too  little  or  too  much  heat  being  evolved  in  the  stack. 
Overheating  hay  to  the  extent  of  blackening  or  charring 
it  causes  it  to  become  sour,  owing  to  the  formation  of 
acetic  acid.  It  requires  about  388  lb.  of  grass  to  make 
100  lb.  of  hay,  the  loss  in  weight  being  chiefly  due  to 
water.  The  loss  of  nutritious  ingredients  is  attributable 
to  the  process  of  fermentation  carried  on  in  the  stack. 
The  sugar  has  been  largely  converted  into  alcohol  and 
carbon  dioxide,  through  which  chemical  change  a  certain 
amount  of  waste  must  take  place,  but  there  is  compensa- 
tion in  return,  as  the  fermentation  in  the  stack  breaks 
down  the  woody  fibres  of  the  grass  stems.  Horses  should 
be  allowed  from  5  to  20  lb.  of  hay  per  diem. 


GENERAL  MANAGEMENT  OF  HORSES   29 

After  grass  is  cut  for  hay  it  parts  with  about  three- 
fourths  of  its  weight  by  evaporation,  but  whilst  it  is 
lying  on  the  field  it  undergoes  no  chemical  changes.  When 
it  is  in  the  stack  the  starch  contained  in  the  grass  is,  by 
the  action  of  the  heat,  converted  into  sugar.  In  making 
hay  early  mowing  should  be  practised,  i.e.  when  the  grass 
is  young  and  before  the  seeds  have  formed  in  the  flower 
heads. 

If  the  hay  is  cut  when  it  is  young  it  is  more 
digestible  and  of  higher  quality.  If  the  weather  continues 
to  be  wet  when  hay  has  been  cut  allow  it  to  lie  on  the 
ground  without  disturbing  it,  otherwise  the  grass  stems 
are  very  liable  to  be  broken.  The  stems  of  all  grasses  are 
protected  by  siHca,  which  forms  a  protective  mantle  for 
them,  and  if  this  is  broken  by  tossing  the  grass  about  wet 
enters  the  stems  and  irreparable  damage  is  done.  The 
most  economical  method  of  feeding  hay  to  horses  con- 
sists in  cutting  it  up,  but  horses  require  the  use  of  a 
bulky  food,  so  that  a  certain  amount  of  hay  should  be 
given  uncut.  Most  of  the  samples  of  Scottish  hay  consist 
of  perennial  rye  grass,  which  flowers  in  May  and  June. 
The  stems  of  this  grass  grow  to  one  or  two  feet  in  height, 
and  either  alone  or  in  combination  with  other  grasses  it 
makes  a  first-class  hay.  It  differs  from  the  Italian  rye 
grass  by  the  fact  that  the  latter  has  long  awns  to  its 
flower  in  bloom,  whereas  the  awn  is  practically  absent  in 
the  perennial  rye  grass.  One  of  the  worst  grasses,  and 
certainly  one  of  the  least  nutritious,  is  that  known  as 
Yorkshire  fog,  and  its  presence  in  a  pasture  is  an  indica- 
tion of  the  poor  condition  of  the  soil.  The  smooth  stalk 
meadow  grass  flowers  in  June  and  early  in  July,  and  it 
adds  to  the  value  of  hay  considerably,  a  remark  which  is 
equally  applicable  to  the  cock's-foot,  provided  that  the 
latter  is  cut  before  it  is  allowed  to  grow  too  coarse.  A 
sparing  amount  of  clover  adds  to  the  value  of  hay,  and 
horses  relish  it  all  the  more  when  it  contains  this.  Sain- 
foin hay  and  clover  hay  are  generally  on  the  market,  and 


30  THE  HORSE 

it  is  alwa\^s  a  good  plan  to  purchase  a  small  quantity  as 
an  addition  to  the  ordinary  hay. 

There  are  many  varieties  of  clover,  but  giant  clovers 
are  much  too  coarse  for  horses  unless  cut  up.  The  white, 
the  red,  the  pink,  and  the  hybrid  clovers  are  all  excellent 
forage  for  horses,  either  green  or  as  hay,  and  these 
animals  are  remarkably  fond  of  them,  a  remark  which 
appHes  with  equal  truth  to  sainfoin  and  vetches.  No 
horse  should  ever  be  allowed  to  graze  on  such  succulent 
herbage  as  clover  before  the  dew  has  been  evaporated 
from  it  by  the  sun,  otherwise  the  fermentative  changes 
which  are  liable  to  occur  in  the  stomach  may  cause  such 
rapid  hberation  of  gas  as  to  produce  death  within  a  short 
time.  Frosted  grass  and  frosted  roots  are  also  bad  for 
horses  and  particularly  so  for  "  in-foal "  mares.  To  assist 
the  reader  in  recognising  several  of  the  best  grasses  which 
should  form  part  of  a  good  sample  of  hay,  it  is  a  good 
plan  to  obtain  specimens  of  these  from  some  seedsman. 

Concerning  oats  and  barley  both  these  cereals  should 
be  a  year  old  at  least,  and  whichever  has  the  lowest 
market  price  may  be  used,  but  oats  are  always  preferable 
to  barley,  provided  that  they  are  of  good  qualit}^  The 
average  weight  for  oats  ranges  from  36  to  42  ib.  per 
bushel,  but  sometim.es  a  few  pounds  more — more  often, 
though,  a  few  pounds  less.  If  so,  their  feeding  value  is 
proportionately  decreased.  Oats  constitute  a  food  par 
excellence  for  the  horse,  and  many  farmers  rely  exclusively 
upon  oats  and  hay  for  feeding  all  their  horses.  The 
farmer  is  not,  however,  as  a  rule  a  great  horse  master, 
and  the  management  of  his  stud  is  commonly  left  in  the 
hands  of  certain  of  his  dependents,  some  of  whom  possess 
more  knowledge  than  others,  and  it  is  fortunate  for  the 
horse  that  this  is  so.  All  sorts  and  conditions  of  oats  are 
thrust  upon  the  market  and  imported  into  Great  Britain 
from  various  countries.  A  good  sample  of  oats  will  have 
very  httle  husk  but  plenty  of  kernel,  a  shiny  outer 
shell,  be  free  from  any  musty  odour,  and  neither  bleached 


GENERAL  MANAGEMENT  OF  HORSES   31 

nor  kiln  dried,  although  it  is  hardly  hkely  that  the  in- 
experienced would  detect  signs  of  either  of  these  features. 
The  same  remarks  are  applicable  to  barley.  Oats  and 
barley  ma}^  be  given  either  whole  or  crushed.  For  old 
horses  they  should  always  be  given  crushed,  likewise 
both  cereals  can  be  fed  to  horses  either  dry  or  moistened. 
Some  horses  like  them  one  way,  some  another.  It  is  a 
matter  of  indifference  which  way  they  are  given.  From 
5  to  18  lb.  of  oats  per  day  is  the  right  amount  for  each 
horse.  Both  oats  and  barley  should  be  stored  in  a  dry 
place,  otherwise  they  are  liable  to  become  musty  or  get 
over-heated  and  begin  to  sprout,  in  which  state  they  are 
extremely  bad  for  horses. 

A  cereal  which  is  used  in  a  good  many  stables  is  maize, 
given  in  its  bruised  state.  It  is  properly  known  as  Indian 
corn,  and  it  has  ingredients  in  it  of  a  very  fattening 
nature  ;  therefore,  if  a  horse  is  poor,  maize  of  first-class 
quality  should  constitute  a  component  part  of  the  stable 
menu.  As  a  staple  fodder  it  is  vastly  inferior  to  either 
oats  or  barley,  though  we  have  known  some  horse  owners 
who  have  used  nothing  else  but  this  and  hay,  and  who 
were  apparently  quite  satisfied  with  its  feeding  value. 
Instead  of  being  flesh-forming  it  is  fat-forming,  more 
especially  internally,  and  fat  is  no  use  for  work.  It  helps 
to  keep  the  body  warm,  but  this  can  be  more  satisfactorily 
attained  by  work.  From  2  to  4  lb.  maize  per  horse  daily 
is  quite  sufficient  for  all  purposes,  provided  that  it  is  given 
along  with  other  food.  If  employed  alone,  from  5  to  14  lb. 
of  maize  would  be  required  daily. 

Beans,  peas,  and  lentils  are  given  either  bruised  or  split 
up  along  with  oats,  bran,  and  chaff.  They  are  aU  excellent 
for  bringing  horses  into  good,  hard  condition,  and  used 
in  this  manner  from  2  to  4  lb.  per  day  will  be  sufficient. 
They  are  very  rich  in  nitrogeneous  matter,  and  their  heat- 
giving  quahties  are  considerable.  They  are  specially 
valuable  during  the  winter.  The  author  strongly  recom- 
mends all  horse  owners  to  add  a  proportion  of  beans  to 


32  THE  HORSE 

their  forage,  as  it  will  certainly  pay  them  for  any  additional 
expense.  Beans  will  replace  an  equivalent  quantity  of 
oats,  so  that  there  need  be  no  difficulty  if  beans  are 
procurable.  Peas  and  lentils  are  a  good  substitute  and 
their  properties  very  similar. 

Bran  is  extensively  employed ;  in  fact,  nearly  every 
stable  has  a  compartment  in  the  corn  bin  for  its  bran. 
It  is  the  coarser  offal  of  the  wheat,  but  its  nutritive  value 
is  comparatively  small.  When  given  as  a  mash  alone  or 
in  conjunction  with  scalded  oats  it  has  marked  laxative 
properties.  Horses  seem  to  like  it  along  with  their  food, 
but  some  are  fonder  of  it  than  others.  Good  bran  should 
have  a  pleasant  odour,  leave  a  mealy  mark  when  rubbed 
on  the  palm  of  the  hand,  and  be  in  moderatel}^  large 
flakes.  Old  bran  has  a  brownish  tint,  the  flakes  are  small, 
and  it  loses  nearly  all  its  floury  touch.  It  is  more  used  for 
poultices  than  anything  else,  but  even  for  this  purpose 
there  is  a  lot  to  be  said  against  it,  and  very  Httle  to  be  said 
for  it.  The  days  of  the  bran  poultice  are  over,  or  at  any 
rate  should  be.  From  i  to  2  lb.  of  bran  a  day  is  quite 
enough  as  an  addition  to  the  forage.  Linseed,  on  the 
other  hand,  is  a  most  invaluable  adjunct,  as  its  nutritive 
properties  stand  well  in  the  hst.  It  requires  well  cooking 
so  as  to  swell  the  seeds  in  order  to  obtain  its  mucilaginous 
quahties.  It  is  also  rich  in  oil,  and  from  it  linseed  oil  is 
derived.  In  France  linseed,  or  flax,  is  grown  to  a  consider- 
able extent,  but  most  of  the  linseed  imported  into  Great 
Britain  used  to  come  from  Russia.  A  pound  of  linseed 
may  be  allowed  to  displace  2  lb.  of  oats  in  the  forage 
ration,  provided  that  the  linseed  is  properly  cooked. 
It  has  a  most  beneficial  effect  on  the  coat  and  skin,  and 
horses  improve  greatly  on  this  substance. 

For  sick  horses  linseed  is  simply  invaluable,  for  which 
purpose  it  is  most  extensively  employed.  It  requires 
careful  cooking,  and  the  best  method  of  deahng  with  it  is 
to  boil  it  in  a  steam-jacketed  cooker,  otherwise  it  is 
inclined  to  stick  to  the  bottom  of  the  copper  and  get 


GENERAL  MANAGEMENT  OF  HORSES   33 

burned.  Constant  stirring  would  prevent  this.  Linseed 
was  largely  used  in  the  army  for  the  horses,  more  especially 
in  the  veterinary  hospitals,  and  it  proved  its  value  beyond 
all  question  of  doubt,  at  home,  in  France,  and  other 
theatres  of  war. 

Locust  beans  were  a  good  deal  used,  the  steamed  beans 
being  mixed  with  the  forage.  The  locust  beans  contain 
a  large  amount  of  sugar,  and  the  majority  of  horses 
became  very  fond  of  them.  Carrots,  swedes,  turnips,  etc., 
form  useful  auxiliaries  in  the  feeding  of  horses,  more 
especially  carrots  for  sick  animals.  There  are  very  few 
horses  that  would  refuse  carrots,  even  when  seriously  ill. 
It  is  a  poor  man's  stable  that  cannot  afford  a  sack  or  two 
of  carrots  in  the  year.  They  should  be  washed  and  given 
whole,  and  this  remark  apphes  to  turnips  and  swedes. 
For  working  horses  boiled  food  does  not  commend  itself 
to  the  writer  as  he  believes  that  it  is  inchned  to  make 
horses  soft  in  flesh,  just  the  very  reverse  of  what  occurs 
when  beans  are  given,  to  counteract  the  effects  of  which 
an  occasional  swede  or  two  is  useful. 

Bedding 

The  best  bedding  material  is  straw,  either  oat,  wheat,  or 
rye,  the  last  named  being  perhaps  the  best  of  all.  There 
is  very  little  rj^e  straw  about,  so  it  is  hardly  likely  to  be 
used  for  bedding  purposes.  Moss  litter,  bracken,  and  no 
bedding  at  all,  excepting  the  hard,  hard  floor  are  the 
remaining  materials.  There  is  nothing  to  supersede  a 
deep  bed  of  clean  wheat  straw.  To  economise  stable 
expenditure  this  can  be  lifted  in  the  daytime,  all  soiled 
particles  removed,  and  the  bedding  relaid  between  four 
and  six  o'clock.  If  a  horse  is  given  a  good  bed  it  does  at 
least  afford  it  the  opportunity  of  lying  down  and  resting. 
Some  horses  apparently  never  lie  down,  but  a  well- 
earned  rest  is  always  a  great  restorative.  In  some 
locaUties  straw  is  plentiful,  whereas  in  others  it  can  hardly 


34  THE  HORSE 

be  obtained  at  any  price.  In  all  the  best-appointed 
stables  straw  bedding  is  employed,  as  it  looks  the  best, 
makes  the  best  bed,  and  subsequently  turns  into  excellent 
manure,  but  it  is  not  supposed  to  have  the  manurial  value 
of  moss  litter.  If  moss  litter  is  used  it  should  be  well 
broken  up,  frequently  raked  over,  and  the  saturated  por- 
tions of  it  removed  from  the  stall  with  the  shovel.  It  is 
a  very  good  absorbent  and  hasr  slight  antiseptic  proper- 
ties, but  it  gets  into  the  coat  and  makes  both  horse  and 
stable  untidy.  Sawdust  is  a  powerful  absorbent,  but 
much  too  dry  for  horses'  feet.  Bracken  makes  a  very 
good  bedding,  provided  that  the  animals  do  not  put  their 
beds  inside  them  through  the  consumption  of  the  bracken. 
It  is  an  extremely  bad  plan  to  allow  horses  to  lie  on  bare 
or  hard  flooring,  as  they  do  considerable  damage  to  the 
fetlocks,  the  knees,  and  to  the  points  of  the  hocks  by 
continual  bruising  of  these  particular  parts.  Moreover, 
they  get  extremely  dirty  and  are  difficult  to  clean.  A 
good  bed  after  a  hard  day's  work,  a  good  strapping,  and  a 
liberal  feed  may  be  said  to  constitute  the  three  ideal 
factors  in  the  daily  life  of  a  horse. 


CHAPTER  III 

HEAVY  DRAUGHT  HORSES 

Under  the  heading  of  this  chapter  the  author  has  con- 
sidered it  advisable  to  place  those  horses  which  are 
capable  of  performing  the  heaviest  class  of  haulage,  and 
which  constitute  horses  derived  from  not  only  the 
British  Isles,  but  from  the  United  Sates,  Canada,  and 
from  the  Continent.  During  the  last  few  years  huge 
quantities  of  horses  have  been  brought  into  Great  Britain 
from  Canada  and  the  States,  many  of  which  animals  are 
of  a  very  useful  type,  but  certainly  very  few  indeed  are 
equal  to  the  class  of  heavy  draught  horses  bred  in  Great 
Britain.  The  writer  has  examined  thousands  of  these 
horses,  and  it  is  surprising  the  small  percentage  that  can 
be  classified  as  being  of  real  good  conformation,  to  say 
nothing  of  their  slovenly  action  and  bad  manners. 

Horses  which  have  played  a  significant  part  in  making 
the  breeds  of  heavy  draught  horses,  both  in  the  United 
States  and  in  Canada,  are  the  Shire  and  the  Clydesdale, 
the  Percheron  and  the  Suffolk,  all  of  which  are  directly 
or  indirectly  responsible  for  the  heavy  draught  horses 
im.ported  into  the  British  Isles  from  the  United  States 
and  Canada.  A  great  many  of  the  best  sires  have  been 
exported  by  enthusiastic  breeders,  but  the  indiscriminate 
mating  of  animals  is  largely  responsible  for  the  production 
of  the  indifferent  specimens  which  have  been  brought  into 
Great  Britain  from  overseas. 

The  Shire 
This  is  the  heaviest  type  of  cart  horse,  and  one  that  is 
largely  employed  for  the  heaviest  class  of  haulage.    It  is 

35 


36  THE  HORSE 

a  breed  which  originated  in  the  shires,  having  been 
derived  from  the  introduction  of  a  Flemish  sire  into  the 
North  Leicestershire  and  Derbyshire  districts,  and  mating 
this  animal  with  the  mares  in  the  various  districts,  some- 
where between  1726  to  1793.*  Mr.  Bakewell,  of  Dishley, 
has  always  been  regarded  as  one  who  did  a  great  deal 
towards  the  improvement  or  manufacture  of  the  Shire 
horse. 

Two  animals,  viz.  the  Packington  blind  horse  and 
Weisman's  Honest  Tom  are  looked  upon  as  having 
played  a  significant  part  in  the  production  of  the  Shire, 
and  it  would  appear  that  the  county  of  Derbyshire  was  the 
home  where  the  best  Shire  horses  were  bred.  The  old 
English  war  horse,  from  the  days  of  King  Henry  H  to  the 
time  of  Queen  Elizabeth,  really  represents  the  foundation 
stone  of  the  Shire.  The  Shire  Horse  Society  has,  of  course, 
played  a  most  prominent  part  in  making  the  breed  up  to 
its  present  high  standard  of  excellence.  The  only  serious 
rival  to  the  Shire  is  the  Clydesdale,  and  whilst  the  latter 
horse  has  competed  with  the  Shire  from  a  utiUtarian 
standpoint,  there  always  has  been  and  will  continue  to  be 
those  who  favour  the  respective  breeds.  It  is  of  interest 
to  note  that  the  Shire  and  the  Clydesdale  are  now  mated 
together  for  the  production  of  the  so-called  Clydesdale 
Shire  Horse,  and  there  is  no  reason  why  the  combined 
qualities  of  both  should  not  be  reproduced  in  the  manu- 
factured article.  For  a  long  time  there  was  a  certain 
amount  of  prejudice  against  the  mating  of  these  two 
breeds,  but  in  all  probability  there  was  no  valid  reason 
why  such  should  not  take  place.  It  is  hardly  fair  to 
compare  the  respective  merits  of  the  two  breeds,  because 
both  have  their  good  points  as  well  their  bad,  but  if  a 
critical  analysis  were  made  so  far  as  good  points  are  con- 
cerned the  probabihty  is  that  the  scale  would  turn  in 
favour  of  the  Clydesdale. 

In  colour  the  Shire  varies,  but  bay,  brown,  and  grey  are 
frequent,  though,  like  any  other  horse,  a  good  Shire  can 


HEAVY  DRAUGHT  HORSES  37 

be  almost  any  colour.  One  of  the  most  distinctive 
features  of  the  breed  is  the  shortness  of  the  hmbs  and 
the  ponderous  body,  the  latter  rather  a  disadvantage 
than  otherwise.  To  be  tjrpical  a  good  Shire  should  have 
plenty  of  bone  and  substance  throughout,  and  an  abun- 
dance of  hair  of  a  soft,  silky  texture,  extending  from 
below  the  knees  and  hocks,  and  encircling  the  pasterns 
and  coronets.  If  the  hair  is  coarse  in  the  regions  alluded 
to  and  the  skin  thick  it  indicates  that  the  animal  is  of 
coarse  breeding  and  predisposed  to  a  sluggish  circulation. 
Some  people  object  to  a  superabundance  of  hair  at  the 
parts  referred  to,  and  there  is  no  doubt  that  for  horses 
working  on  heavy  land  it  does  give  a  certain  amount  of 
extra  trouble  in  grooming  the  animal,  but  at  the  same 
time  this  long  hair  is  most  decidedly  protective  to  the 
skin,  preventing  cracked  heels,  etc. 

A  well-developed  crest,  moderately  high  withers,  well- 
sprung  ribs,  a  strong  back  and  loins,  and  powerful  quarters 
•are  points  of  importance,  and  as  such  should  never  be 
overlooked  when  purchasing  a  horse  of  this  class.  A 
good  Shire  should  have  the  best  of  feet  and  be  free  from 
both  ring-bone  and  side-bone — two  of  the  commonest 
defects.  There  should  be  a  general  compactness  of  form, 
and  above  all  good  action,  and  such  action  should  mainly 
come  from  the  knees  and  hocks.  Faulty  action  is  quite 
common,  but  it  is  always  distinctly  detrimental.  In 
buying  a  Shire  the  intending  purchaser  should  see  that 
the  animal  is  examined  prior  to  purchase  for  soundness, 
tried  in  harness,  prove  its  suitability  for  the  work  required, 
and  be  sure  that  it  is  representative  of  the  breed  to  which 
it  belongs.  Six  years  is  a  good  age  to  purchase,  whilst  the 
price  may  range  from  80  to  250  guineas,  striking  the 
average  at  120,  when  horses  have  assumed  their  normal 
market  value.  The  last-named  price  does  not,  of  course 
include  horses  required  for  show  purposes,  the  prices  for 
which  range  up  to  several  thousands  of  pounds. 


38  THE  HORSE 

The  Clydesdale 

The  Scottish  horse  is  an  extremely  useful  type  of  animal 
for  the  heaviest  haulage,  and  it  is  a  breed  that  has  attained 
universal  popularity  on  account  of  its  soundness  of 
constitution,  ability  to  shift  heavy  weights  of  tonnage, 
its  handsome  appearance,  and  remarkable  powers  of 
endurance,  all  of  which  features  render  the  Clydesdale  a 
valuable  animal  for  work  either  in  town  or  upon  the 
land.  Durability  is  one  of  the  combined  qualities  of  this 
breed,  so  that  if  a  really  good  stamp  of  horse  is  purchased 
say  at  six  years  old  it  can,  with  ordinary  luck,  be  relied 
upon  to  perform  satisfactory  labour  for  the  next  fifteen  or 
twenty  years. 

The  only  really  serious  rival  to  this  breed  has  been  the 
Shire,  but,  as  stated  in  the  preceding  paragraph,  there  is 
plenty  of  room,  both  at  home  and  abroad,  for  both 
varieties.  The  origin  of  the  Clydesdale,  hke  that  of  the 
Shire,  is  somewhat  speculative,  but  the  countj^  of  Lanark- 
shire appears  to  be  intimately  associated  with  the  early 
history  of  the  breed.  It  is  reasonable  to  assume  that  the 
heavy  draught  mares  of  Scotland,  several  centuries  since, 
were  mated  with  horses  imported  from  Flanders,  animals 
being  specially  selected  for  this  purpose.  Breeders  in  the 
Vale  of  Lanark  are  usually  credited  with  the  production 
of  the  Clydesdale,  and  records  prove  that  the  county 
referred  to  played  a  significant  part  in  the  early  history 
of  the  Clydesdale. 

The  Clydesdale  Horse  Society,  whose  head-quarters  are 
in  Glasgow,  was  founded  in  1877,  and  its  first  Stud  Book 
was  published  in  1878,  since  which  time  there  has  been  a 
systematic  registration  of  pedigrees.  The  average  weight 
of  a  typical  Clydesdale  gelding  is  about  1800  lb.,  but  some 
Clydesdales  have  weighed  as  much  as  2000  lb.,  or  slightly 
over  this  weight.  The  Scottish  horse  now  under  con- 
sideration is  an  extremely  useful  animal  for  crossing  with 
the  Shire  for  the  production  of  a  good  class  of  agricul- 


HEAVY  DRAUGHT  HORSES  39 

tural  horse.  In  fact,  we  should  prefer  to  employ  a 
Clydesdale  sire  in  preference  to  a  Shire  sire  for  the  purpose 
just  alluded  to. 

All  Clydesdale  horses  are  particularly  active  and  can 
perform  work  of  the  heaviest  class  with  more  freedom  of 
movement  than  the  Shire  or  horses  derived  from  the  Shire 
cross. 

The  typical  colours  are  bay,  brown,  or  black,  with  a 
ratch  upon  the  face,  and  usually  with  an  abundance  of 
white  hair  from  below  the  knee  and  hock  to  the  coronet. 
Other  colours  than  those  referred  to  are  not  favoured  by 
Clydesdale  breeders,  but  some  good  specimens  of  this 
breed  have  been  grey,  chestnut,  etc. 

In  general  conformation  the  Clydesdale  is  a  clean- 
limbed, broad-jointed,  strong-loined,  stout-necked,  power- 
fully-quartered horse.  In  proportion  to  the  size  of  the 
animal  the  head  is  on  the  small  side,  the  crest  well 
developed,  the  chest  deep — great  depth  of  chest  being  an 
additional  recommendation.  The  ribs  should  be  well 
sprung,  the  back  of  the  loins  well  clothed  with  powerful 
muscles,  and  of  medium  length.  The  muscles  of  the 
quarters  and  first  and  second  thighs  ought  to  be  particu- 
larly well  developed.  Powerful  arms  and  forearms 
necessarily  represent  indispensable  features. 

In  selecting  a  horse  of  this  class  the  reader  should  pay 
particular  attention  to  the  regions  last  mentioned,  as 
many  horses  are  deficient  in  strength  about  this  part. 
As  previously  stated,  the  Clydesdale  should  be  broad- 
jointed,  with  great  freedom  of  movement  in  these  joints ; 
but  the  Clydesdale  is  a  hors^,  as  a  rule,  with  very  good 
action,  both  at  the  knees  and  hocks,  giving  it  a  quick, 
active  step  with  the  feet  hfted  well  off  the  ground. 
Freedom  from  disease,  such  as  bone-spavin  and  side-bone, 
is  of  course  desirable,  though  there  are  plenty  of  horses, 
having  both  the  diseases  named,  which  continue  to  work 
without  any  sign  of  labouring. 

Granting  that  a  Clydesdale  has  either,  or  both,  of  the 


40  THE  HORSE 

troubles  referred  to,  and  is  five  or  six  years  old,  with 
good  action  and  free  from  lameness,  the  writer  would 
certainly  advise  the  purchase  of  such,  with  or  without  a 
modification  of  price. 

So  far  no  mention  has  been  made  of  the  feet,  but  the 
old  moral,  "  No  foot,  no  horse,"  is  as  applicable  to 
Clydesdales  as  to  any  other  horse.  The  feet  must  be 
proportionate,  sound  in  the  wall  and  sound  in  the  sole, 
with  the  heels  well  open,  strong  bars,  and  a  well-developed 
foot-pad,  or  frog.  As  a  rule  the  Clydesdale  has  good 
feet,  but  exceptions  are  by  no  means  uncommon.  Anyone 
wishing  to  purchase  a  Clydesdale  of  good  breeding  should 
make  apphcation  to  a  breeder  of  repute,  or  else  advertise 
his  requirements  in  some  agricultural  journal,  such  as, 
for  instance,  the  North  British  Agriculturist ,  or  the 
Scottish  Farmer.  It  is  not  at  all  a  bad  plan  to  visit  some 
of  the  principal  Scottish  agricultural  shows  and  confer 
with  breeders  and  exhibitors  as  to  any  animals  which 
they  may  have  for  sale,  or  else  purchase  a  colt,  say  a 
two-year-old,  which  has  been  exhibited  at  the  show, 
not  necessarily  one  that  has  been  in  the  prize  list,  as  the 
competition  at  many  of  the  Scottish  shows  in  the  Clydes- 
dale classes  is  often  very  keen,  and  good  animals  may 
easily  be  kept  out  of  the  prize  list.  The  prices  of  Clydes- 
dales range  from  loo  guineas  up  to  several  thousands, 
but  a  fairly  good  specimen  of  this  breed  can  be  bought  at 
the  average  price  of  150-250  guineas. 

The  Suffolk 

The  Suffolk,  formerly  known  as  the  Suffolk  Punch,  is  a 
most  excellent  breed,  and  one  that  has  always  been 
popular,  but  its  popularity  has  been  gradually  increasing 
during  these  last  twenty  years,  and  there  is  every  prospect 
of  its  further  increase,  although  it  has  got  a  closely  alhed 
rival  in  the  form  of  the  French  horse — the  Percheron — 
to  which  it  bears  a  close  resemblance. 

The  Suffolk  has  been  largely  exported  to  the  United 


HEAVY  DRAUGHT  HORSES  41 

States,  where,  we  believe,  it  has  given  every  satisfaction. 
As  a  heavy  draught  horse  it  is  particularly  valuable  for 
artillery  purposes,  and  it  has  been  in  considerable  demand 
during  the  recent  war.  In  a  gun  team  the  Suffolk 
materially  added  to  the  utility  and  the  appearance  of  the 
team,  and  very  rarely  failed  to  satisfy  the  requirements. 

It  is  an  invaluable  horse  for  working  on  the  land.  For 
quick  work  with  mioderately  heavy  draught  in  town  it 
has  no  superior,  and  certainly  very  few  equals,  conse- 
quently we  find  this  breed  of  horse  taking  its  place  in 
some  of  the  finest  cart  studs  in  England.  There  are  many 
enthusiastic  breeders  of  Suffolk,  and  excellent  prices 
have  been  obtained  within  recent  years  for  animals  sold 
at  the  various  dispersal  sales. 

As  the  name  impHes  the  Suffolk  originated  in  the 
county  of  its  name  several  centuries  since,  and  has  always 
been  famious  for  its  remarkable  powers  of  draught, 
activity,  cleanness  of  limb,  and  soundness  of  constitution. 
As  a  rule  they  are  good-tempered  animals,  but  there  are 
exceptions  as  in  every  other  breed.  The  typical  colour 
is  chestnut,  with  or  without  silver  hair  in  the  mane  and 
tail,  but  this  must  not  be  sufficient  to  give  the  animal  a 
roan  appearance.  Commonly  the  pasterns  and  lower 
part  of  the  legs  are  white,  with  blaze  on  the  face.  The 
correct  height  is  kbout  i6-i.  The  Suffolk  Horse  Society 
has  done  a  great  deal  towards  the  improvement  of  this 
breed  through  the  registration  of  pedigrees,  and  the 
various  strains  of  Suffolks  have,  for  many  years,  been 
kept  in  a  state  of  purity.  One  of  the  outstanding  features 
of  the  breed  is  the  low  position  of  the  shoulders,  the 
highly  developed  muscles  in  this  region,  and  the  great 
depth  of  the  chest. 

The  Suffolk  is  a  heavy-bodied  horse,  but  exceptionally 
clean  hmbed ;  in  fact  the  latter  characteristic  is  only 
observed  in  the  Percheron,  the  Boulonnaise,  and  the 
breed  now  under  consideration. 

It  is  a  variety  of  horse  that  commends  itself  to  the 


42  THE  HORSE 

majority  of  horse  masters  in  search  of  an  animal  moulded 
upon  lines  which  render  it  specially  suitable  for  shifting 
anything  up  to  three-quarters  of  a  ton  at  a  slow  trot. 

As  an  agricultural  horse  for  working  on  light  land  the 
breed  is  pre-eminently  suitable,  but  on  hill  farms,  or 
especially  if  the  land  is  heav}^  the  Clydesdale  is  a  much 
more  suitable  horse. 

The  vSuffolk  is  a  good  thriver,  durable,  remains  work- 
ably  sound  under  ordinary  conditions  as  well  as  any  other 
variety,  and  for  the  lighter  work  of  a  contractor  it  would 
be  impossible  to  suggest  the  purchase  of  any  better 
breed.  Select  a  gelding  at  six  or  seven  years  old,  and  get 
the  animal  whenever  possible  direct  from  a  good  stud, 
there  being  many  of  these  in  the  county  of  Suffolk,  from 
which  county  most  of  the  best  specimens  have  been  derived. 

Prices  of  Suffolks  vary,  but  a  good  one  can  be  bought 
for  about  150  guineas. 

The  Percheron 

This  is  a  continental  variety  of  horse  and  exists  in  three 
grades,  namely,  the  light,  the  medium,  and  the  heavy, 
and,  as  stated  in  the  previous  page,  it  bears  a  strong 
resemblance  to  the  Suffolk  and  the  Boulonnaise. 

The  Percheron  horse  is,  however,  chiefly  bred  up  to  one 
standard,  namely,  that  suitable  as  a  vanner  or  gunner 
horse,  resembling  in  all  particulars  our  own  Suffolk. 

The  French  horse  has  received  a  great  deal  of  notice 
since  19 14  by  British  horse  masters,  but  for  generations 
prior  to  this  time  the  United  States,  Great  Britain,  and, 
maybe,  certain  Colonies  kept  these  horses,  bred  from 
them,  and  used  them  also  for  mating  with  the  native 
horses  of  their  countries.  This  is  one  reason  why  so 
many  of  the  hght  draught  horses  (Army  classification) 
possessed  a  good  deal  of  the  Percheron  conformation  com- 
bined with  some  of  the  poor  qualities  of  the  Colonial  horses. 

The  British  Percheron  Horse  Society  was  recently 
founded  for  the  purpose  of  introducing  into  the  United 


SUFFOLK  STALLION 


Photo!^  hv  Parsons 


PERCHERON  STALLION 


To  face  page  42 


HEAVY  DRAUGHT  HORSES  43 

Kingdom  the  Percheron  draught  horse,  a  breed  indigenous 
to  the  Perche  districts  of  France.  The  Society  referred 
to  has  its  head-quarters  in  London,  and  anyone  anxious 
to  become  a  member  of  it  should  make  apphcation  to  its 
Secretary,  Mr.  A.  W.  Hewett.  Like  all  other  horse 
societies  the  general  welfare  of  the  breed  receives  every 
consideration,  and  its  interests  are  promoted  at  every 
opportunity. 

The  typical  colour  for  the  Percheron  is  grey,  and  if  the 
reader  will  refer  to  the  accompanying  illustration  he  will 
at  once  see  the  striking  resemblance  which  the  breed  bears 
to  our  own  Suffolk.  Enthusiastic  breeders  proclaim  that 
it  is  a  better  horse  than  the  Suffolk.  This  is  not  correct ; 
in  fact,  if  it  comes  to  a  critical  examination  of  two  typical 
representatives  of  each  breed,  an  analysis  of  points  will 
certainly  be  in  favour  of  the  Suffolk  horse.  Those  who 
advocate  that  it  is  superior  to  the  latter  as  regards 
soundness,  etc.,  certainly  display  a  strange  want  of 
knowledge  upon  the  subject. 

The  Percheron  is,  in  relationship  to  its  size,  a  small- 
headed  horse  with  a  very  short  neck,  thick  in  all  propor- 
tions, heavy-shouldered,  but  deep  in  the  chest  and  very 
round  in  the  body.  It  is  a  type  of  conformation  that  many 
connoisseurs  would  object  to,  being  ugly  about  the  head 
and  the  neck,  more  especially  the  set-on  of  the  head. 
The  Percheron,  like  the  Suffolk,  has  advantages  over  the 
Shire  and  the  Clydesdale,  likewise  the  agricultural  horse 
in  general,  in  having  no  long  hair  upon  the  lower  parts  of 
the  limbs,  whilst  in  horses  of  good  breeding  the  legs  are 
usually  clean  throughout  and  as  a  rule  free  from  diseases. 

Quite  a  number  of  Percheron  horses  have  recently  been 
imported  into  Great  Britain,  and  some  extraordinary 
prices — as  much  as  5000  guineas — ^have  been  paid  on 
one  or  two  occasions  for  the  best  specimens.  It  is  a 
breed  that  ought  to  cross  very  well  with  the  Suffolk, 
though  whatever  advantages  would  be  gained  by  such  a 
cross  it  is  difficult  to  conceive. 


44  '    THE  HORSE 

The  Farmer's  Horse 

It  is  not  necessary  to  say  very  much  about  the  farmer's 
horse,  which  is  usually  a  cross-bred  animal  derived  from, 
directly  or  indirectly,  any  of  the  preceding  breeds  of 
horses.  Unfortunately  it  is  commonly  the  product  of 
indiscriminate  breeding,  and  the  result  is  that  many  of 
these  horses  are  of  a  nondescript  class,  yet  they  are 
always  marketable,  sometimes  so  much  so  that  the  price 
is  far  beyond  any  intrinsic  merits  possessed  by  the  animal. 

There  are  farmers'  horses  and  horses  working  on  the 
farm  of  a  good,  bad,  and  indifferent  type,  but  the  word 
"  indifferent  "  certainly  answers  for  fully  50  per  cent  of 
these  animals.  There  is  no  reason  why  the  agricultural 
horse  should  not  be  bred  up  to  a  better  standard  of 
excellence  than  it  has  been  in  the  past,  but  recent  efforts 
in  the  selection  of  horses  for  certain  districts  constitutes 
a  solid  step  in  the  right  direction.  Doubtless  the  tractor 
will  limit  the  use  of  the  farm  horse ;  nevertheless,  this 
animal  will  be  required  to  perform  its  share  of  the  farm 
work. 

The  miajority  of  the  farmer's  horses  are  derived  from 
the  Shire  or  Clydesdale,  but  on  quite  a  number  of  farms 
in  the  shires,  and  possibly  elsewhere,  many  typical  speci- 
mens of  the  respective  breeds  do  their  share  of  the  work, 
excepting  when  required  for  show  or  stud  purposes. 
When  a  farmer  is  buying  a  horse  for  ploughing,  carting, 
etc.,  he  can  sometimes  purchase  an  animal  for  the  matter 
of  a  few  pounds,  owing  to  some  infirmity  which  renders 
it  unsuitable  for  town  work.  The  writer  has  seen  in  pre- 
war times  £5  horses  bought  by  farmers,  placed  on  the 
land  and  worked  regularly,  v/hich,  after  a  time,  have  made 
such  remarkable  improvement  as  to  become  as  useful  as 
a  horse  for  which  ten  times  that  amount  has  been  paid. 

There  are  certain  diseases  affecting  the  horse  which 
show  considerable  amehoration  after  the  animal  has  been 
worked  on  soft  and  moist  land  for  a  few  months.    It  is 


HEAVY  DRAUGHT  HORSES  45 

reasonable  to  assume  that  the  average  price  a  farmer  pays 
for  a  horse,  barring  war  conditions,  is  70  guineas,  and  a 
fairly  good  type  of  horse  should  be  obtained,  but  very  often 
it  is  quite  the  converse.  A  poorly  built  horse,  that  is 
one  which  is  flat-sided,  weak  in  the  forearm,  narrow  and 
slack  in  the  loins,  light  on  the  body,  weedy  about  the  neck, 
and  deficient  in  bone  will  never,  no  matter  how  good  the 
horse  mastership,  make  up  into  a  decent  type  of  animal. 
A  badly  built  horse  always  remains  so,  but  a  horse  in 
poor  condition,  provided  that  Nature  has  been  kind 
enough  to  construct  it  upon  good  lines,  will,  with  few 
exceptions,  soon  repay  the  farmer  or  the  owner  for  the 
extra  attention  which  it  is  necessary  to  bestow  upon  it. 
It  is  not  every  farmer  that  knows  a  good  horse  when  he 
sees  one,  yet  there  are  plenty  who  do,  and  it  is  fortunate 
that  this  is  so.  The  degeneracy  of  the  farm  horse  has 
been  an  ever-present  drawback,  but  by  careful  selection 
and  an  increasing  interest  in  the  general  welfare  of  the 
work  horse  upon  the  farm  there  is  good  prospect  of  a 
steady  improvement  taking  place. 

The  Vanner  and  the  Tradesman's  Horse 

Van  horses  are  divisible  into  those  required  for  work  in 
light  vans  and  those  which  are  employed  in  the  heavier 
work  of  ordinary  railway  vans.  Both  classes  of  horses 
should  be  constructed  upon  sound  lines,  stoutly  built, 
have  fairly  good  action,  good  feet,  and  above  all  good 
manners.  The  quahfica.tion  last  named  is  very  essential, 
because  the  majority  of  horses  required  for  this  work 
have  frequently  to  be  left  wholly  unattended,  a  remark 
which  applies  with  equal  force  to  the  tradesman's  horse. 
The  butcher,  the  baker,  the  corn  chandler,  the  dairyman, 
the  grocer,  and  others  delivering  their  goods  by  cart  or 
van  require  an  animal  which  can  do  its  work  and  remain 
sound  at  any  odd  time,  and  it  may  be  for  twelve  hours  or 
more  with  little  or  no  rest  meanwhile.  The  tradesman's 
horse  ranges  from  a  pony  of  12  or  13  hands  up  to  an  animal 


46  THE  HORSE 

i6-2  or  thereabouts  and  capable  of  performing  its  work  at 
a  slow  trot,  though  the  butcher  seems  to  be  one  of  the 
principal  offenders  in  working  his  horse  at  the  fastest 
pace  possible.  There  is  no  surer  method  of  wearing  the 
animal  out.  It  is  the  pace  which  kills,  and  when  it  does 
not  kill  its  effects  are  detrimental  in  some  other  way. 
If  tradesmen  would  conserve  the  energy  of  their  horses 
by  exacting  a  moderate  amount  of  work  within  a  limited 
number  of  hours  they  would  find  it  much  more  economical 
in  the  long  run  ;  many  a  veterinary  surgeon's  bills  would 
be  saved,  to  say  nothing  of  the  annoyance  and  in- 
convenience caused  through  enforced  idleness  in  conse- 
quence of  lameness  or  some  other  injury.  A  good  horse 
master  will  always  take  particular  care  that  his  horses 
are  regularly  fed,  regularly  watered,  regularly  groomed, 
and  consistently  worked  ;  but  a  bad  horse  master  will 
violate  all  the  foregoing  principles  and  then  wonder  why 
the  animals  placed  under  his  charge  are  so  unsatisfactory, 
both  in  the  stable  and  out  of  it. 

Both  vanners  and  tradesmen's  horses  comprise  Suffolks, 
Percherons,  Hackneys,  GaUoways,  Russian  ponies,  Welsh 
ponies.  Dale  and  Fell  ponies.  Highland  ponies,  and  crosses 
derived  from  any  of  the  foregoing.  There  is  just  as  wide 
a  range  in  the  prices  of  these  animals  as  there  is  in  the 
quality  of  them  and  the  breeds  from  which  they  have  been 
derived.  If  a  tradesman  is  purchasing  a  horse  the  cheapest 
guinea's  worth  that  he  can  obtain  will  be  that  of  having 
the  animal  examined  by  a  qualified  veterinary  surgeon 
as  to  its  soundness  and,  if  necessary,  suitability  for  the 
purpose  for  which  it  is  required.  But  price  and  suitability 
are  matters  which  chiefly  concern  the  intending  purchaser. 

Horses  of  this  class  can  be  bought  at  the  various  horse 
repositories,  at  fairs,  markets,  or  from  private  vendors, 
and  various  other  sources.  A  cob  or  a  pony  suitable  for 
a  tradesman  can  usually  be  got  at  prices  ranging  from 
£i5-£35  or  £40,  whilst  a  van  horse  will  probably  cost 
55  or  60  guineas,  sometimes  more,  seldom  rather  less. 


CHAPTER  IV 

HEAVY  DRAUGHT  HORSES — AGE,  SEX,  COLOUR,  SELECTION 
SOUNDNESS,    ETC. 

According  to  the  classification  as  adopted  by  the 
British  Army  the  heavier  type  of  horses  are  divisable 
into  heavy  draught  and  hght  draught  in  accordance 
with  the  duties  assigned  to  these  animals. 

For  the  heaviest  class  of  haulage,  horses  of  the  Clydes- 
dale, Shire,  or  a  cross  derived  from  these,  are  those 
which  are  usually  selected,  whilst  for  artillery  work  with 
the  lighter  guns,  stocky  horses  of  the  light  draught  or 
Suffolk  type  are  required. 

Both  the  Percheron  and  the  Boulonnaise  make  excel- 
lent gunners. 

The  hght  draught  horse  is  merely  the  ordinary  type  of 
vanner,  as  used  by  Carter  Paterson,  Pickford,  etc. 
When  a  large  number  of  horses  are  collected  together,  as 
in  the  various  Remount  Depots,  and  immediately  re- 
quired for  service,  it  follows  that  a  certain  amount  of 
discrimination  is  required  in  selecting  horses  according 
to  the  classification  allocated;  hence  one  often  finds 
some  departure  from  the  strictly  recognised  type  of 
animal  required  for  the  purpose.  The  indiscriminate 
mating  of  stallions  and  mares  has  always  been,  and  still 
is  to  a  great  extent,  one  of  the  most  baneful  influences  in 
horse  breeding. 

It  is  astonishing  to  note  how  very  few  people,  profess- 
ing to  know,  and  with  a  large  amount  of  experience  in 
addition,  really  understand  "  Horse  Conformation " 
either  at  rest,  or  in  action,  and  the  relationship  the 

47 


48  THE  HORSE 

latter  bears  as  a  predisposing  factor  in  the  production  of 
disease. 

The  heavy  draught  horse  will  always  be  required  for 
use  in  commercial  hfe,  but  particularly  so  in  the  army  and 
in  agricultural  husbandry. 

Motor  traction  has  supplanted,  in  a  great  measure, 
horse  traction,  but  it  can  never,  either  efficiently  or 
economically,  entirely  supplant  the  latter. 

The  value  of  the  heavy  draught  horse  in  warfare,  as 
proved  in  the  Allies  war  with  Germany,  has  been  amply 
demonstrated.  The  heavy  draught  horses  comprise  the 
Clydesdale,  the  Shire,  the  Suffolk,  and  the  two  continental 
breeds,  viz.  the  Percheron  and  the  Boulonnaise,  the 
larger  breed  of  the  latter  being  the  chief  draught  horse 
employed  about  Boulogne,  Calais,  St.  Omer,  etc.  The 
short,  powerful  neck  and  the  large  head  are  ver}^  character- 
istic of  the  breed  last  named. 

In  the  selection  of  a  horse  for  the  heaviest  class  of 
haulage  two  breeds  stand  pre-eminent,  viz.  the  Shire  and 
the  Clydesdale.  It  matters  very  httle  which  is  selected, 
provided  that  a  good  class  of  animal  is  chosen,  concern- 
ing which  there  need  be  no  difficulty,  if  the  instructions 
laid  down  in  this  chapter,  are  dihgently  read  and  digested: 
The  majority  of  the  devotees  of  the  Scottish  horse  wiU 
naturally  prefer  to  select  a  horse  of  this  breed,  neverthe- 
less when  the  heaviest  class  of  work  has  been  done,  the 
author  thinks  that  the  Shire  takes  precedence.  All 
things  considered,  the  Shire  is  more  massive  in  general 
build,  but  not  quite  so  agile  as  the  Clydesdale.  This  is 
due,  in  a  great  measure,  to  the  middle  piece  or  body  of 
the  former  being  more  cumbersome.  In  other  words, 
the  Scottish  horse  has  a  more  economical  distribution  of 
material,  in  relation  to  working  capacity,  and  con- 
sequently is  able  to  employ  this  to  greater  advantage. 

Doubtless  good  horses  can  be  produced  by  mating  the 
Shire  and  Clydesdale,  and  there  is  evidence  that  in 
future  this  cross  will  be  vigorously  pursued  by  breeders. 


HEAVY  DRAUGHT  HORSES  49 

The  Shire  horse  of  fashionable  strain  is  an  exceedingly 
handsome  animal,  short  on  the  legs  and  with  abundance 
of  feather  below  the  knees,  over  the  pasterns  and  fetlock 
joints  ;  but  for  work  on  the  land,  this  is  rather  detri- 
mental than  otherwise. 

Too  much  feather  or  hair  about  the  fetlock  causes  a 
lot  of  mud  and  wet  to  adhere  to  it,  finally  resulting  in 
cracked  and  greasy  heels,  therefore  the  farmer  should 
bear  this  in  mind  when  contemplating  purchase.  Fully 
75  per  cent  of  the  horses  working  as  cart  horses  and 
vanners  are  either  half  or  three-quarter-bred  Shires, 
whilst  a  great  many  of  the  imported  Canadian  horses 
have  some  Percheron  blood  in  them. 

Quite  recently  we  have  heard  a  lot  of  rubbish  talked 
about  the  Percheron  in  relationship  to  soundness,  and 
the  merits  of  this  as  compared  to  the  Suffolk.  There  is 
plenty  of  room  for  both  varieties,  but  when  an  analysis 
is  made  of  conformation  and  soundness,  it  will  be  found 
that  the  Suffolk  is  an  easy  first. 

The  writer  has  examined  Percheron  and  Boulonnaise 
horses  in  France  for  this  purpose,  with  the  results  as 
above  stated.  No  lay  mind  can  appreciate  these  com- 
parisons in  relationship  to  soundness.  The  Suffolk  is  an 
exceptionally  valuable  horse  for  all  van  work,  for  light 
dray  work  of  brewers  ;  for  carting  work  on  the  farm — in 
other  words,  for  draught  up  to  half  a  ton,  either  at  a  fast 
walk,  or  slow  trot. 

The  colour  of  the  Suffolk  is  either  chestnut  or  sorrel. 
A  half  or  three-quarter-bred  Suffolk  is  distinctly  inferior 
to  the  pure-bred  animal,  hence  in  purchasing  a  horse  of 
this  breed  it  is  better  to  get  into  direct  communication 
with  a  breeder  of  repute.  This  can  easily  be  done  by 
reference  to  the  announcements  in  some  of  the  Live 
Stock  Journals. 

The  best  age  to  buy  a  cart  horse  is  between  6  and  9 
years,  but  if  required  for  work  on  the  land,  such  as 
harrowing,  etc.,  4  or  5  years  is  a  suitable  age,  so  that  by 

D 


50 


THE  HORSE 


the  time  the  animal  reaches  7  years,  the  proprietor  will 
have  had  3  years'  work  out  of  it,  and  an  animal  of  in- 
creased value  for  sale.  This  is  a  very  economical  method 
of  purchasing  horses  for  farm  work,  provided  that  the 
farmer  is  a  good  horse  master,  and  dehvers  his  instruc- 
tions to  his  dependents  accordingly. 

At  6  years  a  horse  is  fully  matured,  and  its  bones, 
Ugaments,  and  tendons  capable  of  standing  a  maximum 
degree  of  strain  with  a  minimum  of  liabiUty  to  injury.  It 
is  perfectly  ruinous  to  work  a  horse  in  town  at  4  or  5 
years,  as  the  constant  concussion  on  the  hard  roads 
leads  to  the  joints,  tendons,  etc.,  becoming  prematurely 
and  permanently  damaged.  The  height  should  range 
from  16J  to  17J  hands. 

Sellers  of  young  horses  (3,  4,  and  5  years)  quite  com- 
monly offer  these  as  being  (4  and  5  in  particular)  6  years 
old,  therefore  care  should  be  exercised  (see  chapter  on 
age)  when  buying. 

In  one  way  it  is  better  to  buy  a  horse  a  little  older,  or 
seasoned  animal,  than  purchase  one  too  young  for 
immediate  work  in  town.  Geldings  are  usually  a  little 
higher  in  price  than  mares  or  fillies,  there  being  more 
demand  for  them,  nevertheless  the  writer  would  not  allow 
sex  to  stand  in  the  way,  provided  the  animal  is  suitable 
in  other  respects.  Temperament  is  a  most  important 
matter,  and  certainly  should  receive  every  consideration. 
A  vicious  horse  is  always  a  source  of  danger,  the  latter 
being  proportionate  to  the  degree  and  form  of  vice. 
Some  horses  are  vicious  in  the  stable  only,  others  both 
in  and  out  of  the  stable  or  in  the  harness. 

A  common  vice  is  kicking  and  biting  other  horses, 
especially  during  feeding  time.  Kicking  and  biting  are 
most  dangerous,  and  usually  finish  in  some  kind  of 
trouble  for  the  owner.  Muzzhng  is  the  only  preventive 
of  the  latter,  and  this  is  a  nuisance,  and  often  incon- 
venient to  both  horse  and  proprietor. 

Stamping  the  feet,  rubbing  the  legs,  and  kicking  the 


HEAVY  DRAUGHT  HORSES  51 

stall  posts,  are  often  due  to  skin  irritation  (sjnmbiotic 
mange).  This  annoyance  leads  to  thickening  of  the  skin, 
capped  hocks,  and  certain  other  pernicious  effects  gradual 
in  onset,  but  a  permanent  legacy  when  estabhshed. 
Vices,  objectionable  habits,  or  whatever  one  chooses  to 
call  such,  are  of  infinite  variety  (see  chapter  on  vice),  and 
the  possibihty  of  the  existence  of  these  ought  not  to  be 
overlooked. 

Concerning  the  colour  of  draught  horses  we  have  con- 
siderable variety  to  choose  from,  such  as  light  and  dark 
bay,  golden  chestnut,  sorrel,  dun,  brown,  grey,  white, 
strawberry  roan,  blue  roan,  and  black. 

There  is  an  old  saying  that  a  good  horse  may  be  any 
colour,  which  is  quite  true;  nevertheless,  bay,  brown, 
chestnut,  and  grey  take  precedence  in  the  order  named 
in  the  degree  of  popularity,  and  rightly  so.  The  majority 
of  Shire-bred  horses  are  bay  or  brown,  but  other  colours 
are  quite  common. 

Bay,  brown,  and  black  are  the  usual  Clydesdale  colours, 
and  certainly  the  most  favoured  by  breeders  of  them. 

By  far  the  commonest  colours  (irrespective  of  breed) 
are  bay,  either  light  or  dark,  and  brown. 

Both  harmonise  with  any  surroundings,  look  well,  and 
wear  well. 

In  closing  the  remarks  on  colour,  we  should  say  that 
it  is  not  necessary  to  attach  too  much  importance  to  it, 
provided  that  a  really  good  animal,  proving  suitable  on 
trial,  and  sound,  is  ofiered  for  sale. 

In  giving  a  candid  opinion  as  to  the ,  selection  of  a 
horse,  nothing  short  of  life-long  experience  will  enable 
the  amateur  buyer  to  be  certain  of  the  quality  and 
qualifications  of  his  purchase. 

Horse-flesh  can  only  be  judged  with  advantage  to  the 
buyer  by  keen  observation,  coupled,  in  a  great  measure, 
by  the  aforesaid  experience. 

It  is  necessary  to  point  out  that  there  is  considerable 
difference    between    defects    of   conformation    and    the 


52  THE  HORSE 

soundness  or  unsoundness  of  a  horse.  Defective  con- 
formation is  very  common,  and  may  be  observed  either 
when  the  animal  is  at  rest,  or,  and  very  often  is,  only 
noticed  during  its  movement,  viz.  the  walk  or  the  trot. 

Many  cart  horses  cross  their  front  feet  when  they  walk 
— hand  over  hand — and  may,  in  this  manner,  easily 
tread  on  the  coronet — always  a  nasty  injury,  producing 
severe  lameness. 

Defective  action  of  this  nature  does  not  warrant  the 
author  to  recommend  purchase,  no  matter  how  excellent 
the  animal  in  other  respects.  There  is  also  another  defect 
of  action,  the  converse  of  this,  viz.  feet  turned  outwards 
— splay  feet.  A  heavy  draught  horse  should  bend  both 
knees  and  hocks  freely,  and  lift  the  feet  well  off  the 
ground  both  when  walking  and  trotting,  although  the 
former  is  the  pace  for  this  class  of  animal.  It  is  wonderful 
what  differences  exist  in  action  of  horses,  although  the 
ordinary  observer  may  not  notice  such. 

Sometimes  a  cart  horse  has  good  action  in  front  and 
poor  action  behind ;  more  rarely  the  converse  applies. 
Far  too  httle  attention  is  paid  by  breeders  of  heavy 
draught  horses  towards  the  improvement  of  action. 

Buyers  seldom  study  this  when  selecting.  The  author 
insists  that  good  action  is  just  as  important  in  this  class 
of  horse  as  in  any  other  breed. 

The  intending  buyer  should  select  a  horse  with  bone 
and  substance,  i.e.  strong  and  broad  forearms,  broad 
knees  with  thin  skin  covering  the  short  and  broad  cannons. 
Commonly  cart  horses  are  very  deficient  in  bone  below 
the  knees.  A  great  deal  of  importance  should  be  attached 
to  this  statement.  A  super-abundance  of  fine  silky  hair 
in  the  latter  region  is  indicative  of  good  breeding,  but  a 
moderate  amount  of  it  is  preferable.  Good  feet  are  a 
sine  qua  non — old  saying,  no  foot,  no  horse,  is  an  absolute 
truism.  The  feet  demand  special  attention,  and  the  most 
critical  inspection  is  expedient. 

The  normal  slope  of  the  wall  is  from  45  to  50  or  55 


HEAVY  DRAUGHT  HORSES  53 

degrees.  We  merely  mention  this  as  indicating  that  the 
wall  of  the  hoof  should  be  of  a  moderate  degree  of 
obliquity,  free  from  indents  and  cracks,  healthy  in 
appearance,  and  the  heels  well  opened  out.  A  concave 
sole  (never  fiat)  and  sound  well-developed  frogs  are  most 
essential. 

Fully  25  per  cent  of  horses  have  faulty  feet,  hence  the 
reason  why  the  buyer  cannot  be  too  particular.  Always 
have  both  fore  shoes  removed  when  examining  the  feet, 
otherwise  some  serious  defect  such  as  separation  of  the 
wall  and  seedy  toe  may  be  hidden. 

The  fore  feet  are  more  liable  to  disease  than  the  hind 
ones.  Brittle  hoof,  flat  feet,  contracted  heels,  sand- 
crack,  false  quarter,  corn,  canker,  thrust,  seedy  toe,  and 
side-bone  are  some  of  the  principal  troubles  to  be  looked 
for  in  connection  with  the  feet,  all  of  which  are  regarded 
as  a  sufficient  cause  for  the  rejection  of  a  horse  when 
examined  by  a  veterinary  surgeon. 

Feet  may  be  classified  as  good,  bad,  and  indifferent. 
Feet  of  the  first  category  may  easily  be  ruined  through 
bad  shoeing,  and  bad  feet  made  still  worse  through  the 
same  cause,  hence  the  expediency  of  attending  to  details 
of  shoeing,  both  in  summer  and  winter,  likewise  to  the 
feet  of  unshod  colts.  The  periodical  examinations  of  the 
feet  of  the  last-named  should  be  religiously  insisted  upon, 
thereby  preventing  many  troubles  arising  out  of  unequal 
distribution  of  pressure. 

If  the  feet  are  muddy,  always  wash  them  before  pro- 
ceeding to  inspect  them,  as  many  defects  are  sometimes 
hidden  in  this  manner. 

Heavy  horses  and  vanners  are  very  liable  to  be  troubled 
with  sub-acute  (sometimes  acute)  laminitis  or  foot 
founder,  which  usually  causes  the  sole  to  drop  or  become 
more  or  less  flattened — an  irreparable  defect.  The  wall 
of  the  hoof  also  becomes  malformed  and  irregularly 
ringed  (laminitic  rings). 

Sandcrack,  usually  seen  at  the  inner  quarters  of  the 


54  THE  HORSE 

fore  feet  and  toes,  in  the  hind  ones  consists  of  a  spHt  in 
the  wall  of  the  hoof,  and  is  due  to  an  imperfect  secretion 
of  horn  from  the  horn-forming  structures  at  the  coronary 
band.  It  always  starts  from  above  and  extends  down- 
wards. It  may  cause  acute  lameness,  or  this  may  be 
absent.  These  cracks  are  sometimes  filled  in  for  the 
purpose  of  deception,  and  their  presence  may  easily  be 
overlooked. 

It  is  equally  important  to  have  sound  sight  and  sound 
wind.  The  eyes  require  critical  inspection  (see  diseases 
of  eye).  The  two  chief  defects  of  wind  are  (a)  roaring, 
(b)  broken  wind.  The  former  is  an  affection  (in  90  per 
cent  of  instances  at  least)  of  the  larynx  and  the  latter  one 
impHcating  the  lungs.  They  are  both  fairly  common 
complaints  in  heavy  draught  horses,  and  materially  inter- 
fere with  the  commercial  value  of  the  affected  anim.al 
(see  chapter  dealing  with  these  troubles),  though  not 
necessarily  rendering  it  less  useful  to  the  owner. 

Thus  detection,  prior  to  concluding  purchase,  is  of 
vital  importance  to  the  buyer,  otherwise  a  considerable 
sum  of  money  may  be  dropped. 

There  are  quite  a  number  of  diseases  affecting  the 
various  structures  of  the  limbs,  but  the  chief  ones  of 
interest  to  the  buyer  of  heavy  horses  are  : 

Side-bone,  shivering,  ring-bone,  bone-spavin,  wind- 
galls,  and  other  bursal  swelhngs,  contraction  of  the 
tendons,  curb,  thoro-pin,  sprung-hock,  and  capped-hock 
(see  these  diseases).  In  addition  to  the  troubles  already 
enumerated,  horses  of  all  kinds  are  liable  to  be  affected 
with  various  obscure  affections  such  as  coHc,  worms, 
strangles,  cramp,  staggers,  any  of  which  may  be  easily 
overlooked  at  the  time  of  purchase. 

Failure  to  detect  any  obscure  maladies  implies  no 
liabihty  in  damages  against  the  professional  examiner, 
unless  neglect  of  proper  skill  can  be  proved. 

Veterinary  surgeons,  Hke  the  rest  of  human  beings,  have 
no  pretence  to  infallibility,  but  given  a  good  man  for  the 


HEAVY  DRAUGHT  HORSES  55 

purpose,  the  buyer  may  be  saved  pounds  for  the  modest 
fee  usually  demanded  of,  from  half  to  one,  or  two  guineas. 

Apart  from  such  professional  examination,  the  buyer 
can  to  a  great  extent  protect  himself  in  various  ways. 

He  can  insist  on  having  a  warranty  with  the  animal,  a 
general  warranty  of  soundness  and  fitness  for  the  work 
required.  A  written  warranty  is  preferable  to  a  verbal 
one,  but  the  latter  holds  good  when  it  can  be  substan- 
tiated. 

Horses  purchased  at  certain  pubHc  auctions — horse 
repositories — are  warranted  sound  in  particular  respects, 
which,  if  not  complied  with,  and  the  animal  returned 
within  the  specified  time,  renders  the  sale  void. 

Buying  from  a  private  source,  or  a  dealer  of  repute,  is 
often  very  satisfactory,  sometimes  unsatisfactory.  When- 
ever possible  have  the  animal  on  a  week  or  ten  days'  trial. 
This  gives  one  time  to  note  most  faults  and  the  good 
qualities  possessed  by  the  animal. 

The  majority  of  dealers  of  repute  will  never  hesitate  to 
allow  a  responsible  buyer  to  have  a  horse  on  trial  as 
above,  or  sometimes  even  longer. 


CHAPTER  V 

BREEDING   HEAVY   HORSES   AND    THE    SELECTION    OF  THE 
SIRE  AND   THE   DAM   FOR  THIS   PURPOSE 

The  breeding  of  heavy  horses  is  hkely  to  prove  more 
remunerative  than  that  of  breeding  those  of  a  hghter 
class,  unless  it  be  hunters  and  polo  ponies,  both  of  which 
are  certain  to  be  in  demand  for  an  indefinite  period. 
The  heavy  draught  horse  has  been,  still  is,  and  is  likely 
to  be  for  generations  a  marketable  asset,  provided  that 
the  right  stamp  of  animals  are  produced.  The  farmer's 
horse  has  been  produced  without  the  care  which  should 
have  been  bestowed  upon  its  production.  Most  of  the 
best  Clydesdales,  Shires,  and  Suffolks  produced  by 
breeders  do  not  find  their  way  into  the  hands  of  the 
general  farming  community,  but  are  exported  or  else 
sold  to  the  largest  contractors.  The  average  type  of 
agricultural  horse,  bred  on  the  farm,  and  worked  on  the 
land  up  to  four  or  five  years  of  age,  is  not,  as  a  rule,  of 
the  best  type  of  conformation,  owing  to  the  fact  that  the 
mare  has  not  been  bred  from  the  right  class  of  stock  in 
order  to  breed  a  good  type.  We  have  the  Clydesdale, 
the  Shire,  the  Suffolk,  and  the  Percheron  to  breed  heavy 
horses  from.  The  two  first-named  are  those  to  select  for 
the  production  of  animals  capable  of  dealing  with  the 
heaviest  class  of  haulage,  and  the  work  has  to  be  done  at 
a  walking  pace.  The  Clydesdale  can  be  mated  with  the 
Clydesdale  and  the  Shire  with  the  Shire  for  the  pro- 
duction of  pure-bred  stock.  A  Clydesdale  sire  and  a 
Shire-bred  mare  makes  an  excellent  cross,  probably  better 
than  Vv'hen  this  is  reversed.    As  the  Clydesdale  and  the 

56 


BREEDING  HEAVY  HORSES  57 

Shire  have  so  many  affinities  there  is  no  reason  why  the 
very  best  of  stock  should  not  be  produced  in  the  manner 
named.  It  is  quite  another  matter  to  cross  the  Shire 
with  the  Suffolk  or  with  the  Percheron.  The  highest 
market  prices  can  be  obtained  for  the  right  class  of 
animals  belonging  to  the  breeds  named.  The  Percheron, 
or  French  horse,  is  an  animal  of  fine  constitution,  of 
splendid  size,  power,  weight,  activity,  and  courage, 
consequently  for  a  clean-legged  draught  horse  suitable 
for  either  military  transport,  artillery,  agricultural,  or 
commerical  work,  it  is  an  invaluable  breed.  The  United 
States  and  Canada  have  bred  thousands  of  this  class  of 
horse,  and  are  apparently  satisfied  with  its  introduction 
into  these  countries ;  nevertheless,  as  a  breed  the  author 
does  not  consider  that  it  possesses  the  impressive,  sterling 
quaUties  of  the  Suffolk.  The  British  Percheron  Horse 
Society's  primary  and  definite  object  is  that  of  bringing 
this  breed  into  pre-eminence  in  Great  Britain,  although 
the  author  fails  to  see  any  particular  advantage  in  this 
when  our  own  breed,  the  Suffolk,  can  do  everything  that 
the  Percheron  can  do.  Some  may  prefer  the  colour  of 
the  Percheron  to  that  of  the  Suffolk,  but  this  is  of  no 
particular  importance.  Both  breeds  are  clean-legged  and 
active,  deep-chested  and  well-hearted,  and  are  particu- 
larly good  in  the  stoutness  of  neck  and  shoulders.  The 
possession  of  these  features  makes  the  breeding  of  this 
class  of  horse  desirable  for  the  purposes  already  named, 
and  anyone  establishing  a  stud  of  draught  horses  would 
do  well  to  consider  the  advisabihty  of  purchasing  good 
stock  of  either  the  Suffolk  or  Percheron  breed.  Begin  by 
buying  two  or  three  five  or  six-year-old  mares  and  a 
couple  of  two-year-old  fillies.  This  will  constitute  the 
nucleus  of  a  good  stud,  provided  that  a  judicious  selection 
is  made  and  the  animals  selected  from  studs  which  have 
built  up  a  good  reputation.  To  those  who  contemplate 
crossing  the  Suffolk  with  the  Percheron  the  author  would 
say  dont  do  it.     There  can  be  no  possible  advantage. 


58  THE  HORSE 

Like  the  Clydesdale  and  the  Shire  the  breeds  are  alhed 
in  nearly  every  feature  and  of  good  constitution,  which  is 
not  always  the  case  with  the  heavy  horses,  and  the  intro- 
duction of  another  breed  strengthens  any  tendency  in 
this  direction.  The  initial  outlay  in  all  horse-breeding 
operations  do  not  necessarily  represent  either  future 
success  as  regards  sale  or  the  production  of  high-class 
animals.  Pedigree  goes  a  long  way,  but  it  is  no  good 
unless  the  animal  can  carry  it  on  its  back.  Some  of  the 
poorest  horses  ever  bred  have  had  a  right  royal  pedigree, 
but  they  have  been  as  useless  animals  as  one  could  possibly 
conceive.  To  be  a  successful  breeder  of  horses  it  is  essen- 
tial that  a  man  should  know  a  good  horse  when  he  sees 
one,  be  able  to  find  a  better,  and  lastly  purchase  one  that 
is  better  still.  This  constitutes  prospective  judginent, 
and  it  is  the  initial  to  success.  It  seems  almost  absurd  to 
say  that  the  sire  and  dam  should  be  sound — theoretically 
and  practically  sound — under  which  circumstances  they 
may  be  expected  to  reproduce  these  features  in  their 
offspring.  A  practical  man  will  probably  feel  amused  at 
this  statement  and  suggest  that  the  author  ought  to 
belong  to  a  Horse  Breeding  Commission.  There  is  no 
answer,  silence  being  golden.  A  keen  eye  and  a  tactful 
hand  can  detect  most  of  the  good  and  bad  points  in  a 
horse,  and  unless  these  senses  are  well  developed  it  is 
better  to  leave  horse  breeding  alone. 


CHAPTER  VI 

THE   CARE   OF  MARE   AND   FOAL 
THEIR   MANAGEMENT  FROM   SPRING  TO   WINTER 

"  In-foal  "  mares  can,  with  advantage  to  them,  be 
worked  up  to  within  a  Vv^eek  or  so  of  foahng,  but  during 
the  last  month  or  two  of  gestation  the  work  should  be  of 
a  light  character.  It  is  a  great  mistake  to  put  severe 
strain  upon  "  in-foal "  mares  later  than  the  period 
referred  to,  and  it  is  quite  possible  that  to  do  so  is  often 
accountable  for  many  of  the  abnormal  and  difficult 
presentations  met  with  in  mares.  Mares  w^hich  have  had 
on-e  or  more  foals  experience  less  difficulty  in  the  delivery 
of  the  foal  than  in  the  case  of  a  mare  having  a  first  foal. 
It  is  wonderful  what  a  remarkable  difference  there  is  in 
brood  mares  for  maternity  purposes.  Some  mares  look 
after  their  foals  in  a  most  kindly  manner,  allowing  the 
little  creature  every  facility  for  sucking,  whereas  others 
manifest  very  little  interest  in  their  foals,  and  not  a  few 
are  vicious,  both  to  their  offspring  and  to  strange  atten- 
dants. It  is  not  always  the  best  mares  which  produce 
the  best  foals,  but  given  a  fairl}^  good  mare  and  a  good 
sire  the  offspring  is  usually  good.  In  the  selection  of  a 
brood  mare  an  animal  of  a  kindly  disposition,  in  other 
words  of  good  temperament,  is  of  primary  consideration, 
as  vicious  propensities  are  usually  transmitted  from 
parent  to  progeny.  A  good  brood  mare  is  an  invaluable 
asset  on  any  farm,  as  she  can  help  to  stock  the  farm  with 
horses  and  at  the  same  time  participate  in  her  share  of 
the  work  on  the  land,  or  whatever  other  purposes  she  is 
required  for.     Heavy  draught  horses  will  always  be  in 

59 


6o  THE  HORSE 

demand  for  agricultural  and  other  uses,  and  there  is  no 
reason  why  the  possession  of  three  or  four  good  brood 
mares  on  a  farm  should  not  be  made  to  pay  their  way. 
It  is  the  indiscriminate  breeding  from  unsuitable  mares 
and  sires  which  commonly  causes  failure  in  breeding 
operations.  A  mare  should  not  be  bred  from  before  she 
has  arrived  at  her  fifth  or  sixth  year,  but  mares  at  the 
ages  of  twelve  and  fifteen  years,  or  even  more,  are 
specially  suitable  for  breeding  purposes.  It  is  reasonable 
to  assume  that  a  mare  at  eight  or  ten  years  old  will 
produce  a  more  vigorous  foal  than  one  at  eighteen  or 
twenty.  The  registration  of  brood  mares  by  the  various 
horse  societies  has  done  a  great  deal  of  good  in  laying  the 
foundation  stone  towards  the  perpetuation  of  good  stock 
— stock  which  is  sound  and  free  from  the  so-called 
hereditary  afflictions.  It  has  been  and  still  is  customary 
to  look  upon  certain  equine  troubles,  such  as  roaring, 
bone-spavin,  ring  bone,  curb,  splint,  side-bone,  stringhalt, 
etc.,  as  capable  of  being  transmitted  from  either  a  sire  or 
a  dam  to  their  offspring.  It  is  not  thought  that  the 
actual  disease  is  transmitted,  but  "  predisposition  '*  to 
the  development  of  any  of  the  foregoing  troubles  directly 
an  exciting  cause  comes  into  operation.  In  all  probabiHty 
there  is  a  good  deal  of  truth  in  this,  and  practical  demon- 
strations are  not  w^anting  in  support  of  this  theory. 
Very  few  mares  would  be  obtainable  for  breeding  purposes, 
especially  of  the  heavier  class,  which  were  free  from  one 
or  other  of  the  diseases  enumerated.  Remarks  which 
apply  to  the  dam  are  equally  applicable  to  the  sire.  A 
great  deal  of  rubbish  has  been  written  and  spoken  about 
hereditary  diseases  in  the  horse,  and  an  animal  con- 
sidered sound  by  one  veterinary  surgeon  may  be  rejected 
as  unsound  by  another,  therefore  it  is  quite  easy  to 
perpetuate  many  fallacious  notions.  The  great  thing  in 
selecting  a  mare  for  brood  purposes,  in  addition  to  the 
feature  already  referred  to  earlier  on  in  this  chapter,  is 
that  of  possessing  good  conformation  and  good  action. 


THE  CARE  OF  MARE  AND  FOAL  6i 

without  which  quahfications  it  is  quite  unHkely  any 
really  good  foals  will  be  produced.  The  foahng  season 
extends  from,  or  approximately  so,  February  to  the  end 
of  May  or  early  in  June,  but  the  best  months  for  foals  to 
be  born  are  March  and  April,  so  that  when  the  grass  is 
just  beginning  to  spring  the  mare  will  be  able  to  take  full 
advantage  of  the  succulent  herbage,  and  the  foal  have  the 
opportunity  of  outdoor  exercise,  pure  air,  and  rapid 
growth.  It  is  customary  to  fix  the  date  of  thoroughbred 
horses  from  January  ist,  and  all  other  horses  from  May 
1st.  The  period  of  gestation,  or  the  time  which  a  mare 
carries  her  foal,  is  eleven  months,  or  within  a  week  of  this 
period.  Sometimes  a  mare  will  foal  a  few  days  before  or 
after  the  specified  time.  It  is  of  very  little  importance, 
under  these  circumstances.  With  some  mares  it  is  not 
an  easy  matter  to  ascertain  whether  they  are  "in-foal  " 
or  otherwise,  and  the  only  satisfactory  manner  of  doing 
this  is  to  make  a  manual  examination.  Towards  the 
later  phases  of  gestation,  say  the  eighth  or  ninth  month, 
the  abdominal  dimensions  increase  until  within  a  week 
or  so  before  foaling  ;  the  udder  enlarges  and  the  teats 
begin  to  wax,  followed  by  milk  secretion  in  the  gland. 
A  mare  may  come  into  milk  without  being  in  foal,  but 
the  supply  soon  passes  aw^ay.  Every  "  in-foal  "  mare 
should  be  kept  in  a  loose  box  for  several  weeks  prior  to 
the  time  she  is  expected  to  foal,  so  that  she  may  become 
accustomed  to  her  surroundings.  Never  take  any  risks 
by  tying  a  mare  up  in  the  stable  within  a  couple  of  months 
of  her  tim^e  for  foaling,  the  writer  having  seen  some  nasty 
accidents  arising  from  having  done  this.  Another 
"  don't  "  is  never  leave  a  mare  out  at  pasture  at  or  about 
foaling  time.  Seclusion  is  necessary  when  a  mare  is  in 
labour,  and  the  less  she  is  disturbed  the  better.  If  all  is 
going  on  well  the  foal  will  be  delivered  without  any 
assistance,  and  during  dehvery  the  mare  may  be  either 
standing  up  or  lying  down.  It  makes  no  difference.  In 
every  instance   the   birth   of   the   foal   is   immediately 


62  THE  HORSE 

preceded  by  the  appearance  of  the  water  bladder  extern- 
ally, and  the  rupture  of  this  should  immediately  be 
followed  by  the  presentation  of  the  foal  in  its  normal 
position,  viz.  both  fore  limbs  \Yith  the  head  lying  between 
and  the  muzzle  directed  forwards.  Deviations  from 
normal  presentations  are  quite  common,  and  when  they 
do  occur  it  is  absolutely  essential  to  send  for  professional 
assistance  as  speedily  as  possible.  Delay  in  doing  so  may 
mean  the  loss  of  a  foal  and  complicate  matters,  whilst 
interference  by  the  uninitiated  will  probably  lead  to  the 
death  of  the  mare.  The  author  cannot  too  strongly 
emphasise  the  importance  of  having  professional  assist- 
ance. The  owner  should  never  allow  anyone  to  interfere 
with  the  mare  when  in  this  condition.  The  country  is 
overrun  with  empirical  humbugs,  i.e.  unquahfied  men, 
who  are  wholly  unfitted,  except  in  imagination  only,  to 
perform  the  duties  of  a  duly  qualified  practitioner.  If 
the  public  would  only  make  themselves  acquainted  with 
a  man's  qualifications  before  employing  him  the  general 
community  and  the  Hve  stock  of  the  country  would  be  a 
thousand-fold  better  off.  The  author  has  a  thorough 
detestation  for  those  individuals  who  profess  knowledge 
without  possessing  it.  It  is  a  rank  form  of  charlatanism 
and  should  be  dealt  with  in  the  manner  it  deserves. 
This,  however,  is  merely  digression  from  the  subject  now 
under  consideration.  Directly  the  foal  is  bom  the  cord 
should  be  tied  about  two  inches  from  the  body  of  the  foal 
— a  piece  of  sterilised  catgut  or  twine  can  be  used.  A 
double  ligature  about  one  and  a  half  inches  apart  on  the 
cord  is  the  best  method  of  application,  and  then  the  cord 
severed  between  the  ligatures.  (See  "  Specific  Diseases,  re 
Septic  Arthritis  in  the  Foal.")  The  foal  rapidly  gains 
strength  after  it  is  bom  and  may  begin  to  suck  right 
away,  but  a  little  assistance  from  the  attendant  will 
generally  help  the  matter  a  good  deal.  Some  foals^are 
very  stupid  and  are  several  days  old  before  they  make 
any  real  headway  in  sucking.     In  cases  of  this  kind  the 


THE  CARE  OF  MARE  AND  FOAL  63 

foal  can  be  artificially  fed  on  cow's  milk  or  some  other 
substitute.  A  well-nourished  foal  should  almost  be  seen 
growing  and  its  strength  increasing  from  hour  to  hour. 
The  mare  should  be  liberally  fed,  certainly  not  less  than 
four  times  per  day,  on  corn,  linseed  cake,  scalded  bran 
and  oats,  hay,  and  green  food  when  obtainable,  A  strong 
foal  is  a  great  drain  upon  the  economy  of  the  mare, 
consequently  the  more  generously  she  is  fed  the  better 
the  growth  of  the  foal.  During  fine  weather  it  is  an 
excellent  plan  to  turn  both  the  mare  and  the  foal  out  at 
pasture,  but  grass  alone  is  insufficient  for  the  mare  during 
the  first  three  months  after  the  foal  is  bom.  Sometimes 
mares  "  pick  their  foals,"  i.e.  the  foal  is  bom  prematurely, 
say  any  time  after  six  months.  If  before  this  period  it 
constitutes  abortion,  and  there  is  an  infectious  form  of 
abortion  liable  to  affect  mares  in  a  simihar  manner  to 
that  trouble  amongst  dairy  cattle.  In  either  case  a  mare 
may  or  may  not  part  with  the  "  cleansing,"  but  this  is  a 
matter  demanding  urgent  professional  skill,  and  this  fact 
should  never  be  overlooked,  otherwise  the  owner  may 
have  cause  to  regret  it. 

As  already  stated,  when  the  weather  is  suitable  both 
mare  and  foal  should  be  allowed  out  in  the  paddock.  A 
mare  will,  during  June,  July,  and  August,  get  three  parts 
of  her  own  living  at  pasture,  and  she  ought  to  give  a 
superabundance  of  good  milk  for  nourishing  the  foal 
during  the  months  named.  There  are  plenty  of  owners 
who  give  their  mares  no  corn  at  all  when  they  are  out 
grazing,  but  it  will  be  found  much  more  satisfactory  for 
both  mare  and  foal,  and  to  the  proprietor,  to  allow  the 
mare  8  lb.  of  oats  per  day  and  i  lb.  of  beans  in  addition. 
As  soon  as  the  foal  is  two  or  three  months  old  it  will 
begin  to  nibble  at  the  grass,  and  by  September-October 
the  foal  should  be  allowed  a  small  quantity  of  crushed 
oats  every  day.  A  foal  should  be  weaned  when  it  is  six 
months  old,  after  which  period  the  milk  supply  usually 
decreases,  and  if  the  foal  continues  sucking  it  has  a  strong 


64  THE  HORSE 

tendency  to  weaken  the  dam.  Excepting  when  the 
nights  are  very  warm  towards  the  latter  end  of  June  and 
throughout  July,  both  mare  and  foal  are  better  housed 
at  night.  All  brood  mares  should  be  bred  from  regularly, 
and  not  have  one  foal  and  then  miss  a  couple  of  seasons,  as 
this  tends  towards  sterility. 

Septic  Laminitis 

This  disease  consists  of  an  inflammation  or  congestion 
of  the  blood  vessels  and  sensitive  laminae  of  both  fore, 
both  hind,  or  all  four  feet,  and  it  is  the  result  of  septic 
infection,  arising  from  the  uterus,  the  result  of  septic 
material  such  as  a  portion  of  cleansing  or  the  whole  of 
that  structure  being  allowed  to  remain  in  the  uterus  until 
it  has  undergone  decomposition.  This  is  very  liable  to 
happen  after  a  mare  has  "  picked  her  foal,"  as  the  cleans- 
ing is  commonly  retained,  or  some  portion  of  it.  Many 
a  valuable  mare  has  been  lost  for  the  want  of  proper 
attention  at  this  particular  time.  It  is  impossible  to 
leave  a  mare  in  the  same  disgusting  condition  which  the 
writer  and  others  doubtless  have  also  seen  after  a  cow 
has  calved.  Septic  laminitis  is  an  extremely  painful  and 
malignant  disease,  usually  leaving  the  feet  with  drop 
soles  as  a  sequel,  and  sometimes  necessitating  the  destruc- 
tion of  the  animal,  as  not  only  being  the  most  merciful, 
but  also  the  most  economical.  Prevention  is,  as  we  all 
know,  better  than  cure,  and  septic  laminitis  is  one  of  those 
diseases  which,  by  the  exercise  of  ordinary  care,  can  be 
prevented. 


CHAPTER  VII 

THE   SADDLE   HORSE   OR   RIDER 

The  word  "  hack  "  as  opposed  to  "  hackney  "  is  apphed 
to  the  saddle  horse,  and  it  may  be  worth  while  to  repeat 
the  maxim  that  "  a  hack  is  a  horse  to  ride,  but  a  hackney 
one  that  should  not  be  ridden/'  This  is  a  very  trite 
maxim  and  implies  a  good  deal  more  than  it  expresses. 
The  conformation  and  action  of  the  hack  should  be 
diametrically  opposed  to  that  of  the  hackney,  though 
quite  a  number  of  hackneys  have  been,  and  still  are,  sold 
for  hacking  purposes.  This,  however,  does  not  alter  the 
truth  of  the  previous  remarks. 

Every  saddle  horse  should  have  good  manners,  a  light 
mouth,  a  good  temper,  and  be  familiar  with  all  road 
nusiances,  such  as  tractors,  motors,  etc.  etc.  Horses 
that  are  troublesome  on  the  road  or  in  traffic  are  a  nuisance 
and  sometimes  dangerous.  Vice  often  becomes  active 
when  the  surroundings  are  most  unsuitable  for  the  rider, 
and  many  very  nasty  accidents  have  arisen  in  this 
manner.  If  one  can  purchase  manners — which  can 
sometimes  be  done — it  is,  in  the  author's  opinion,  far 
more  important  than  absolute  soundness.  This  is 
particularly  necessary  in  the  case  of  those  who  like  myself 
are  of  nervous  temperament.  Some  horses — certainly  the 
exception  rather  than  the  rule — have  very  sweet  tempers, 
wiU  pass  anything  on  the  road,  and,  having  good  manners, 
it  follows  that  a  light  mouth  must  be  a  complement.  It 
is  quite  a  difficult  matter  to  buy  a  really  good  hack  with 
manners,  mouth,  action,  and  pace.  The  majority  dis- 
close some  fault — venial  in  some  cases,  rotten  in  others. 
E  65 


66  THE  HORSE 

Naturally  what  may  appeal  to  one  man  is  thoroughly 
disliked  by  another  one.  The  "  Jack  My t ton  "  type  of 
rider  likes  one  of  the  "  Hell-for-Leather  Brigade,"  but  it 
is  just  as  well  that  members  of  that  fraternity  are  not  too 
prevalent. 

As  a  saddle  horse  the  British-bred  animal  has  no  equal, 
no  matter  v/hether  it  be  a  pony  9  or  10  hands,  or  a  horse 
16  hands  or  over.  The  height  of  a  hack  must  correspond 
to  the  height  of  the  rider.  For  instance,  a  man  whose 
height  is  say  five  feet  seven  inches  will  look  much  better 
upon  a  horse  15  hands  than  he  would  upon  one  over 
16  hands.  This  is  a  fact  that  should  never  be  lost  sight 
of  when  contemplating  buying  a  horse  of  this  class.  Sex 
is  unimportant,  but  a  gelding  is  to  be  preferred  when 
obtainable,  although  this  must  not  be  allowed  to  stand 
in  the  way  if  the  animal  is  suitable  in  other  respects. 
Som.etimes  mares  are  a  bit  of  a  nuisance  in  summer. 
The  best  age  is  six  or  seven  years  old,  but  some  prefer  to 
buy  at  four  or  five  years.  A  well-seasoned  hack  must  be 
seven  or  eight  years,  and  if  it  has  been  taken  proper  care 
of,  used  but  not  abused  in  its  youth,  it  should  be  good 
for  service  during  the  next  ten  years — sometimes  more, 
sometimes  less.  As  to  colour,  the  author  certainly 
prefers  bay,  followed  by  chestnut  (golden),  hver  ditto, 
brown,  grey,  black,  and  lastly  dun  to  nearly  chestnut, 
roan  (red  or  blue).  Piebalds  and  Skewbalds  look  better 
in  a  circus  ring  than  on  the  road.  Mouth  most  important. 
A  hard  mouth  and  the  animal  that  "  bores  "  is  very 
objectionable.  A  saddle  horse  for  a  boy  of  twelve  to 
fifteen  years  should  be  well  broken  and  good  tempered, 
and  not  less  than  five  or  six  years  old.  A  thoroughbred 
pony,  say  15  hands,  will  suit  some  boys.  Hacks  suitable 
for  children  can  be  bought  as  Shetland  ponies,  Welsh, 
Exmoor  and  Highland  ponies,  but  one  must  take  particu- 
lar care  to  ascertain  that  a  pony  required  for  this  purpose 
is  free  from  any  form  of  vice.  High  action,  i.e.  action 
coming  from  the  knees  or  hocks  is  not  a  desirable  feature 


THE  SADDLE  HORSE  OR  RIDER  67 

in  a  saddle  horse,  but  good  shoulder  action  is  indispens- 
able. The  ribs  must  not  be  too  much  bent,  in  fact  a 
shghtly  flat  side  is  the  best  type.  It  is  quite  impossible 
to  get  to  know  what  sort  of  a  rider  any  particular  horse 
will  make  without  trying  the  animal  thoroughly.  Some 
very  plain  horses  make  superb  animals  for  this  purpose, 
and  some  showy  ones  quite  the  reverse — a  plain  or  even 
ugly-looking  animal.  Quite  a  large  proportion  of  hacks 
are  bought  at  the  horse  repositories  in  various  parts  of 
the  country,  and  many  of  these  animals  are  either 
warranted  sound  in  a  general  sense  or  carry  with  them  a 
specific  warranty,  such  as  sound  in  wind  and  eyes.  The 
last  named  is  quite  valueless,  so  far  as  warranty  is  con- 
cerned. Apart  from  soundness  in  the  regions  named  a 
horse  may  have  a  hundred  and  one  defects,  any  of  which 
ma}^  render  it  "  something  more  than  a  white  elephant  '* 
to  the  purchaser.  Defects  of  wind — roaring  and  broken 
wind— defects  of  eyesight — opacity  of  the  cornea  and 
catarrh,  etc.,  as  well  as  bone-spavin,  ring-bone,  splints 
(badly  placed),  chronic  sprains  and  bursal  swelling  along 
with  abnormal  or  diseased  feet  and  vice  should  all  debar 
one,  if  present,  from  buying  a  horse  for  saddle  purposes. 
To  be  correct,  the  knees  should  be  broad,  the  pasterns  of 
moderate  slope,  the  legs  clean  and  well  placed  in  relation- 
ship to  the  body,  a  well-moulded  head  and  a  strong  back 
and  loins  plus  nice  quarters,  with  every  sign  of  animation 
throughout  are  some  of  the  chief  essentials  of  beauty. 

Prices  of  hacks  vary  considerably,  but  range  some- 
where between  15  guineas  (ponies  for  children)  and 
several  hundred  guineas.  A  good  all-round  hack  should  be 
bought  for  70  or  80  guineas,  and  a  boy's  hack  for  35  or 
40  guineas,  and  occasionally  a  trifle  less. 

The  Hackney  or  Harness  Horse 

The  Hackney,  or  Roadster,  is  a  very  useful  type  of 
horse,  and  one  that,  prior  to  the  advent  of  the  motor-car, 


68  THE  HORSE 

was  greatly  sought  after  by  those  who  wished  to  keep 
either  a  single  horse  for  trapping  purposes  or  an  animal 
to  run  in  double  harness.  Some  wonderful  specimens  of 
the  breed  have  been  produced  and  still  are  being  pro- 
duced, but  it  is  a  variety  which  can  hardly  be  expected  to 
keep  abreast  of  the  times  when  the  motor-car  is  making 
such  rapid  advances  all  the  world  over.  There  are  really 
two  distinct  types  of  hackneys,  viz.  the  Yorkshire 
hackney  and  the  one  derived  from  the  Norfolk  trotter, 
which  for  convenience  ma^^  be  designated  the  Norfolk 
type  of  hackney.  Strictly  speaking,  the  Yorkshire  type 
is  more  alhed  to  the  coach  horse  and  a  slightly  larger 
animal  than  the  original  type  of  hackney.  Irrespective 
of  type  the  general  opnion  is  that  the  hackney  has  been 
a  manufactured  article  and  owes  its  origin  to  an  Arab 
horse  brought  into  this  country  from  Aleppo  about  1706, 
and  the  imported  animal  was  introduced  into  Great 
Britain  by  a  Yorkshire  gentleman — a  Mr.  Darley.  The 
Arab  referred  to  is  usually  spoken  of  as  the  "  Darley 
Arabian."  A  thoroughbred  horse,  known  as  *'  EcHpse," 
was  foaled  in  1764,  which  was  a  great  grandson  of  Mr. 
Darley's  imported  horse.  During  the  year  1715  a  chestnut 
horse,  with  a  white  muzzle  and  four  white  stockings, 
known  as  "  Fljang  Childers,''  and  called  after  its  breeder, 
Mr.  Childers,  was  foaled.  The  sire  of  this  horse  was  the 
'*  Darley  Arabian,"  and  the  dam,  "  Betty  Leeds." 
"  Ftying  Childers  "  was  said  to  be  of  compact  form,  long 
in  the  back  and  loins,  and  his  height  about  15  hands. 
Like  "  Echpse  "  he  is  accredited  with  being  a  fast  horse. 
He  was  the  sire  of  "  Blaze  "  which  was  foaled  in  1733, 
and  this  horse  subsequently  travelled  in  Norfolk,  where 
he  established  the  foundation  stone  of  the  hackney,  then 
known  under  the  title  of  "  Norfolk  Trotter."  "  Blaze  " 
in  his  turn  was  the  sire  of  a  horse  called  "  Shales,"  which 
was  foaled  in  1755.  There  were  several  horses  bearing 
this  name.  "  Blaze  "  was  also  the  grandsire  of  "  Driver," 
a  horse  which  was  foaled  somewhere  about  1765.    This 


THE  HACKNEY  OR  HARNESS  HORSE       69 

was  followed  by  the  "  Fireaway  "  family  belonging  to 
Jenkinson,  West,  and  Burgess.  Jenkinson's  "  Fire- 
away  "  was  foaled  in  1780,  and  West's  "  Fireaway  "  in 
1800.  The  last-named  was  the  sire  of  Burgess'  "  Fire- 
away "  foaled  in  18 15,  which  in  turn  was  the  sire  of  a 
horse  called  "  Wildfire,"  foaled  in  1827.  Later  on  we 
find  the  names  of  "  Phenomenon/'  the  sire  of  "  Per- 
former," and  "  Performer  "  begat  "  Sir  Charles  "  (1843). 
"  Sir  Charles  "  was  the  sire  of  "  Denmark,"  and  the  latter 
the  sire  of  Sir  Walter  Gilbey's  "  Danegelt,"  foaled  in  1879. 
This  horse  had  a  brilliant  show  and  stud  career,  and  a 
considerable  number  of  the  best  hackneys  have  the  blood 
of  this  horse  in  their  veins.  The  foregoing  is  a  brief 
survey  as  to  how  the  hackney  was  moulded,  so  far  as 
descent  on  the  male  side  is  concerned.  The  mares 
indigenous  to  the  county  of  Norfolk  were  employed  for 
mating  to  the  aforesaid  sires.  According  to  authentic 
information,  these  animals  were  well  built,  being  of 
compact  type,  durable,  fast,  but  did  not  possess  the 
extravagant  action  which  many  of  the  modern  hackneys 
possess.  The  obvious  deduction  is  that  the  right  material 
was  present  on  the  side  of  the  miares,  and  that  all  that 
was  required  for  estabhshing  the  hackney  was  the  use  of 
impressive  sires — a  condition  which  was  duly  fulfilled. 
Almost  anyone  can  recognise  a  hackney  at  a  glance, 
either  as  a  15  or  16  hands  horse  or  as  a  pony  between 
12  and  14  hands.  The  compact  form,  the  remarkable 
knee  and  hock  action,  the  clean  limbs,  the  thin  skin,  and 
the  general  ensemble  are  unmistakable  signs  of  this 
useful  type  of  horse.  As  a  roadster  the  breed  has  certainly 
no  superior  and  very  few  equals.  Its  manners  are 
usually  very  good,  both  in  and  out  of  harness,  whilst  for 
durability,  courage,  and  speed  the  breed  leaves  nothing 
to  be  desired.  We  must  not  forget  to  mention  the  splendid 
work  done  by  the  Hackney  Horse  Society,  and  the  un- 
tiring energy  displayed  on  behalf  of  the  breed  by  their 
Secretary,  Mr.  Frank  Euran.     It  is  of  interest  to  note 


70  THE  HORSE 

that  the  Society  has  overcome  the  prohibition  as  formu- 
lated by  the  Department  of  Agriculture  in  the  United 
States  (1918),  forbidding  the  importation  on  and  after 
January  ist  last  of  all  horses  except  pure-bred  ones,  for 
breeding  purposes  and  racing,  from  Great  Britain. 
The  Hackney  Horse  Society  sent  a  special  representative 
over  to  the  States,  and  the  order  has  now  been  rescinded, 
excepting  that  relating  to  horses  from  continental 
Europe,  which  is  still  to  remain  in  force.  The  prices  of 
hackneys  vary  according  to  age,  sex,  pedigree,  etc.,  but 
a  very  good  horse  of  this  class  can  be  bought  for  80  or  90 
guineas,  and  a  useful  stamp  of  hackney  pony  should  be 
obtained,  as  a  sound  animal,  for  60  guineas.  The  hackney 
cob,  when  in  harness,  makes  about  as  smart  a  turn-out 
as  it  is  possible  to  conceive,  and  if  anyone  prefers  a  horse 
in  single  harness  to  that  of  a  small  car,  the  hackney  is 
the  sort  to  buy. 

The  Cleveland  Bay 

This  is  a  very  handsome  variety  of  horse  of  the  coach 
horse  type,  in  the  manufacture  of  w^hich  breed  the  Cleve- 
land Bay  must  have  played  a  significant  part.  The  Vale 
of  Cleveland,  in  Yorkshire,  more  especially  around 
Wliitby  and  Pickering,  is  the  land  of  its  nativity,  and 
some  of  the  best  specimens  come  from  that  district. 
Somehow  or  another  the  Cleveland  Bay  has  never 
attained  any  particular  degree  of  popularity,  but  the 
reason  of  this  is  not  very  clear  unless  it  be  due  to  the 
decline  of  coaching.  It  certainly  deserves  to  occupy  a 
much  bettei  position  than  it  has  ever  attained,  as  the 
conformation  is  usually  of  the  best.  The  typical  colour 
is  either  light  or  dark  bay,  with  black  legs.  There  is 
usually  a  star  on  the  forehead,  but  no  white  elsewhere, 
unless  sometimes  in  the  hollow  of  the  heel,  the  existence 
of  which  breeders  regard  as  a  sign  that  some  other  blood 
has  been  introduced  into  the  breed.  Most  of  these  horses 
have  exceptionally  good  legs  and  feet,  the  limbs  being 


THE  CLEVELAND  BAY  AND  VAN  HORSE    71 

clean  and  the  joints  of  the  best.  About  a  hundred  years 
ago  three  noted  f amihes  of  Cleveland  Bay  horses  are  said 
to  have  existed,  viz.  the  **  Dart,"  the  "  Barley  Harvest 
Horse,"  and  the  "  Hoghill  Horse."  The  two  last-named, 
it  is  said,  were  foaled  just  before  the  end  of  the  eighteenth 
century,  and  these  famiUes  are  usually  regarded  as  the 
foundation  stone  of  the  modern  Cleveland.  A  Cleveland 
Bay  contains  a  good  deal  of  thoroughbred  blood  in  it, 
and  it  resembles  the  race-horse  in  its  configuration, 
although  it  is  a  much  heavier  type  of  animal.  In  every 
feature  it  re-echoes  the  true  type  of  a  coach  horse,  and 
this  is  one  reason  why  the  demand  for  the  breed  is  com- 
paratively small.  It  is  very  questionable,  so  far  as  Great 
Britain  is  concerned,  whether  the  Cleveland  Bay  will  ever 
occupy  a  prominent  position.  In  some  of  the  Colonies 
the  breed  has  been  introduced,  and  we  believe  with 
satisfactory  results.  As  regards  soundness  and  durability, 
everything  is  in  favour  of  it. 

The  Light  Van  and  the  Tradesman's  Horse 

Very  few  words  are  necessary  when  speaking  of  the 
light  van  horse  and  one  suitable  for  the  Hghter  work  of 
the  tradesman.  As  a  rule  a  nondescript  type  of  horse 
fills  the  gap,  it  being  exceptional,  certainly  not  the  rule, 
to  find  a  settled  type  of  horse  running  in  harness  and 
doing  the  work  of  the  small  trader.  Cobs  and  ponies, 
without  any  qualification  beyond  the  possession  of  four 
limbs  and  an  animated  body,  very  often  represent  the 
type  of  horse  now  under  consideration.  One  can  hardly 
expect  the  average  tradesman  to  possess  very  much 
knowledge  of  horse-flesh,  and  what  little  is  possessed  is 
often  more  misleading  than  helpful.  Improper  treatment 
and  careless  handling  interlinked  with  a  certain  amount 
of  ignorance  are  mainly  responsible  for  the  indifferent 
class  of  horse  one  so  frequently  sees  doing  their  jobs  in 
town  and  country.    There  is  no  reason  why  the  tradesman 


72  THE  HORSE 

should  not  possess  a  well-groomed  horse,  a  horse  that  is 
well  harnessed  and  looks  well  in  harness,  and  one  that  is 
able  to  give  a  fair  day's  return  for  a  fair  day's  keep. 
The  author  would  like  to  see  the  small  trader  with  a 
totally  different  class  of  horse  from  those  which  the 
majority  of  them  now  possess.  The  type  of  horse  should 
be  a  bantamised  form  of  the  Suffolk,  and  animals  of  this 
type  can,  by  judicious  selection,  be  bred,  and  the  correct 
way  to  breed  them  will  be  through  using  a  stoutly  built 
Highland  pony  sire  and  a  Galloway  mare.  The  small 
trader  requires  a  horse  that  can  trot  with  anything  up  to 
4  or  5  cwt.  without  showing  undue  effects  of  fatigue. 

The  reader  will  ask  what  about  the  soundness  of  the 
tradesman's  horse.  If  the  animal  is  practically  sound  it 
is  not  necessary  to  worry  about  anything  else.  Eyesight 
and  wind  must  be  right  ;  the  feet  must  be  good  ;  the 
limbs  must  be  clean,  and  the  joints  strong  and  supple. 
When  buying  a  horse  of  this  class,  flex  the  knee  joints, 
the  fetlock  joints,  and  both  hock  joints,  and  if  there  is 
any  stiffness,  don't  purchase.  Another  trouble  to  avoid 
is  a  navicular  disease  either  in  one  or  both  fore  feet.  A 
horse  affected  with  this  has  generally  a  short,  catty  step, 
goes  groggy,  and  in  horsey  vernacular  it  is  called  a 
"  grog."  Plenty  of  tradesmen's  horses  are  sold  with  this 
trouble,  which  is  always  progressive  and  incurable. 
Further  evidence  is  afforded  by  lameness  when  the 
animal  comes  out  of  stable,  but  this  usually  passes 
off  with  exercise.  (See  "  Navicular  Disease  in  connec- 
tion with  the  Foot  and  its  Diseases.")  A  tradesman, 
when  contemplating  buying  a  horse,  should  never 
purchase  without  having  the  animal  examined  by  a 
qualified  veterinary  surgeon,  and  the  fee  for  such  examina- 
tion ranges  from  half  to  one  guinea.  Many  a  foolish 
speculator  might  have  saved  himself  pounds,  to  say 
nothing  of  the  annoyance,  had  he  followed  the  advice 
which  the  author  now  tenders,  and  which  the  tradesman 
would  do  well  to  adopt  when  buying  a  horse. 


HUNTER  :  TWO  YEAR  OLD  FILLY 


Pfmtos  bv  Piirsnns 


POLO  PONY 


To  face  page  72 


THE  HUNTER  73 

The  Hunter 

In  the  modern  type  of  hunter,  the  blood  horse,  or 
thoroughbred  sire,  is  largely  responsible  for  its  production, 
and  the  Hunters  Improvement  Society  has  paved  the 
way  for  the  production  of  hunters  to  meet  the  require- 
ments of  those  in  search  of  these  animals.  All  sorts  and 
conditions  of  hunters  are  found  in  stables,  at  horse 
repositories,  at  fairs,  at  markets,  and  in  the  stables  of 
dealers,  where  they  are  offered  for  sale,  bought,  and  not 
infrequently  returned  to  their  vendor.  It  is  reasonable 
to  assume  that  more  hunters  are  sold  at  Messrs.  Tatter- 
sail's  Horse  Repository  in  London  than  in  any  other 
sale  yard  in  the  kingdom.  Some  very  high-class  animals 
are  exposed  for  sale,  and,  as  in  every  other  horse  repository, 
the  converse  sometimes  applies,  in  spite  of  the  stringency 
of  the  auctioneer's  regulations.  It  is  customary  to 
speak  of  a  horse  as  "  the  hunter  born,"  and  the  "  hunter 
made,"  both  of  which  terms  are  sufficiently  expressive. 
It  is  impossible  to  pay  too  much  attention,  in  the  matter 
of  soundness,  when  about  to  purchase  a  hunter.  To 
judge  distance  a  hunter's  eyesight  must  be  perfect.  To 
go  the  pace,  it  must  have  a  sound  heart,  sound  lungs,  and 
a  sound  breathing  apparatus,  from  the  top  notch  to  the 
last  air  space  in  the  lungs.  It  must  be  sound  in  its  joints 
and  sound  in  tendons,  ligaments,  and  above  all  be  free 
from  stiffness.  Moreover,  it  must  possess  two  very 
essential  features,  viz.  great  freedom  of  shoulder  move- 
ment and  free  flexion  of  the  hocks.  If  it  is  wanting  in  the 
two  last-named  it  never  will  jump  clear.  Condition  is  also 
of  vital  importance.  The  muscles  must  be  hard.  To 
ascertain  whether  the  latter  is  present  or  not  run  the 
hand  along  the  upper  border  of  the  neck,  which  should 
feel  like  a  cord  ;  in  fact,  it  should  be  as  hard  as  iron. 
Condition  is  seldom  bought.  It  has  to  be  made,  and  the 
new  owner  may  have  to  make  it.  If  the  animal  is  required 
for  immediate  use  this  cannot  be  done  at  the  beginning 


74  THE  HORSE 

of  the  season.  It  is  work  that  should  commence  m  August 
or  September  and  be  carried  right  on  until  November, 
when  the  animal's  work  and  the  owner's  sport  may  be 
expected  to  commence.  Purchase  from  a  private  source, 
when  reasonable  facility  is  given  for  trial,  can  be  recom- 
mended. A  week  or  two's  trial  is  not  at  all  an  unreason- 
able request,  provided  that  the  vendor  is  satisfied  that 
the  animal  is  placed  in  capable  hands.  When  a  horse  is 
on  trial,  under  these  conditions,  it  rests  with  the  intending 
purchaser  to  take  all  reasonable  care  of  the  animal,  other- 
wise he  becomes  responsible  in  damages  to  the  proprietor 
should  anything  go  wrong.  Nothing  but  a  trial  can  give 
complete  satisfaction,  yet  plenty  of  buyers  have  to  take 
their  chances  as  to  how  the  animal  will  turn  out.  Un- 
made hunters  are  bought  at  three  and  four  years  old, 
particularly  at  some  of  the  principal  fairs  in  Ireland. 
Horses  which  have  been  regularly  hunting  for  several 
seasons,  say  four  or  five,  are  usually  abou/^  ten  years  old 
when  offered  for  sale,  and  this  is  the  class  of  animal  which 
frequently  comes  up  for  auction,  and  also  for  sale  by 
private  treaty.  We  should  not  recommend  the  purchase 
of  an  animal  required  for  use  as  a  hunter  after  twelve  to 
fifteen  years  old,  although  it  must  not  be  assumed  that  a 
horse  is  no  use  for  this  purpose  after  the  age  specified,  as 
there  are  plenty  of  hunters  doing  good  work  when  they 
have  reached  a  score  of  years  or  even  more.  Space  forbids 
us  to  enter  into  details  concerning  hunters,  but  we  have 
endeavoured  to  indicate  one  or  two  matters  which  may 
be  of  some  interest  to  the  reader.  In  conclusion,  we  may 
say  that  no  hunter  should  do  any  real  work  before  it  is 
five  years  off,  otherwise  it  will  be  prematurely  damaged, 

Ponies 

The  various  breeds  of  ponies  comprise  the  Shetland, 
Welsh,  Exmoor,  New  Forest,  Irish,  Highland,  Fell,  and 
Moorland  ponies.   Thoroughbred   and   Hackney  ponies. 


PONIES  75 

Russian,  Iceland,  and  Basuto  ponies.  All  these  various 
types  of  ponies  possess  certain  distinctive  features,  more 
conspicuous  in  some  than  in  others.  The  thoroughbred 
or  blood  pony  is,  so  far  as  make  and  shape  are  concerned, 
the  lightest  built  animal  amongst  the  whole  of  the  ponies, 
and  next  on  the  list  comes  the  hackney  pony,  which  has, 
of  course,  descended  from  the  thoroughbred.  The  breed 
first  named  is  a  saddle  horse  pure  and  simple,  consequently 
we  find  that  it  is  usually  advertised  and  sold  as  a  boy's 
hunter.  It  is  practically  a  replica  of  its  larger  prototype, 
the  thoroughbred,  and  really  represents  the  blood  horse. 
The  hackney  pony  is  essentially  one  employed  for 
harness  purposes,  and  if  the  reader  will  trouble  to  refer 
to  our  description  of  the  hackney  he  wiU  find  this  pony 
therein  referred  to.  The  Arab  pony  is  closely  allied  to 
the  thoroughbred  and  possesses  great  staying  power.  It 
is  an  extremely  handsome  animal  and  commonly  bright 
bay  or  grey  in  colour.  It  makes  an  excellent  saddle  pony 
and  has  been  used  both  as  a  sire  and  for  play  in  polo.  All 
the  hill  ponies  are  very  hardy,  and  very  sure-footed. 
They  are  willing  workers  when  properly  broken,  and 
capable  of  a  large  amount  of  endurance.  In  action, 
pace,  and  manners  they  vary  considerably,  some  being 
much  better  than  others,  and  not  a  few  useless  for 
any  purpose,  unless  it  be  for  removing  the  herbage  from 
some  barren  mountain-side.  The  Shetland  ponies  are 
hardy  little  creatures,  very  suitable  for  children,  either 
for  saddle  or  harness,  and  being  small  they  are  inexpensive 
to  keep  and  inexpensive  to  purchase.  We  have  seen 
them  sold  for  as  little  as  £4  apiece,  but  a  good  Shetland 
pony  can  be  bought  almost  anywhere  for  £12  or  £15,  at 
which  price  it  should  have  good  manners,  be  five  or  six 
years  old,  and  thoroughly  broken.  Soundness  in  these 
ponies  is  a  mere  matter  of  detail.  The  Welsh  ponies  are 
most  excellent  animals,  and  being  a  little  larger  than  the 
breed  last  named,  are  really  more  useful  for  work  in  a 
small  governess  car.     Some  of  them  can  get  over  the 


76  THE  HORSE 

ground,  but  of  course  do  not,  as  a  rule,  possess  the  turn  of 
speed  like  the  thoroughbred  or  the  hackney.  Ponies 
are  very  handy  animals,  and  can  be  kept  where  it  would 
be  impossible  to  keep  a  large  horse.  They  are  easily 
looked  after,  not  costly  to  keep,  and  always  a  source  of 
pleasure  to  their  owners.  The  writer  is  particularly  fond 
of  them,  and  this,  irrespective  of  age,  sex,  or  breed.  The 
colours  to  be  preferred  are  bay,  brown,  chestnut,  and  grey, 
but  like  a  good  horse,  a  good  pony  may  be  any  colour. 
If  an  unbroken  pony  is  purchased  care  must  be  taken  to 
have  it  properly  broken,  otherwise  it  will  acquire  all  sorts 
of  objectionable  habits,  such  as  shying  at  trifling  objects 
on  the  road,  kicking,  etc.  It  is  much  more  ready  to  adopt 
vice  than  virtue,  and  whilst  the  former  is  so  easily  acquired 
it  is  less  easily  eradicated.  Anything  up  to  14-3  hands 
may  be  classified  as  a  pony.  Prices  range  from  £10  or 
£12  up  to  several  hundreds  of  guineas,  according  to 
quality,  but  from  £iS  to  £25  may  be  accepted  as  a  fair 
average  for  the  ordinary  type  of  pon}^ 


1^^ 


■id 


HACKNEY  STALLION 


Photos  bv  Parson 


SHETLAND   PONY 


To  face  pa^e  yy 


CHAPTER  VIII 

BUYING   A   LIGHT   HORSE   AND   WHAT  TO   AVOID   IN 
SELECTING   THE   SAME 

In  the  selection  of  a  light  horse,  i.e.  one  required  for  work 
in  single  or  double  harness,  a  good  deal  of  judgment  is 
necessary,  as  this  class  of  horse  is  much  more  liable  to  be 
afflicted  with  diseases  in  connection  with  the  tendons  and 
joints  than  in  the  case  of  the  heavy  draught  horse.  The 
roadster  or  harness  horse,  the  hunter,  the  trotter,  and 
the  light  van  horse  are  all  placed  in  this  category  for 
selection,  but  the  reader  is  referred  to  the  chapters  on 
the  various  breeds  for  further  information  respecting 
these.  It  is  a  much  more  difficult  matter  to  obtain  a 
well-matched  pair  of  horses  than  a  single,  and  the  prices 
are  generally  considerably  more.  There  is  not,  however, 
the  same  demand  now  as  formerly  for  pairs  of  carriage 
horses,  or  even  for  harness  horses  of  any  kind,  the  motor 
having  largely  supplanted  the  use  of  these  animals. 
Still,  it  is  quite  a  reasonable  assumption  that  horses  will 
always  be  employed  both  for  business  and  pleasurable 
occupations,  though  possibly  it  will  diminish  in  extent. 

To  begin  with,  there  are  various  channels  through 
which  purchase  can  be  made,  but  the  dealer,  the  horse 
repository,  and  the  private  vendor  are  the  usual  sources. 
Whenever  possible  purchase  from  the  breeder  is  desirable, 
but  buying  in  this  direct  manner  is  seldom  feasible.  The 
horse  dealer  has,  unfortunately,  through  the  motor  had 
to  abandon  his  business  in  quite  a  number  of  instances, 
consequently,  there  are  fewer  dealers  of  repute  than 
formerly.     The  horse  dealer  with  a  good  reputation  can 

77 


7^  THE  HORSE 

usually  be  relied  upon  to  provide  the  intending  purchaser 
with  an  animal  suitable  for  his  requirements,  provided 
that  sufficient  time  be  allowed  and  an  adequate  price 
paid  for  the  animal.  Moreover,  nearly  every  dealer  will 
allow  a  week  or  ten  days'  trial,  so  that  the  buyer  has 
every  opportunity  afforded  him  of  judging  as  to  the  good 
and  bad  points  of  the  animal.  In  the  meantime  its 
soundness  or  otherwise  can  be  ascertained  by  submitting 
it  to  examination  by  a  qualified  and  experienced  veterin- 
ary surgeon.  The  writer  emphasises  the  word  "  experi- 
enced "  because  examination  of  horses  and  the  relation- 
ship to  soundness  can  only  be  acquired  after  many  years 
of  experience.  Another  word  of  advice  whilst  discussing 
this  matter  is  that  of  having  every  animal,  prior  to 
purchase,  professionally  examined,  as  the  modest  fee 
exacted  by  a  veterinary  surgeon  may  be  the  means  of 
saving  many  pounds,  to  say  nothing  of  the  trouble  and 
annoyance  at  some  future  date.  In  every  instance  it 
is  advisable,  when  purchasing  from  a  source  available 
for  the  purpose,  for  the  intending  buyer  to  try  the 
animal  as  to  its  suitability  for  his  requirements  :  at  the 
same  time,  the  possibility — in  the  event  of  such  existing — 
of  vice  or  some  objectionable  habit  or  habits  may  be 
revealed.  The  percentage  of  horses  which  are  sound, 
more  especially  the  ordinary  roadster  and  draught  horses, 
is,  from  a  legal  standpoint,  very  small,  whereas,  from  a 
practical  point  of  view,  75  per  cent  of  horses  are  sound. 
There  would  be  very  few  horses  at  work  if  this  were 
not  so,  the  mere  fact  of  a  horse  being  legally  sound  is  no 
criterion  as  to  its  utility,  in  fact,  it  may  even  be  the 
reverse.  When  a  horse  is  classed  as  "  practically  "  sound 
the  natural  inference  is,  that  the  animal  is  capable  of 
performing  all  the  duties  required  of  it,  and  likely  to  be 
required,  at  the  present  time,  or  at  any  subsequent 
period  within  a  reasonable  hmit,  as  to  age,  etc.  All 
horses  purchased  at  horse  repositories  are  sold  subject 
to  the  conditions  of  the  sale  regulations,  and  if  a  horse  is 


BUYING  A  LIGHT  HORSE  79 

bought  and  afterwards  found  not  to  comply  with  the 
catalogue  description,  it  can  and  should  be  immediately 
returned,  along  with  the  veterinary  certificate,  to  the 
auctioneers,  within  the  prescribed  period.  Any  mis- 
representation should  be  treated  upon  these  lines,  but 
nothing  can  be  done  after  the  time  stipulated  by  the 
auctioneers  has  expired. 

Throughout  London  and  the  provinces  there  are  numer- 
ous horse  repositories,  and  a  considerable  amount  of 
traffic  in  horse-flesh  takes  place  through  these  channels. 
All  classes  of  horses  are  obtainable  in  this  manner,  but 
a  great  deal  of  circumspection  is  necessary,  otherwise  the 
buyer  mxay  become  possessed  of  a  highly  undesirable 
animal — as  useless  to  the  buyer  as  it  was  to  the  seller. 

Apart  from  purchase  from  the  repository,  the  horse 
fairs  in  various  parts  of  the  country  afford  a  ready  means 
for  the  bartering  of  horses.  Many  excellent  animals  are 
bought  at  fairs,  and  with  equal  truth  it  may  be  said  that 
so  are  many  useless  ones.  The  number  of  horses  offered 
for  sale  at  horse  fairs  within  recent  years  has  declined, 
and  in  the  future  there  is  every  probability  of  a  further 
reduction,  owing  to  the  continued  progress  of  motor 
traction.  The  horse  fair  of  the  future  will  never,  so  far 
as  quality  and  number  of  animals  is  concerned,  reach 
those  of  the  past,  no  matter  how  optimistic  one  may 
be  as  to  the  future  v/elfare  of  the  horse.  At  some  of 
the  principal  horse  fairs  in  Ireland  the  highest  class  of 
animal  is  bought  and  sold.  A  list  of  these  fairs  can  be 
obtained  by  reference  to  any  of  the  live-stock  annuals,  a 
remark  which  is  equally  applicable  to  the  horse  fairs  and 
markets  periodically  held  throughout  England  and  Wales. 

For  the  purchase  of  Welsh  ponies,  the  Welsh  horse 
fairs  afford  undeniable  opportunities,  and  anyone  con- 
templating purchase  of  these  will  do  well  to  pay  a  visit  to 
these  fairs.  In  the  latter  case,  the  animals  are  usually 
unbroken,  coming  into  the  market  in  droves.  The 
facilities  for  examination  at  the  horse  fairs  are,  of  course, 


8o  THE  HORSE 

only  poor,  and  the  buyer  has  to  rely  exclusively  on  his 
own  discrimination,  there  being  no  redress  in  the  event 
of  an  unfortunate  purchase. 

Buying  a  horse  from  a  private  source  is  not  always 
commendable,  as  many  useless  animals  are  sold  in  this 
manner,  the  only  advantage  being  that  the  buyer  may 
possibly  get  a  general  warranty  of  soundness,  or  else  be 
given  every  facility  for  the  examination  of  the  animal. 
Unless  for  very  special  reasons,  owners  are  not  willing  to 
part  with  reliable  animals,  as  these  are  not  easily  replaced. 
Horses  are  commonly  advertised  for  sale  in  daily  papers, 
and  the  wording  of  the  advertisements  is  sometimes  more 
interesting  than  the  animal,  when  the  intending  purchaser 
views  it.  It  is  very  necessary  for  buyers  to  pay  particular 
attention  to  the  wording  of  advertisements,  no  matter 
whether  in  catalogue  or  in  a  newspaper,  because  these  are 
often  guardedly  worded  so  as  to  deceive  the  unwary 
buyer.  As  previously  stated,  whenever  and  wherever 
there  is  an  opportunity  a  hght  horse  should  always  be 
tried  either  in  saddle  or  in  harness,  both  in  and  out  of 
traihc.  When  pairs  of  harness  horses  are  offered  for  sale 
it  is  common  knowledge  that,  whilst  one  of  them  may  be 
a  very  good  animal,  the  other  is  frequently  bad  or 
indifferent.  Take  particular  notice  of  their  ages,  sex, 
colour,  markings,  and  general  conformation  throughout. 
Action,  manners  and  mouth  are  to  be  specially  noted. 
Uniformity  of  action  greatly  enhances  the  value  in  a  pair 
of  horses,  whilst  a  good  mouth  and  good  manners  are 
equally  essential.  If  one  horse  has  a  tender  mouth  and 
the  other  is  hard  in  the  mouth  it  is  impossible  to  have 
harmony  of  action.  It  is  upon  such  harmony  that  the 
beauty  of  a  pair  of  horses  depends.  It  is  impossible  to 
pay  too  much  attention,  in  both  saddle  and  harness  horses, 
to  mouth,  manners,  temperament  and  action,  all  of  which 
features  are  far  more  important  to  a  buyer  than  absolute 
regard  for  soundness,  but  unfortunately  these  are  too 
often  overlooked.     The  number  of  vicious  horses  intro- 


BUYING  A  LIGHT  HORSE  8i 

duced  into  the  British  Army  through  the  agency  of 
inexperienced  buyers  during  the  recent  war  was  consider- 
able, but  nevertheless,  very  regrettable,  as  animals  other- 
wise excellent  had  to  be  destroyed  as  they  were  useless 
for  either  military  or  any  other  purpose. 

Vicious  horses  are  sometimes,  before  sale,  heavily 
doped,  and  when  the  effects  of  the  dope  have  passed  off 
the  vice  is  revealed  in  all  its  severity.  Animals  treated 
in  this  manner  are  difficult  to  discover,  but  sometimes 
reveal  it  by  their  stupidity  of  manner.  Latent  vice,  i.e. 
vice  which  remains  dormant  for  a  time  and  then 
recurs  is  one  of  the  most  objectionable  features  that  a 
horse  can  possess,  though  it  is  by  no  means  infrequent. 
It  is  comparable  to  latent  or  occult  disease,  and  either 
may  prove  equally  disastrous.  If  buyinig  from  a  private 
source  it  is  a  wise  expedient  for  the  buyer  to  obtain  a 
general  warranty  of  soundness  and  freedom  from  vice,  in 
order  to  enforce  liability  should  the  exigences  of  circum- 
stances require  it. 

Light  horses  may  possess  many  defects,  but  soundness 
of  eyesight  and  wind  are  particularly  necessary.  Roaring, 
broken  wind,  cataract,  opacity  of  the  cornea  and  total 
blindness,  interfere  with  or  destroy  the  commercial  value 
and  usefulness  of  the  animal 

There  are  several  common  diseases  affecting  the  fore 
and  hind  limbs,  the  chief  of  these  being  splint  in  the  fore- 
hmbs,  also  ring-bone,  and  in  the  hind  limbs,  bone-spavin, 
whilst  drop  sole  and  navicular  disease  are  frequently 
met  with  in  the  fore  limbs. 

If  a  horse  is  five  years  old,  free  from  lameness,  and  the 
splint  in  a  good  position,  the  animal  may  be  regarded  as 
practically  sound.  On  the  other  hand,  a  horse  under  or 
about  four  years  of  age,  having  splint,  can  hardly  be  re- 
garded as  sound,  there  being  greater  liability  to  develop 


ameness. 


For  description  of  the  other  troubles  alluded  to  the 
reader  is  referred  to  the  chapter  dealing  with  these. 


CHAPTER  IX 

THE  AGE  OF  THE  HORSE  AS  INDICATED  BY  THE 
TEETH,  ETC. 

It  is  very  necessary  that  every  one  interested  in  horses, 
either  for  pleasurable  or  for  business  purposes  should 
possess  a  knowledge  of  the  method  adopted  by  experts  for 
ascertaining  the  age  of  any  particular  animal.  It  is  not, 
as  a  rule,  a  difficult  matter  to  know,  say,  a  colt  from  an 
old  horse,  by  mere  casual  inspection,  but  it  is  quite  a 
different  matter  to  distinguish  a  horse  five  or  six  years 
old  from  one  of  ten  or  twelve  without  referring  to  the 
teeth.  The  latter  affords  the  only  reliable  method  of 
recognising  these  differences,  but  this  can  only  be  done 
by  noting  the  appreciable  changes  which  take  place  on 
the  cutting  surfaces  of  the  incisor  teeth. 

Apart  from  the  teeth,  horses  do  display  certain  indica- 
tions when  they  become  old,  and  by  an  old  horse  we  mean 
an  animal  ranging  from  sixteen  to  thirty  years,  or  even  a 
few  years  beyond  the  latter  age.  A  great  deal  does, 
however,  depend  upon  the  treatment  or  rather  the  care 
bestowed  upon  the  animal  in  relation  to  the  last-named. 
Quite  a  number  of  horses  are,  through  their  indiscriminate 
employment,  prematurely  worn  out,  consequently  it 
is  not  a  difficult  matter  to  note  the  physical  changes  thus 
brought  about.  On  the  other  hand,  the  writer  has  seen 
quite  a  number  of  horses,  approximately  thirty  years  of 
age,  which  show  little  obvious  signs  of  wear,  simply 
because  the  owners  have  bestowed  infinite  care  upon 
their  charges.  It  must  be  accepted  that  horses  working 
in  towns  wear  out  more  quickly  than  those  working  on 

82 


THE  AGE  OF  THE  HORSE  83 

the  land,  whilst  lameness  is  much  more  frequent  in  the 
forhier  animals. 

The  physical  signs  of  old  age  are  chiefly  denoted  by 
hollowness  in  the  back  and  hollows  above  the  eyes,  puffy 
swelling  about  the  joints  (the  so-called  wind-galls), 
thickening  of  the  tendons,  enlargement  about  the  pasterns, 
along  with  a  wasting  of  the  muscles  covering  the  quarters 
and  buttocks,  the  mark  in  the  latter  situation  often  being 
very  pronounced.  It  is  sometimes  spoken  of  as  the 
"  poverty  mark,"  though  it  m^ay  be  present  in  horses 
which  are  by  no  means  old.  It  is  customary  to  speak  of 
a  horse  as  being  *'  aged  "  after  it  is  eight  years  old. 

In  connection  with  the  dentition  of  the  horse  the  words 
''  rising  "  and  **  off  "  are  commonly  employed,  and  imply 
that  the  animal  is  within  six  months  of  its  conventional 
birthday,  or  the  converse,  when  the  word  "  off  "  is  used, 
meaning  that  it  has  passed  its  birthday  by  three  to  six 
months.  Thus,  for  instance,  a  horse  at  three  years  plus 
three  to  six  months  is  three  years  "off";  when  about 
three  years  nine  months  it  is  usual  to  speak  of  the  animal  as 
* '  rising ' '  four.  Nominally,  thoroughbred  horses  have  their 
birthday  dating  from  January  ist,  whereas  harness  and 
heavy  draught  horses  date  from  May  ist.  As  previously 
stated,  the  teeth  referred  to  for  ageing  a  horse  are  the 
incisors,  the  molars  being  of  secondary  importance  for 
this  purpose.  All  horses  have  two  kinds  of  teeth,  viz. 
temporary  or  sucking  teeth  and  those  which  subsequently 
replace  these — the  permanent  teeth.  The  temporary 
teeth  consist  of  12  incisors,  viz.  6  above  and  6  below,  and 
12  molars,  3  in  each  jaw ;  so  that  the  temporary  teeth 
number  24,  whereas  the  permanent  ones  are  either  36 
or  40.  In  the  mare  they  are  36  and  in  the  male  40.  In 
exceptional  instances  mares  have  rudimentary  tusks, 
therefore  the  female  may  have  40  teeth.  The  temporary 
teeth  are  different  from  the  permanent  ones,  being  smaller, 
whiter,  and  without  a  well-marked  vertical  groove  on 
their  faces.     It  is  expedient  for  the  amateur  to  make 


84  THE  HORSE 

himself  thoroughly  acquainted  with  the  difference  between 
temporary  and  permanent  incisors.  There  need  be  no 
difficulty  about  this  if  visits  can  be  paid  to  the  horse 
slaughterers,  as  specimens  of  the  incisor  teeth  in  the  lower 
jaw  can  usually  be  obtained  from  the  carcases  at  different 
times  ;  in  fact,  most  horse  slaughterers  will,  if  asked, 
reserve  specimens  for  anyone  wanting  these.  Mouths 
showing  the  teeth  at  various  ages  can  thus  be  obtained 
for  comparison.  The  molar  teeth  are,  of  course,  not 
required.  An  incisor  tooth  corflprises  the  following  parts, 
the  nominal  differentiation  of  which  is  essential  in  order 
to  understand  the  changes  which  take  place  in  the  teeth  : 
That  part  of  the  tooth  which  projects  above  the  gum  is 
called  the  crown,  below  which  is  the  neck  of  the  tooth, 
this  being  encircled  by  the  gum.  The  fang  fixes  the  tooth 
in  the  socket  and  is  covered  by  a  cement  substance.  The 
face  of  the  crown  is  covered  by  enamel.  The  cutting  edge 
of  the  tooth  is  known  as  the  table,  and  it  is  by  the  changes 
through  wear  which  take  place  on  the  table  that  we  are 
enabled  to  form  a  fairly  accurate  estimate  of  any  particu- 
lar animal's  age,  exceeded  only  b}^  absolute  proof  of  date 
of  birth.  To  begin  with,  an  incisor  tooth  is  elongated,  or 
rather,  elliptical  on  its  cutting  edge.  The  table  is  en- 
circled by  enamel,  which  forms  the  outer  boundary  of  the 
tooth.  This  is  the  "  outer  enamel  ring.''  As  the  table 
forms  there  is  another  enamel  ring,  and  this  is  spoken  of  as 
the  "  inner  enamel  ring,"  which  encircles  a  central 
"  mark  "  or  depression,  known  as  the  "  infundibulum  " — 
a  dark  mark  arising  through  particles  of  dirt  insinuating 
themselves  into  the  small  depression  previousl}^  referred 
to. 

By  horse  dealers  this  mark  is  called  the  "bean."  As 
the  wear  of  the  tooth  proceeds  the  table  alters  in  shape, 
and  so  does  the  inner  enam.el  ring,  until  the  latter  and  the 
''  mark  "  are  finally  obliterated,  as  happens  in  old  age. 
An  incisor  tooth  is  mainly  composed  of  a  substance  known 
as  dentine,  and  it  is  this  which  forms  the  bulk  of  the  table. 


THE  AGE  OF  THE  HORSE  85 

The  area  between  the  front  of  the  tooth  and  the  inner 
enamel  ring  is  referred  to  as  the  anterior  edge  of  the  table, 
whilst  the  corresponding  area  behind  is  the  posterior 
portion  of  it.  These  two  areas  are  rather  important, 
mainly  because  they  are  so  intimately  associated  with 
wear  in  relation  to  age.  It  is  customary  to  make  use  of 
the  lower  incisors  only  as  indicators  of  age,  excepting 
when  the  incisors  of  the  lower  and  upper  jaws  are  in  close 
apposition,  and  then  it  is  only  the  corner  teeth  which  are 
of  any  value  as  a  means  of  judging  the  age. 

In  a  young  animal,  or  at  any  rate,  up  to  the  age  of 
eight  years,  the  gums  are  circular  and  the  teeth  practically 
vertical.  With  advance  in  years,  the  incisors  gradually 
lose  this  position  until  they  finally  become,  say  in  a 
horse  thirty  to  thirty-five  years  of  age,  almost  hori- 
zontal and  greatly  elongated.  Long  teeth  may  at  all 
times  be  accepted  as  positive  evidence  that  the  animal 
is  an  old  one,  and  the  older  it  becomes  the  more  the 
gums  recede  and  the  more  horizontally  inclined  the  teeth 
become. 

Soon  after  birth  a  pair  of  incisor  teeth  appear  in  the 
upper  and  lower  jaws,  and  as  these  are  in  the  centre  of 
the  m.outh,  they  are  spoken  of  as  the  "  centrals."  The 
next  pair  are  known  as  the  "  laterals  "  and  these  are 
followed  by  the  "  corners,"  so  that  by  the  time  the  foal 
is  twelve  months  old  it  has  a  complete  set  of  temporary 
incisors.  These  teeth  continue  to  serve  the  foal  until  it 
has  turned  tv/o  years  old,  after  which  time  they  are 
replaced  by  the  permanent  incisors.  The  shedding  of  the 
temporary  teeth  is  carried  out  with  a  fair  degree  of  regu- 
larity and  it  is  accompanied  by  redness  of  the  gums  and 
subsequent  absorption  of  the  fangs  of  the  teeth  about  to 
be  replaced.  In  exceptional  instances  the  crown  of  the 
permanent  tooth  becomes  entangled  in  the  fang  of  the 
temporary  one  and  in  this  manner  some  irregularity  is 
occasionally  observable. 

The  incisor  teeth  are  replaced  exactly  in  the  same  order 


86  THE  HORSE 

as  the  temporary  ones  made  their  appearance,  viz.  the 
centrals,  the  laterals  and  the  comers. 

Shortly  after  two  years — say,  two  years  "  ofi,"  the 
central  pair  of  incisors  are  replaced,  therefore,  the 
presence  of  a  pair  of  permanent  central  incisors  indicates 
that  the  animal  is  between  two  and  three  years  old. 
They  are  half-way  up  about  two  years  and  a  half,  and  their 
anterior  edges  are  in  wear  by  the  time  the  colt  is  three 
years  old. 

At  three  years  "  off "  the  laterals  show  signs  of  being 
replaced,  and  about  this  time,  or  within  three  months,  i.e. 
from  three  years  and  three  months  to  three  years  and  six 
months,  these  teeth  are  in  the  mouth  and  grow  in  exactly 
the  same  manner  as  the  centrals,  hence  fully  developed 
laterals  indicate  that  the  animal 'has  reached  its  fourth 
birthday,  or  thereabout.  In  other  words,  that  it  is  a 
"  four-year-old." 

The  comer  teeth  are  replaced  soon  after  four  years,  at 
four  "  off,"  and  when  fully  developed  indicate  a  "five- 
year-old  "  mouth.  At  four  years  and  a  half  they  are  just 
about  half-way  up,  but  the  anterior  edges  of  the  teeth  do 
not  come  into  wear  until  the  animal  is  five  years  old. 

At  five  years  the  mouth  has  a  very  neat  appearance, 
the  gums  being  very  circular,  whilst  the  centrals  and  the 
laterals  have  their  tables  well  in  wear,  and  stand  out  in 
marked  contrast  to  the  recently  developed  comer  teeth. 
A  critical  inspection  of  the  tables  will  show  these  differ- 
ences in  detail.  There  should  be  no  difficulty  in  recognis- 
ing a  five-year-old  mouth  at  a  glance.  It  is  an  important 
matter  for  the  amateur  to  be  able  to  do  this,  because  the 
writer  has  frequently  seen  horses  sold  as  five-year-olds 
when  really  only  four. 

The  presence  of  the  lateral  incisors  is  the  best  positive 
evidence  one  can  have  (apart  from  proof  of  age  by  date  of 
birth)  that  the  colt  has  passed  its  fourth  birthday.  No 
further  changes  take  place  in  the  incisors  excepting  those 
upon  their  wearing  surfaces   or  tables,   barring  those 


THE  AGE  OF  THE  HORSE  87 

resulting  through  old  age,  viz.  their  increase  in  length, 
and  contraction  of  the  gums.  The  amateur  is  likely  to 
experience  the  greatest  difficulty  in  ascertaining  whether  a 
horse  is  six,  seven,  eight,  nine  or  ten  years  old.  A  great 
number  of  buyers,  especially  for  town  work,  prefer  to 
purchase  a  horse  at  six  years  old,  and  vendors  usually 
adjust  their  description  according  to  the  requirements  of 
the  purchaser. 

Quite  a  large  proportion  of  horses  are  sold  as  seven- 
year-olds,  whereas  they  are  often  twelve  or  fourteen  years 
old,  and  quite  commonly  ten,  and  it  is  at  the  latter  ages 
horses  begin,  to  a  certain  extent,  not  to  increase  in  value, 
but  rather  to  decrease.  The  changes  which  take  place  in 
the  tables  of  the  teeth  have  to  be  mainly  relied  upon,  but 
valuable  evidence  is  afforded  by  looking  at  the  upper  and 
lower  corner  incisors  when  the  mouth  is  closed.  At  six 
year  "  off  "  the  upper  corner  incisor  projects  shghtly  over 
the  front  edge  of  the  lower  corner  incisor,  and  this  becomes 
more  marked  at  seven  years  "  off."  However,  as  pre- 
viously stated,  most  reliance  must  be  placed  upon  the 
tables.  If  a  horse  is  six  years  old  the  anterior  edge  of  the 
table  of  the  lower  corner  incisors  are  well  in  wear,  but 
fully  formed  tables  of  the  last-named  certainly  indicate 
that  the  animal  is  in  its  seventh  year.  The  "  mark  "  at 
seven  years  old  is  "  elliptical  "  in  the  corner  incisors,  and 
lies  close  to  the  hinder  edge  of  the  table.  Moreover,  at 
seven  years  the  tables  of  the  central  teeth  are  more  trian- 
gular, and  still  more  so  at  eight.  At  the  last-named  age 
the  inner  enamel  ring  is  also  triangular  in  the  centrals 
and  laterals  and  has  lost  the  elongated  form  which  it  had 
at  seven  years.  This  inner  enamel  ring  finally  becomes 
obliterated,  in  fact,  is  almost  lost  from  ten  years  onwards, 
and  the  same  applies  to  the  "  mark."  The  incisor  teeth 
at  these  ages  are  much  longer  than  they  were  at  six,  seven 
and  eight,  and  the  only  alterations  which  take  place  are  as 
previously  stated. 

Many  years  ago,  Galvayne  introduced  a  method  of 


88 


THE  HORSE 


THE  AGE  OF  THE  HORSE 


89 


Q 
< 

< 

pi  CO 

O  Pi 

Ph  < 

S^ 

^> 

-    H 

o  ':!^ 

w  o 

^« 

o  w 

H  '^ 
W  « 

^§ 

O  fx^ 
CO 

G 

H 


•    ti   i<  >i    •     1)   wi 

-3  ~  H  g  ■£  .c  13 

„   ^  ii  ■"  t  2  5: 

-         t^  c  ■_?  S  0 

1-1     >  <^  — !    CL 

■         -Ty  ^    -          ■^ 

.M  bi  I  ?>  rt  rt  = 


w  .jj  ^  a 


^  u  ?,  >>  >'-p 


O  1)  &t  >  -i  ^  ;; 
.    .^  rt  =^  S=     rt 


O;*^' 


S  O-rt  rt 


S  o 


O  uJ.M  rt  '^C3'ri_i:3 


Ci- 


c  s  ^  «  bir  «  g^ 

O   o.rt  j£'^>,M.rt 

•S  S"^  ■"  2  ^  ""  " 

y   >  ^"^  rt  g^-5  -5 

a«  .^Crt'-.-S' 


90  THE  HORSE 

approximating  age  in  horses  by  a  reference  to  a  groove 
making  its  appearance  in  the  upper  corner  incisors  at  the 
base  of  the  tooth,  that  is,  at  its  junction  with  the  gum.  It 
makes  its  appearance  at  ten  years  and  is  about  half-way 
down  the  tooth  at  fifteen  and  extends  the  whole  length  of 
the  tooth  at  twenty-one.  By  the  time  the  animal  is 
twenty-five  years  of  age  this  groove  becomes  effaced 
next  to  the  gum  but  extends  from  the  middle  of  the  tooth 
down  to  the  cutting  edge,  whilst  at  thirty  years  it  is 
situated  very  close  to  the  cutting  edge. 

With  regard  to  the  molar  teeth,  the  first,  second,  and 
third  molars  in  each  jaw  are  only  temporary,  whilst  the 
fourth,  fifth,  and  sixth  are  permanent.  The  first-named 
three  teeth  occupy  the  front  position  in  the  jaws,  but  none 
of  these  are  replaced  before  the  fourth  molar  has  made  its 
appearance. 

The  reader  will  receive  some  assistance  in  the  foregoing 
description  of  the  teeth  b}^  reference  to  the  accompanying 
illustrations,  but  he  should  in  every  instance  supplement 
this  by  a  practical  appHcation  of  the  knowledge  thus 
acquired,  as  nothing  in  connection  with  animal  dentition 
could  possibly  be  truer  than  the  old  adage,  *'  An  ounce  of 
practice  is  worth  a  pound  of  theory" — in  other  words, 
"  Knowledge  increaseth  practice  and  practice  increaseth 
knowledge." 


CHAPTER   X 

VICE 

It  is  impossible  to  frame  any  accurate  definition  as  to  what 
does  or  does  not  constitute  vice  in  the  horse.  It  is  a 
question  of  degree  and  can  only  be  appropriately  regarded 
in  this  light.  Minor  vices  may  not  in  any  way  interfere 
with  the  animal's  health  or  with  its  usefulness,  whereas 
in  other  cases  a  vicious  habit  may  render  the  animal 
perfectly  useless.  Some  forms  of  vice  are  disclosed  in 
the  stable,  others  out  of  it,  either  whilst  in  harness  or  when 
being  ridden.  Some  horses  are  so  vicious  as  to  render 
them  unapproachable,  much  less  employable  for  any 
useful  purpose.  In  this  last  Great  War,  quite  a  number  of 
horses  of  this  description  were  purchased  but  had  to  be 
destroyed  in  consequence  of  their  dangerous  proclivities. 
Doubtless  a  good  deal  of  the  vice  is  acquired  as  the  result 
of  bad  treatment,  which  horses  are  not  slow  in  remembering. 
Minor  stable  vices  comprise  pawing  in  the  stable  and 
scraping  the  bedding  to  one  side,  eating  the  bedding, 
kicking  at  the  stall-post,  tearing  bandages  and  clothing, 
biting  whilst  being  groomed,  etc.  Wind-sucking,  weaving 
and  crib-biting  are  usually  regarded  as  vices  when 
discovered  of  sufficient  importance  for  the  rejection  of  the 
animal  on  the  ground  of  unsoundness.  A  wind-sucker 
certainly  is  unsound,  whilst  a  weaver  never  remains  still 
when  in  the  stable.  Continual  movement  of  the  head 
from  side  to  side  wears  out  muscular  energy  in  front  of  the 
body,  therefore  this  represents  unsoundness.  Horses 
which  are  kickers  in  harness  and  very  often  given  to 
bolting  as  well  are  perfectly  useless,  owing  to  the  fact 

91 


92  THE  HORSE 

that  they  may  give  way  to  this  vice  on  the  shghtest 
provocation,  and  endanger  the  hves  of  those  in  the 
vehicle.  Latent  vice  may  develop  at  any  time  as  many 
unfortunate  purchases  have  proved.  Some  hunters  will 
kick  at  hounds  when  near  to  them,  and  this  is  certainly 
a  vice.  Kicking  at  other  horses  in  the  stable  and  at 
stable  attendants,  also  biting,  represent  forms  of  vice 
of  the  worst  kind.  Some  horses  are  troublesome  to  shoe 
and  have  to  be  placed  under  restraint  before  this  can  be 
done.  Forge  vice  of  this  nature  sometimes  leads  to  compli- 
cations. There  are  many  other  objectionable  habits  in 
horses,  but  we  have  given  an  outline  of  some  of  the  common 
ones. 


CHAPTER   XI 

LAMENESS   IN   THE   HORSE 

Amongst  all  the  troubles  to  which  the  horse  is  liable 
perhaps  none  are  more  frequent  than  lameness,  and  the 
percentage  of  horses  which  are  rendered  either  temporar- 
ily or  permanently  useless  on  this  account  is  greater  than 
that  from  all  other  causes. 

The  horse,  by  virtue  of  the  work  it  has  to  perform,  may 
be  regarded  as  predisposed  to  injuries  in  connection  with 
its  locomotor  apparatus,  such  as  sprains  of  tendons  and 
ligaments,  injuries  to  joints,  bruises  to  the  feet  and  various 
other  causes  of  disability  which  render  it,  for  the  time 
being,  unworkable. 

Lameness  may  be  either  acute  or  chronic,  or  rather, 
we  ought  to  say,  the  affection  giving  rise  to  the  lameness 
is  of  this  nature  ;  the  lameness  being  the  result  or  expres- 
sion of  pain  arising  out  of  the  affliction.  As  previously 
stated,  it  may  be  temporary  or  permanent.  In  the  latter 
case  quite  a  large  percentage  of  horses  are  disposed  of 
for  work  on  the  land,  etc.,  where  they  very  often  continue 
to  work  for  years. 

Lameness  is  much  more  frequently  met  with  amongst 
horses  working  in  towns  than  in  animals  employed  in 
agricultural  labour.  Young  horses  are  much  more  liable 
to  become  lamiC  if  they  are  worked  before  their  limbs 
have  had  time  to  fully  develop,  hence  the  reason  why  it  is 
customary  to  reject  a  young  horse,  say  at  three  or  four 
years  of  age,  for  some  obvious  defect  such  as  splint, 
spavin,   etc.,   whereas   a   horse   fully  matured,   though 

93 


94  THE  HORSE 

affected  in  the  manner  indicated  would,  under  similar 
circumstances,  be  passed  as  sound. 

Lameness  is  more  frequent  in  the  fore  than  in  the 
hind  limbs,  probably  because  the  degree  of  concussion  is 
greater,  more  weight  being  borne  by  the  fore  than  the 
hind  limbs.  One  fore  or  both  fore,  or  one  fore  and  one 
hind  may  be  implicated  in  the  lameness.  Quite  commonly 
the  seat  of  the  lameness  is  in  the  foot,  in  fact  the  majority 
of  lame  cases  arise  in  the  region  last  named.  Although 
experience  is  one  of  the  best  schoolmasters  in  the  diag- 
nosis of  lam^eness,  it  is  an  everyday  occurrence  amongst 
those  who  are  expert  at  this  particular  kind  of  work  to  be 
unable  to  determine  the  nature  of  the  trouble,  or  to 
locate  the  cause  operative  in  the  production  of  the  lame- 
ness. That  some  horses  are  lamed  during  the  time  that 
they  are  being  shod  is  indisputable,  hut  the  farrier  is 
often  blamed  for  that  for  which  he  is  not  responsible. 
No  skilled  craftsman  has  been  more  dictated  to  than 
the  farrier  as  to  how  he  should  or  should  not  shoe  horses, 
and  the  writer  has  known  some  of  the  most  expert  shoeing- 
smiths  instructed  as  to  how  particular  animals  should  be 
shod  by  those  who  knew  nothing  whatever  about  the 
matter. 

The  amateur  commonly  finds  it  difficult  to  recognise 
the  limb  upon  which  the  horse  is  lame  unless  there  is 
obvious  indication  of  the  seat  of  the  trouble.  Greater 
difficulty,  however,  exists  when  the  animal  is  lame  in 
both  the  fore  and  hind  limbs  simultaneously.  Some 
horses  are  lame  when  they  walk,  others  only  when  they 
are  trotted.  Again,  lameness  is  often  most  obvious 
directly  the  animal  comes  out  of  the  stable,  but  frequently 
decreases  when  the  horse  is  put  to  work.  On  the  other 
hand  lameness  may  increase  with  exercise.  If  a  horse 
or  mule  is  lame,  say  in  the  near  fore  hmb,  it  follows  that 
it  will,  when  putting  the  foot  to  the  ground,  endeavour 
to  take  off  the  pressure  as  much  as  possible,  consequently 
additional  weight  being  thrown  upon  the  off  fore  limb,  the 


LAMENESS  IN  THE  HORSE  95 

head  and  fore  quarter  is  dropped  on  the  sound  side  during 
movement.  In  other  words  the  animal  "  drops  "  on  the 
sound  side. 

On  the  other  hand  lameness  in  the  hind  limb  is  indicated 
by  elevation  of  the  quarter  on  that  side  of  the  limb 
affected.  In  order  to  deceive,  an  unscrupulous  vendor, 
having  a  horse  to  dispose  of  v/hich  is  lame  in  one  fore  limb, 
will  make  it  lame  on  the  opposite  limb  in  order  to  counter- 
balance the  original  lam.eness.  A  horse  lame  in  both  fore 
limbs  without  any  obvious  injury  to  account  for  this 
lameness  is  less  likely  to  be  detected  than  when  the  lame- 
ness is  confined  to  one  side. 

Lameness  is  much  more  pronounced  on  hard  than  on 
soft  ground.  It  may  be  continuous  or  intermittent, 
slight  or  severe.  Intermittent  lameness  is  that  which 
comes  on  at  irregular  intervals,  persists  for  a  variable 
period,  and  then  disappears. 

There  is  a  diseased  condition  known  as  thrombosis,  in 
which  the  circulation  of  the  blood  in  a  blood-vessel,  or 
some  branch  of  it,  becomes  suddenly  arrested  with  the 
result  that  an  acute  paroxysm  of  lameness  occurs,  so  painful 
that  it  may  cause  violent  sweating  and  other  signs  of 
acute  suffering.  This  may  last  only  a  few  minutes  and  then 
pass  off.  In  every  case  of  lameness  the  first  thing  to  do, 
even  when  the  cause  is  obvious,  is  to  remove  the  shoe  and 
search  the  foot,  because,  as  stated  elsewhere,  the  majority 
of  horses  go  lame  through  some  form  of  foot  trouble.  It 
is  impossible  to  emphasise  this  too  strongly,  otherwise 
all  sorts  of  mistakes  are  liable  to  occur.  The  foot  must  be 
thoroughly  searched  in  every  case,  the  nail  holes  pared  out 
and  the  sole  pressed  with  the  farrier's  pincers  aU  around 
the  nail  holes.  Unless  this  is  properly  done  even  the 
farrier  may  overlook  the  cause  of  the  lameness. 

A  multipHcity  of  troubles  in  connection  with  the  Hmbs 
are  responsible  for  lameness  in  the  horse,  so  that  having 
examined  the  foot  with  negative  results  the  remainder  of 
the  limb  or  limbs  should  be  critically  examined  and 


96  THE  HORSE 

manipulated  in  order  to  assist  in  arriving  at  an  opinion 
as  to  the  cause  of  the  lameness.  The  writer  can  only 
indicate  some  of  the  principal  abnormahties  which  are 
capable  of  causing  lameness,  and  these  are  as  follows : 
sprained  tendons,  especially  the  flexor  pedis  tendon  ; 
the  extensor  pedis  tendon  ;  sprain  of  the  suspensory 
ligament ;  paralysis  of  the  radial  nerve  ;  sprain  of  the 
fetlock  joint ;  split  pastern,  or  fracture  of  the  first 
phalanx ;  fracture  of  the  second  or  third  phalanx ; 
navicular-arthritis ;  fracture  of  the  navicular  bone ; 
a  bruise  to  the  coronet ;  sand-crack  ;  thrush  (if  severe)  ; 
canker  of  the  foot ;  over-reach  ;  bruised  heel ;  cracked 
heel ;  fistula  of  the  foot ;  puncture  of  the  foot ;  picked- 
up  nail ;  laminitis,  either  acute  or  sub-acute  ;  periostitis  ; 
ring-bone  ;  splint ;  and  various  other  injuries  to  the 
bones,  joints,  nerves  and  tendons,  all  of  which  are  fre- 
quently met  with  in  lameness  of  the  fore  limb,  and  likewise 
in  the  hind  limb,  but,  in  addition,  we  find  the  following 
troubles  are  fairly  frequent  in  the  last  named.  Bone- 
spavin,  curb,  thoro-pin,  sprain  of  the  hock  joint,  sprain 
of  the  flexor-metatarsi  and  dislocation  of  the  patella  or 
slipped  stifle. 

In  addition  to  the  foregoing  a  not  uncommon  cause  of 
lameness  in  the  foal  and  of  sudden  development  is  the 
so-called  rheumatic- arthritis,  or  joint-ill — a  septic  infec- 
tion of  one  or  more  of  the  joints.  As  already  stated,  the 
degree  of  lameness  varies  in  its  intensity,  its  duration  and 
its  termination.  Dislocations  and  fractures  are  usually 
marked  by  the  sudden  development  of  the  lameness, 
likewise  by  its  severity.  A  fracture  is  not  necessarily 
accompanied  by  displacement  of  the  fractured  ends  of  the 
bone,  consequently  a  part  may  be  broken  without  being 
discoverable  by  external  manipulation.  Direct  violence 
is  the  usual  cause  of  injuries  of  this  nature,  but  they  are 
sometimes  produced  by  sudden  muscular  contraction 
such  as  sometimes  results  through  pulling  a  horse  up 
suddenly  and  violently.    Sprained  muscles  and  tendons  are 


LAMENESS  IN  THE  HORSE  97 

very  frequent  causes  of  lameness  in  the  horse,  and  these 
injuries  are  commonly  accompanied  by  increased  heat, 
pain  on  manipulation,  swelHng ;  but  any  or  all  of  the 
foregoing  may  be  absent.  For  a  description  of  the  dis- 
eases referred  to  the  reader  must  turn  to  the  chapters 
dealing  with  these  affections.  If  lameness  is  severe  it 
is  usually  accompanied  by  a  certain  amount  of  consti- 
tutional disturbance  such  as  loss  of  appetite,  uneasiness, 
and  so  forth.  In  every  case  of  lameness  the  first  principle 
of  treatment  comprises  rest  in  the  stable  for  a  few  days,  or, 
if  necessary,  it  may  be  for  weeks.  When  lameness  is 
likely  to  be  prolonged  as  in  many  cases  of  spavin  and 
ring-bone  it  is  a  very  good  plan  to  keep  the  animal  in  a 
loose  box.  Many  horse  owners  under  these  circumstances 
turn  the  animal  out  at  pasture  for  a  few  months.  The 
adoption  of  this  plan  is,  in  the  author's  opinion,  indiscreet, 
as  the  exercise  hinders  repair  of  whatever  structures  are 
damaged.  In  concluding  the  remarks  on  lameness  we 
must  not  forget  to  add  that  the  horse  owners  will  find  it 
the  most  economical  to  call  in  a  veterinary  surgeon,  as 
expert  knowledge  is  most  certainly  necessary  because 
sometimes  "  apparently  "  trifling  injuries  are  followed  by 
the  most  untoward  results. 


CHAPTER  XII 

SHOES  AND  SHOEING — PREPARATION  OF  THE  FOOT 

The  shoeing  of  horses  is  an  important  branch  of  industrial 
labour,  though,  unfortunately  for  the  horse,  and  also 
the  farrier,  the  business  of  the  latter  has  been  on  the 
decline  since  motor  traction  made  its  appearance,  conse- 
quently we  find  that  many  hitherto  prosperous  shoeing 
forges  have  fewer  hands  working  in  them,  v/hilst  a  certain 
percentage  have  had  to  close  down  altogether.  Amongst 
all  classes  of  craftsmen,  perhaps  none  have  received  from 
the  public  more  instruction  as  to  how  horses  should  and 
should  not  be  shod  than  the  farrier.  Both  stable  and 
farm  boys  have  been  knovv'n  to  issue  their  instructions  as  to 
how  a  horse  ought  or  ought  not  to  be  shod,  and  the  patience 
of  the  shoeing-smith  must  often  be  sorely  tried  by 
their  ignorance  and  stupidity.  The  author  holds  no  brief 
for  the  farrier,  as  there  are  quite  a  number  of  these  who 
could  never  hope  to  becom.e  experts  in  their  work  ;  still, 
after  a  life-long  apprenticeship,  plus  the  average  degree  of 
intelligence,  it  is  surely  reasonable  to  assume  that  a  man 
must  have  learnt  the  general  principles  of  his  business, 
and  be  in  a  much  better  position  to  fulfil  the  requirements 
of  his  craft  than  a  wholly  inexperienced  person.  There 
are  horse-shoers  and  horse-shoers,  and  the  pubHc  are 
generally  able  to  make  their  own  choice,  even  if  the  forge 
is  not  always  the  most  convenient  one.  Shoes  may  be 
fitted  either  hot  or  cold,  but  there  is  no  comparison.  A  hot 
fitting  is  by  far  the  best.  In  the  one  case  you  fit  your 
shoe  to  the  foot,  whereas  in  the  other  it  may  be  necessary 
to  make  the  foot  fit  the  shoe.     All  horses  require  to  be 

98 


SHOES  AND  SHOEING  99 

shod  with  great  regularity,  irregularity  in  shoeing  being 
very  bad  for  their  feet,  but  what  is  still  worse,  bad  for 
ligaments,  tendons,  and  joints,  owing  to  the  unequal 
distribution  of  pressure  which  arises  from  shoes  more 
worn  at  one  part  than  another.  Moreover  it  is  just  as 
easy  to  fix  a  particular  date  for  a  horse  to  be  shod,  and 
for  the  proprietor  to  see  that  the  animal  is  shod  on  the  date 
specified.  No  time  can  be  fixed  as  to  hov\^  long  a  horse  will 
carry  its  shoes,  or  rather  when  it  should  be  shod,  as  horses 
differ  in  a  remarkable  manner.  For  instance,  some  horses 
will  wear  a  set  of  shoes  out  in  ten  days,  whereas  others  will 
carry  them  very  well  for  three  weeks  or  a  month  or  even 
longer.  The  average  time  is  three  weeks.  Again,  in- 
equahty  on  the  wearing  surface  is  another  matter  to  be 
considered.  A  horse  may  wear  its  shoes  as  thin  as  a 
sixpence  at  the  toe  or  at  the  heel,  whilst  the  rest  of  the 
shoe  shows  very  little  signs  of  wear.  In  most  forges 
machine-made  shoes  are  now  extensively  employed, 
and  these  can  be  obtained  from  the  manufacturers  in  a 
large  variety  of  sizes.  The  old-time  prejudice  against 
machine-made  shoes  is  an  affair  of  the  past.  New  shoes 
made  from  old  are  certainly  more  durable  and  may  last 
a  week  or  two  longer  than  new  ones.  In  some  forges, 
especially  where  business  is  rather  slow,  the  farrier  often 
makes  up  the  old  material  into  new  shoes,  but  whether 
it  is  more  economical  to  do  so  is  very  questionable.  The 
preparation  of  the  foot  for  the  shoe  is  always  an  important 
matter  and,  unless  this  is  properly  done,  trouble  will 
sooner  or  later  follow.  The  sole  and  the  frog  should  be 
left  alone,  unless  there  is  any  loose  horn  (exfohation). 
If  so,  this  should  be  removed.  On  no  account  must  the 
sole  or  the  frog  be  pared  except  in  the  case  just  stated. 
The  wall  grov/s  at  the  average  rate  of  an  inch  in  three 
months,  and  this  growth  is  mainly  at  the  toe,  so  that  if  a 
shoe  were  left  on  too  long,  the  growth  of  the  horn  would 
carry  the  shoe  with  it,  the  result  being  that  the  animal 
would  be  inclined  to  stumble  during  progression.     The 


100  THE  HORSE 

wall  must  be  lowered  with  the  knife  and  the  rasp  and  a 
level  bearing  surface  obtained.  In  fitting  the  shoe  the 
latter  should  be  applied  d±  a  dull  red  heat  and  the  surface 
lightly  charred  in  order  to  produce  the  requisite  bearing. 
It  must  be  borne  in  mind  that  the  wall  and  the  junction 
of  the  wall  and  the  sole  are  the  weight-bearing  structures 
of  the  foot,  and  the  shoe  should  press  upon  these  struc- 
tures only.  Opening  up  the  heels,  as  it  is  called,  i.e. 
paring  away  the  "  bars  "  is  a  most  objectionable  practice 
and  should  never  be  done.  The  heels  of  the  shoe  should 
never  be  too  long,  otherwise  they  will  press  on  the  heels 
and  lead  to  bruising  of  these.  All  horses,  for  preference, 
should  be  shod  perfectly  flat,  but  it  is  a  general  practice 
to  put  calkings  on  the  heels.  If  this  is  done,  a  correspond- 
ing piece  should  be  put  on  the  toe,  in  order  not  to  disturb 
the  balance  of  the  various  structures  in  the  limb.  It 
is  quite  true  that  horses  get  a  better  grip  of  the  ground, 
especially  on  granite  sets  in  towns,  but  both  calkings 
and  toe  pieces  destroy  the  proper  functions  of  the  frog 
and  favour  contraction  of  the  heel,  so  that  whenever  they 
can  be  done  without  it  is  so  m.uch  the  better.  The  weights 
of  shoes  vary.  For  instance,  race-horse  shoes  weigh  about 
4  oz.  ;  those  for  hunters  and  hacks,  i  lb.  ;  carriage 
horses,  i|  lb.  ;  heavy  draught  horses,  3  to  4  lb.  Shoes 
may  be  plain  or  fullered.  For  hunters  and  race-horses 
fullered  shoes  are  nearly  always  used.  The  number  of 
nail  holes  is  usually  3  on  the  inner  side  and  4  on  the  outer, 
but  in  shoes  used  in  the  army,  extra  holes  were  provided, 
in  case  of  necessity.  In  shoeing  hunters  and  polo  ponies, 
neat  and  close  fitting  is  essential,  more  especially  in  the 
latter,  and  this  remark  also  applies  to  the  fitting  of  shoes 
for  the  race-horse.  There  is  one  mistake  a  farrier  often 
makes,  and  this  is  rasping  the  wall  of  the  hoof,  whereas 
all  that  is  requisite  to  do  is  to  rasp  it  along  the  line  of  exit 
of  the  nails.  By  rasping  the  wall,  the  foot's  protective 
varnish,  viz.  the  periople  is  removed,  the  loss  of  which 
tends  to  brittleness  of  the  wall.    Sometimes  horses  are 


SHOES  AND  SHOEING  lOl 

shod  with  pads,  of  which  there  are  various  kinds  and 
makes.  They  are  all,  more  or  less,  bad  for  the  feet  although 
they  diminish  concussion  and  some  of  the  evil  effects 
arising  therefrom.  Leather  soles  are  frequently  used  when 
a  horse  has  a  thin  sole,  a  drop  sole,  corn,  or  some  other 
abnormal  condition  of  the  foot  or  feet.  During  frosty 
weather  when  the  roads  are  icebound  and  sHppery, 
frost  cogs  or  frost  nails  are  necessary.  These  should  be 
removed  when  the  animal  is  in  the  stable.  Frost  nails 
are  quite  temporary,  much  more  so  than  frost  cogs. 
There  are  various  patterns  of  these  cogs,  some  having  a 
flat  surface,  others  a  pointed  one.  Again,  some  of  them 
screw  in,  others  are  without  screws.  Perhaps  the  screw 
cog  is  the  best  of  all,  as  it  is  more  secure  in  the  shoe  than 
cogs  without  screws.  When  a  horse  "  casts  a  shoe  " 
it  is  either  due  to  the  nails  breaking,  the  chnches  giving 
way,  the  nail  heads  wearing  off,  or  the  horn  below  the 
chnches  giving  way.  It  is  often  a  sign  of  inefficient  work. 
If  so,  the  remedy  rests  with  the  owner.  Sometimes  nails  are 
used  which  are  too  large,  other  times  too  small,  and  exam- 
ination of  the  ground  surface  of  the  shoe  after  it  has  been 
fitted  soon  discloses  this.  Unless  the  nails  are  driven 
well  home,  of  the  right  size  and  tightly  clinched,  the 
shoe  will  never  keep  its  place  properly.  Horses  with 
flat  sole,  with  corn  or  with  sand-crack,  must  have  the 
pressure  taken  off  the  part  affected,  otherwise  trouble 
will  arise.  Sometimes  horses  will  travel  very  lame  through 
corn,  heace  the  expediency  for  the  removal  of  the  shoe 
in  every  case  of  lameness.  A  corn  merely  represents  a 
bruise,  and  if  it  is  a  recent  one,  is  denoted  by  a  bright  red  or 
pink  discoloration  of  the  horn  on  the  sole  and  usually 
at  the  inner  quarter.  If  infection  by  pus  organisms 
occurs  along  with  the  bruise,  the  corn  becomes  a  suppurat- 
ing one,  and  sometimes  this  suppuration  undermines  the 
whole  of  the  foot,  leading  to  separation  of  the  homy  and 
sensitive  sole — a  most  serious  condition  and  one  neces- 
sitating immediate  professional  advice. 


CHAPTER  XIII 

THE   FOOT  IN   HEALTH  AND   DISEASE 

Irrespective  of  age,  sex,  or  breed,  sound  feet  are  in- 
dispensable, and  it  is  an  absolute  truism  ''  no  foot  no 
horse/' 

Horses'  feet,  more  especially  horses  working  on  the 
hard  roads  in  cities  and  towns,  are  subject  to  a  great  deal 
of  wear  and  tear,  consequently  if  an  animal  has  any 
structural  defects,  such  weakness  will  soon  show  itself 
either  in  one  form  or  another.  If  breeders  of  horses 
would  only  pay  more  attention  to  the  feet  during  colt- 
hood  many  of  the  infirmities  which  so  commonly  make 
their  appearance  later  on  in  hfe  would  be  altogether 
unknown. 

Concussion  and  bad  shoeing  are  responsible  for  the 
majority  of  foot  troubles,  but  by  no  means  the  cause  of  all. 
A  certain  proportion  of  horses  have  bad  feet,  or  a  pre- 
disposition to  such,  as  an  inheritance,  thus  showing  how 
essential  it  is  to  breed  from  sires  and  dams  in  which 
soundness  of  feet  constitutes  a  well-marked  feature. 

It  is  quite  an  easy  matter  to  have  working  horses 
regularly  shod,  and  this  is  a  matter  either  for  the  master 
to  supervise,  or  else  to  depute  a  person,  on  whom  absolute 
rehance  can  be  placed,  to  do  so. 

No  hard  and  fast  rule  can  be  laid  down  as  to  when  a 
horse  should  be  shod,  because  some  horses  will  wear  out 
a  set  of  fore  shoes  in  a  week  or  ten  days,  whereas  others  will 
carry  their  shoes  from  three  to  five  weeks.  If  a  horse 
does  not  wear  its  shoes  out  in  three  weeks  they  should  be 
removed,  the  feet  trimmed,  and  the  shoes  refitted. 


THE  FOOT  IN  HEALTH  AND  DISEASE    103 

Growth  mainly  takes  place  at  the  toe,  and  if  the  toes 
are  too  long  the  animal  is  apt  to  stumble  through  this 
cause.  The  foot  growing  at  the  toe  carries  the  shoe  with 
it,  and  the  result  is  that  the  distribution  of  pressure  on 
the  wall  becomes  unbalanced.  Foals  and  colts  when  out 
at  pasture  should  have  their  feet  periodically  inspected, 
and  the  farrier  should  be  instructed  to  do  whatever  is 
necessary.  Unequal  distribution  of  pressure  is  not  only 
bad  for  the  feet  but  for  other  structures  in  connection 
with  the  limbs,  such  as  the  ligaments  and  tendons,  etc. 

It  is  quite  an  easy  matter  to  grade  the  feet  into  three 
categories,  viz.  good,  bad,  and  indifferent.  A  good  foot 
should  be  of  a  bluish  colour,  free  from  cracks  or  fissures 
in  the  wall,  and  the  latter  ought  to  slope  at  an  angle  of 
from  forty-five  to  fifty  degrees,  being  concave  on  the  sole, 
well  open  at  the  heels,  and  having  a  well-developed  foot- 
pad, along  with  prominent  bars.  The  wall  at  the  heels 
should  be  of  medium  height,  and  there  must  be  no  signs 
of  brittleness  of  the  wall  or  any  indication  of  separation 
betv/een  the  wall  and  the  sole,  such  constituting  a  brief 
description  of  what  a  good  foot  should  be  Apart  from 
its  structural  features,  it  must  be  proportionate  to  the 
size  of  the  animal,  and  during  its  movement  it  must  be 
carried  in  a  straight  line  with  the  body,  and  not  in  an 
inward  or  outward  direction.  This,  however,  is  a  matter 
more  intimately  concerned  with  action  rather  than  that 
appertaining  to  the  foot. 

Feet  belonging  to  the  second  category,  viz.  bad, 
comprise  all  those  in  which  the  wall  shows  some  structural 
defect,  such  as  sand-crack,  false  quarter,  contracted  heels, 
low  heels,  flat  or  drop  sole,  pumiced  foot,  in  which  the 
foot  becomes  more  or  less  flattened,  as  commonly  hap- 
pens after  one  or  more  attacks  of  founder.  All  brittle 
feet  must  be  classified  as  distinctly  bad,  likewise  feet  in 
which  there  is  any  tendency  towards  separation  of  the 
sole  and  the  wall.  The  last-named  is  a  most  serious  defect, 
and  it  is  one  that  is  commonty  concealed  either  by  filling 


104  THE  HORSE 

up  the  space  or  by  the  shoeing.  Hence  the  necessity  for 
removing  the  fore  shoes  before  purchase.  In  addition  to 
the  foregoing  there  are  other  foot  troubles  associated 
with  bad  feet,  and  the  unwary  purchaser  may  easily  be 
led  astray  through  the  existence  of  these  defects. 

The  indifferent  foot  is  one  which  combines  some  of  the 
essentials  of  a  good  foot  with  those  of  a  bad  one.  Thus, 
for  instance,  the  wall  of  the  sole  may  be  excellent  in  its 
construction,  but  the  footpad  may  be  contracted  or 
actually  the  seat  of  disease.  In  exceptional  instances 
the  feet  are  odd  in  point  of  size,  but  not  necessarily 
structurally  defective.  If  the  wall  or  the  sole  are  too 
thin  it  renders  the  foot  much  more  liable  to  injury, 
although  a  foot  of  this  description  could  hardly  be 
classified  as  bad. 

In  order  that  the  amateur  may  appreciate,  or  rather, 
we  should  say,  be  capable  of  more  clearly  comprehending 
the  various  features  of  the  feet  in  health  and  disease,  it  is 
expedient  to  give  a  resume  of  the  anatomical  construc- 
tion of  the  foot,  and  follow  this  up  with  a  brief  description 
of  the  various  pathological  conditions  associated  with  the 
structures  now  under  consideration. 


Structure  of  the  Foot 

The  foot  consists  of  the  wall,  and  this  is  divisible  into 
the  toe,  the  quarters,  and  the  heels,  and  it  is  formed  of  a 
number  of  horny  tubes  united  together  by  a  cementing 
substance.  These  horn  fibres  correspond  to  hair.  The 
wall  has  an  upper  and  a  lower  border  ;  the  former  is 
encircled  by  a  prominent  band — the  coronary  band — 
and  it  is  from  this  band  that  the  horn  fibres  are  secreted  ; 
consequently  any  injury  to  the  coronet  or  coronary  band 
may  lead  to  some  permanent  defect  in  the  wall  of  the 
hoof.  The  horn  fibres  are  really  secreted  by  papillae  on 
the  surface  of  the  coronary  band.  For  the  purpose  of 
study,  the  fact  is  regarded  as  comprising  sensitive  and 


THE  FOOT  IN  HEALTH  AND  DISEASE    105 

insensitive  structures,  the  former  being  all  parts  enclosed 
within  the  homy  box,  and  the  latter  consisting  of  the  wall 
and  the  sole  only,  and  being  comparable  to  the  finger-nail. 
The  wall  is  thickest  at  the  toe,  thinner  at  the  quarters, 
and  thinnest  of  all  at  the  heels.  The  outer  surface  of 
the  wall  should  be  perfectly  smooth,  and  it  is  covered  by 
a  protective  material  known  as  the  periople,  which,  in 
reality,  represents  a  natural  varnish,  and  this  is  secreted 
from  the  ''  periopUc  ring  "  at  the  upper  border  of  the 
hoof  and  beneath  the  coronary  band.  In  the  unshod  foot 
it  forms  a  bluish  bloom  on  the  wall.  In  the  shod  foot  it  is 
not  often  observed,  as  the  farrier  frequently,  but  un- 
wittingly, removes  it  with  his  rasp,  a  thing  which  should 
never  be  done.  The  inner  surface  of  the  wall  consists  of 
a  number  of  leaf-hke  structures,  arranged  perpendicularly 
with  the  upper  and  lower  borders.  These  leaf -like  struc- 
tures are  known  as  the  horny  or  insensitive  laminae,  and 
their  use  is  to  accommodate  corresponding  structures 
covering  the  pedal-bones,  and  known  as  the  sensitive 
laminae.  The  two  opposing  structures  are  so  dove-tailed 
into  one  another  as  to  constitute  a  very  firm  bond  of  union 
between  the  two  ;  in  fact,  the  weight  of  the  horse  is 
mainly  distributed  through  this  channel. 

The  horny  sole  joins  the  lower  border  of  the  wall  at  the 
so-called  white  line,  which  is  readily  discernible  when  the 
foot  is  pared.  The  lower  border  of  the  wall  and  its  junction 
with  the  sole  at  the  white  line  constitute  the  chief  weight- 
bearing  structures  of  the  foot,  therefore  the  shoe  should 
press  upon  these  parts  only.  The  ground  surface  of  the 
sole  is,  normally,  concave,  but  as  stated  earlier  on  may, 
through  disease,  become  flattened,  constituting  the  so- 
called  "  dropped  sole.''  Its  inner  surface  is  convex. 
The  sole  is  formed  from  papillae  on  the  lower  surface  of 
the  pedal-bone  exactly  in  the  same  manner  as  the  horn  of 
the  wall  is  secreted.  The  footpad,  or  the  '*  frog,"  con- 
sists of  a  wedge-shaped  piece  of  elastic  tissue,  with  the 
point  of  the  wedge  directed  towards  the  toe.    It  is  spoken 


io6  THE  HORSE 

of  as  the  "  insensitive  frog/'  in  contradistinction  to  the 
"  sensitive  frog,"  upon  which  the  former  is  moulded, 
and  secreted  by  the  papillae  on  the  lower  surface  of  the 
latter.  The  horny  frog  has  a  central  depression  or 
middle  cleft,  and  on  either  side  a  lateral  cleft,  plainly 
visible  on  the  lower  surface.  The  inner  surface  of  the 
frog  is,  as  previously  stated,  moulded  upon  the  sensitive 
frog,  and  there  is  a  backward  projection  or  plate  of  horn 
called  the  frog-stay.  Normally,  the  frog  is  a  well- 
developed  elastic  pad  and  a  very  effective  anti-slipping 
agent,  therefore  it  shows  how  very  important  it  is  for  the 
farrier  to  leave  it  intact  as  much  as  possible,  and  to  shoe 
the  animal  in  such  a  manner  that  the  functions  of  the 
frog  may  not  in  any  way  be  interfered  with.  Contrac- 
tion of  the  heels  immediately  follows  the  removal  of 
frog  pressure,  which  readily  takes  place  when  the  heels 
are  raised,  hence  the  advisability  whenever  practicable 
of  shoeing  a  horse  perfectly  fiat. 

Situated  on  either  side  of  the  frog  are  the  "  bars,'* 
which  represent  reflexions  of  the  wall  at  the  heels.  The 
bars  give  additional  strength  to  the  frog,  and  to  sonie 
extent  are  weight-bearing  structures.  Like  the  frog, 
they  should  not  be  interfered  with,  although  we  have 
seen — ^fortunately,  not  often — the  farrier  slicing  them 
away,  and  so  paving  the  way  for  the  future  ruin  of  the 
foot.  The  horn  of  the  wall,  likewise  that  of  the  sole  and 
the  frog,  is  continually  being  renewed,  therefore  there  is 
a  gradual  shedding  of  the  most  superficial  layer.  This 
is  particularly  well  seen  in  the  unshod  foot  on  the  sole, 
in  which  ex-foliated  portions  of  the  horn  sometimes 
accumulate,  which  should  be  removed  with  a  knife. 

All  the  soft  structures  are  enclosed  within  the  hoof, 
and  the  foot  has  a  very  rich  blood  supply.  In  order  to 
facilitate  a  free  circulation  of  blood  the  veins  of  the  foot, 
unlike  those  of  the  body,  are  without  valves,  in  addition 
to  which  the  vessels  form  a  complex  network.  This 
distribution  of  the  blood-vessels  is  largely  in  connection 


THE  FOOT  IN  HEALTH  AND  DISEASE    107 

with  the  sensitive  laminge  on  the  pedal-bone,  but  the 
bone  itself  is  densely  packed  with  minute  openings  for  the 
passage  of  small  blood-vessels  into  its  interior,  augmented 
by  larger  vessels  of  supply. 

The  coronet,  as  previously  stated,  consists  of  a  dense 
band  of  tissue  encircling  the  top  of  the  hoof,  supplied 
with  blood  by  the  coronary  artery. 

The  sensitive  structures  of  the  foot  comprise  the  sensi- 
tive laminae,  the  sensitive  sole,  and  the  sensitive  frog. 
We  have  already  referred  to  the  sensitive  laminae,  so  that 
it  only  remains  to  deal  with  the  sensitive  sole  and  the 
sensitive  frog.  The  first-named  forms  a  velvety  tissue 
spread  over  the  lower  surface  of  the  pedal-bone,  and  from 
which  the  horny  sole  is  formed.  The  sensitive  frog  is 
composed  of  fibro-elastic  tissue,  which  confers  upon  it  a 
degree  of  expansion  when  the  foot  is  on  the  ground. 
There  is  no  expansion  of  the  wall  at  the  toe,  and  very 
little  at  the  quarters,  but  at  the  heels  it  is  present  in  a 
limited  degree. 

Two  tendons  pass  down  the  back  of  the  foot,  viz.  the 
flexor  pedes  perforans  and  perforates,  the  former  being 
attached  to  the  lower  surface  of  the  pedal-bone,  and  the 
latter  to  a  small  bone  known  as  the  navicular  or  shuttle- 
bone,  which  is  in  juxtaposition  to  the  pedal-bone.  In 
addition  to  this  we  have  ligaments  and  nerves  distributed 
to  the  sensitive  structures  enclosed  within  the  foot. 

The  bones  of  the  foot  are  entirely  enclosed  by  the  hoof, 
and  occupy  a  very  sheltered  position,  so  that  one  would 
expect  injuries  in  connection  with  these  to  be  excessively 
rare,  but  such  is  not  the  case.  In  fact,  the  writer  has  seen 
apparently  trifling  accidents  result  in  fracture  of  either 
the  pedal-bone  or  the  navicular-bone  as  revealed  by  an 
after-death  examination  of  the  parts  concerned.  The 
pedal-bone,  also  known  as  the  cofhn-bone,  the  navicular- 
bone,  and  the  second  phalanx,  or  the  os  coronce,  are 
the  bones  embedded  within  the  hoof,  and  two  of  these 
present  many  special  interesting  features,  to  which,  in  a 


io8  THE  HORSE 

work  of  this  description  it  is  not  necessary  or  advisable 

to  allude. 

Diseases  of  the  Feet 

Having  acquired  an  elementary  knowledge  of  the 
anatomical  construction  of  the  feet  we  shall  now  consider 
some  of  the  principal  diseases  affecting  these  structures. 
There  are  some  foot  troubles  which  cause,  or  rather  lead 
to  the  production  of  the  most  severe  pain  and  its  atten- 
dant lameness,  and  the  degree  of  this  is  usually  proportion- 
ate to  the  acuteness  of  the  affection ;  but  there  are  certain 
exceptions  to  this  rule.  It  is  customary  to  speak  of  the 
lameness  as  being  either  acute  or  chronic,  in  accordance 
with  the  duration  and  severity  of  the  trouble.  Fully  fifty 
per  cent  of  lameness  in  horses  is  due  to  trouble  in  the  feet. 
Some  diseases  implicate  the  wall,  others  the  wall  and  the 
sole  of  the  insensitive  foot,  whilst  the  frog  and  the 
sensitive  structures  within  the  hoof  are  commonly 
affected. 

In  some  instances  permanent  structural  changes  are 
the  result  of  either  acute  or  chronic  malady,  and  when, 
this  is  the  case  the  value  of  the  animal  as  a  commercial 
asset  is  usually  materially  reduced,  and,  of  course,  if  the 
intending  purchaser  possesses  a  reasonable  degree  of 
perspicuity  he  will  pay  the  price  accordingly. 

One  of  the  commonest  diseases,  both  in  its  acute 
and  chronic  manifestations,  but  particularly  the  latter, 
irrespective  of  age,  sex,  and  breed,  is  that  which  is 
popularly  known  as 

Laminitis  or  Founder 

and  most  horsemen  are  more  or  less  acquainted  with 
this  complaint.  It  is  a  trouble  which  is  much  more 
disastrous  so  far  as  perm.anent  damage  is  concerned  when 
it  exists  in  its  acute  form.  ■  It  is  surprising  what  a  number 
of  horses  working  in  towns  develop  f  oimder  as^'a  sub-acute 
affection,  and  the  only  indication,  in  the  majority  of 


THE  FOOT  IN  HEALTH  AND  DISEASE    109 

instances,  is  that  which  is  afforded  by  an  inspection  of 
the  sole,  which  loses  its  concave  character  and  becomes 
flat,  or  in  horseman's  vernacular  "  dropped  " — dropped 
sole.  The  lameness  is  not  as  a  rule  particularly  well 
marked,  but  it  is  always  present  in  a  variable  degree,  and 
most  pronounced  when  the  animal  is  first  put  to  work. 
This  abnormal  condition  is  apparently  due  to  the  con- 
tinued concussion  on  the  hard  roads  and  possibly  favoured 
by  the  degree  of  action  possessed  by  the  animal,  i.e.  the 
higher  the  action  and  the  harder  the  roads  the  greater 
the  liability  towards  the  development  of  this  disease. 
Some  horses  seem  to  be,  however,  much  more  capable  of 
their  conservancy  of  energy  when  placing  their  feet  upon 
the  ground ;  at  least,  this  is  the  writer's  experience.  In 
other  words,  some  horses  will  batter  their  feet  to  pieces, 
whereas  others  bring  them  lightly  to  the  ground.  Hard 
driving  is  a  predisposing  cause.  Laminitis  consists  of  a 
variable  degree  of  inflammation  or  congestion  of  the 
sensitive  laminae  and  blood-vessels  within  the  hoof,  and 
it  is  a  most  painful  affection,  as  previously  stated,  when 
the  attack  is  an  acute  one.  If  the  reader  has  digested 
the  paragraph  relating  to  the  elementary  construction 
of  the  foot,  he  will  understand  what  a  serious  matter  it 
must  be  for  a  horse  to  be  troubled  with  the  disease  now 
under  consideration.  Founder,  also  sometimes  spoken 
of  as  fever  in  the  feet,  presumably  on  account  of  the 
increased  heat,  so  palpable  when  the  hand  is  placed  upon 
the  latter,  when  acute,  makes  its  appearance  quite  sud- 
denly, and  those  acquainted  with  the  affection  are  at  a 
loss  to  know  why  the  animal  should  have  become  so 
suddenly  unable  to  move.  In  every  instance  the  pre- 
monitory symptoms  are  rapidly  succeeded  by  those  of  an 
unmistakable  character  to  the  expert.  The  owner  may 
have  been  driving  the  animal  perhaps  harder  than  usual, 
when,  after  returning  to  the  stable  he  finds  his  charge 
refuses  its  food,  stands  in  one  position,  and  when  an 
effort  is  made  to  move  it  or  turn  it  round  in  the  stall,  the 


no  THE  HORSE 

pain  in  the  feet  is  so  acute  that  the  horse  is  either  unable 
to  do  this  or  does  so  with  difficulty.  When  the  attempt 
is  made  to  back  the  animal  it  will  be  at  once  seen  that  the 
feet  are  the  seat  of  the  trouble.  Either  the  fore,  hind,  or 
all  four  feet  may  be  implicated,  and  there  is  no  rule  as  to 
those  which  will  be  affected  with  the  malady.  In  the 
majority  of  instances  both  fore  feet  are  the  seat  of  the 
trouble,  consequently,  in  order  to  diminish  the  pain  by 
relieving  the  pressure,  the  fore  feet  are  thrown  forwards, 
and  the  hind  ones  drav/n  more  under  the  body.  This 
allows  the  animal  to  place  the  greatest  weight  on  the 
heels,  and  alleviate  the  painful  toe  pressure.  When  all 
four  feet  are  i2ȣplicated,  they  are  bunched  together  under 
the  body. 

In  addition  to  these  more  purely  local  signs,  we  have 
others  of  a  constitutional  nature,  indicated  by  sv/eating, 
increased  temperature  of  the  body  (usually  105°  or  106° 
Fahr.),  congestion  of  the  eyelids,  rapid  and  full  pulse 
and  distressed  breathing,  and  as  the  disease  progresses 
the  patient  gradually  becomes  riveted  to  the  ground. 
In  severe  attacks  the  symptoms  are  excessively  urgent, 
therefore  the  expediency  of  having  skilful  advice  is  at 
once  obvious.  In  the  absence  of  this,  however,  the  animal 
should  be  placed  in  a  loose  box  and  the  shoes  immediately 
removed. 

Causes  of  Laminitis. — As  previously  stated,  one  of  the 
chief  causes  is  concussion,  but  there  are  others,  such  as 
an  overdose  of  physic,  feeding  on  green  wheat,  likewise 
as  a  sequel  to  parturition,  in  which  case  the  malady  arises 
from  septic  material  such  as  decomposing  placental 
membrane,  hence  the  expediency  of  the  early  removal  of 
the  placenta.  Laminitis  sometimes  is  a  result  of  a 
metastatic  inflamm.ation,  i.e.  a  change  of  inflammatory 
action  from  such  organs  as  the  lungs  to  the  feet.  Animals 
which  are  overburdened  with  flesh,  i.e.  plethoric,  are  pre- 
disposed, under  the  foregoing  circumstances,  to  become 
"  foundered/' 


THE  FOOT  IN  HEALTH  AND  DISEASE    iii 

General  Management  and  Treatment. — The  author 
recommends  that  early  professional  advice  should  be 
obtained,  as  laminitis  is  one  of  those  affections  that  can 
be  only  treated  upon  conservative  principles  when  the 
trouble  arises  from  some  simple  cause.  When  following 
parturition,  unskilled  advice  would  probably  mean  the 
loss  of  the  mare,  whereas  with  professional  treatment  a 
valuable  animal  may,  perhaps,  be  saved.  Under  ordinary 
circumstances  treatment  is  divisible  into  {gl)  the  local, 
(&)  the  general.  The  former  comprises  the  removal  of 
the  shoe  and  the  application  of  either  hot  or  cold  bran 
poultices  to  the  feet.  It  seems  to  make  little  difference 
whether  hot  or  cold  water  is  employed,  but  it  is  absolutely 
necessary  that  the  fomentation  should  be  of  a  continuous 
character ;  in  other  words,  the  feet  must  be  kept  con- 
stantly wet. 

Up  to  the  present  nothing  in  the  way  of  treatment  has 
been  introduced. to  supplant,  in  a  satisfactory  manner, 
the  irrigation  method.  In  every  case  it  is  essential  to 
commence  the  treatment  with  a  dose  of  physic,  either  in 
the  form  of  Epsom  salts  added  night  and  morning  to  the 
drinking  water,  or  in  the  form  of  an  aloes  or  cathartic 
ball.  Without  a  shadow  of  doubt,  a  dose  of  purgative 
medicine  is  the  sheet-anchor  in  the  treatment  of  this 
disease,  but  considerable  circumspection  is  necessary, 
hence  the  advisability  of  early  professional  advice.  The 
temperature  usually  falls  through  the  use  of  saline 
laxative  medicine,  and  this  is  materially  assisted  by  the 
discriminate  use  of  green  food.  No  hay  should  be  given, 
but  scalded  oats  and  bran,  along  with  boiled  linseed, 
constitutes  the  most  rational  system  of  dieting  a  horse 
when  suffering  from  an  acute  attack  of  laminitis.  Treat- 
ment is  of  a  less  urgent  character  when  the  trouble  is  sub- 
acute or  chronic.  Laminitis  sometimes  terminates  very 
unfavourably,  necessitating  the  destruction  of  the  animal. 
This  is  due  to  the  effusion — the  result  of  the  inflammatory 
action — between  the  sensitive  and  the  insensitive  laminae, 


112  THE  HORSE 

loosening  the  bond  of  union  between  the  two,  and  favour- 
ing the  descent  of  the  pedal-bone.  This  in  some  instances 
becomes  so  far  displaced  as  to  make  its  exit  at  the  toe 
through  the  horny  sole.  In  every  case,  after  an  attack 
of  this  complaint,  it  is  advisable  to  graze  the  patient  on 
marshy  land,  in  order  that  the  feet  may  benefit  from  the 
moisture  present.  A  great  deal  more  might  be  said 
concerning  this  malady,  but  it  is  only  intended  to  serve 
as  an  outline  for  the  guidance  of  the  amateur. 

Navicular  Disease 

This  is  a  disease  which  affects  those  structures  in 
juxtaposition  to  a  small  bone — the  navicular  bone — 
implicating  the  cartilage  covering  the  bone,  the  bone 
itself,  the  s3movial  membrane  or  sheath,  and  the  tendon, 
all  of  Vv^hich  structures  become,  sooner  or  later,  asso- 
ciated in  the  diseased  processes.  It  affects  one  or  both 
fore  feet,  and  seems  to  be  confined  to  horses  of  light 
draught,  more  especially  harness  horses  and  those 
employed  for  light  van  work.  It  is  a  common  disease 
and  apparently  incurable — always  progressive,  never 
retrogressive,  as  far  as  known.  Horses  affected  mth  this 
trouble  are  permanently  lame,  and  an  animal  suffering 
from  this  complaint  is  knov/n  by  horsemen  as  a  "  grog," 
owing  to  its  groggy  method  of  progression.  The  lameness 
is  m.ost  marked  immediately  the  animal  comes  out  of  the 
stable,  particularly  if  a  short  rest  has  been  immediately 
preceded  by  active  work.  There  is  nothing  in  the  way  of 
positive  signs  indicative  of  navicular  disease,  but  when 
both  feet  are  implicated  the  step  is  usually  very  short 
and  cat-like,  with  pointing  of  the  toes.  The  heels  may  or 
may  not  be  contracted,  but  the  shoes  usually  show  more 
wear  at  the  toes  than  elsewhere.  Pointing  of  the  foot  in 
the  stable  is  very  often  present,  and  sometimes  the 
animal  will  be  continually  scraping  the  ground  when  in 
the  stall.     In  advanced  navicular  disease  the  shoulders 


THE  FOOT  IN  HEALTH  AND  DISEASE    113 

become  somewhat  wasted,  this  being  apparently  due  to 
diminished  functional  power  of  the  muscles,  owing  to 
disease  in  the  foot.  Quite  a  number  of  horses  with 
navicular  disease  are  offered  for  sale  and  find  purchasers, 
as  it  is  an  easy  matter  for  the  inexperienced  to  overlook 
a  trouble  so  obscure,  for  obscure  it  certainly  is,  and  it 
renders  the  animal  of  very  little  commercial  value. 

For  the  relief  of  the  lameness,  and  in  order  to  work  a 
horse  thus  affected,  say,  for  a  year  or  two  longer,  the 
operation  of  "  neurectomy,"  or  unnerving,  is  practised 
in  some  instances.  It  is  not,  however,  a  very  commend- 
able operation,  and  is,  when  performed,  occasionally  a 
means  towards  fraud.  Sometimes  the  operation  is  a 
success,  and  sometimes  it  is  not.  When  successful  the 
lameness  is  no  longer  observable,  though  of  course  the 
disease  pursues  its  slowly  progressive  course,  and  must 
finally  end  either  in  the  destruction  of  the  animal  or  in 
its  becoming  useless  for  work. 

Sand-crack 

This  is  a  disease  affecting  the  wall,  and  begins  immedi- 
ately subjacent  to  the  coronet  by  making  its  appearance 
in  the  form  of  a  crack  or  split  in  the  wall  of  the  hoof.  If 
in  the  fore  foot  or  fore  feet  it  occurs  as  a  rule  at  the  inner 
quarter,  but  to  this  there  are  exceptions,  whereas  in  the 
hind  foot  it  occurs  generally  at  the  toe.  Sand-crack  may 
begin  on  the  inner  or  outer  surface  of  the  wall  of  the  hoof, 
and  its  onset  may  be  gradual  or  sudden.  Every  class  of 
horse  is  equally  liable  to  its  development,  but  pre- 
disposition is  unquestionable  in  hoofs  which  are  dry  or 
brittle,  and  those  in  which  the  integrity  of  the  secreting 
structures  of  the  coronary  band  have  been  damaged. 
Some  hoofs  are  much  thinner  than  others  and  this,  along 
with  continued  work  on  hard,  dry  roads  often  leads  to 
the  production  of  sand-crack.  A  condition  technically 
known  as  "  false  quarter,"  i.e.  a  furrow  in  the  wall  of 
^ 


114  THE  HORSE 

the  hoof  at  the  quarter  naturally,  when  such  exists, 
favours  the  production  of  sand-crack.  The  crack  in  the 
wall  may  be  either  partial  or  complete,  whilst  its  degree 
of  extension  may  vary.  When  completely  through  the 
wall  it  sometimes  causes  lameness,  as  the  sensitive 
laminae  are  liable  during  movement  to  be  nipped  in  the 
fissure.  Under  these  circumstances  it  is  cruelty  to  work 
a  horse,  but  not  otherwise.  Firing  below  the  crack, 
bolting  the  crack,  and  the  appHcation  of  tarred  string 
are  the  commonest  methods  of  dealing  with  sand-crack, 
though  the  results  are  variable.  Blistering  the  coronet 
is  also  commonly  employed. 

Sand-crack  is  not  as  a  rule  very  satisfactory  to  treat. 
Its  presence  when  discovered  is  considered  as  a  sufficient 
reason  for  the  rejection  of  the  animal  when  examined  with 
regard  to  soundness.  It  is  quite  an  easy  matter  to  over- 
look the  existence  of  sand-crack  if  the  feet  are  covered 
with  mud,  and  still  more  to  do  so  if  the  crack  or  cracks 
have  been  filled  in. 

False  Quarter 

We  have  already  alluded  to  false  quarter  as  consisting 
of  an  indentation  in  the  wall  of  the  hoof  at  the  quarter. 
It  represents  unsoundness  owing  to  the  fact  that  it  pre- 
disposes to  the  condition  alluded  to  in  the  preceding 
paragraph. 

Canker  of  the  Foot 

This  disease  as  a  rule  makes  its  appearance  in  the  frog, 
and  is  sometimes  mistaken  for  a  simpler  trouble  known  as 
thrush  of  the  foot,  but  it  is  a  far  more  serious  condition 
than  the  latter.  The  author  has  been  very  unsuccessful 
in  the  treatment  of  canker,  although  many  elaborate  and 
patient  measures  have  been  employed  in  order  to  effect 
a  cure.  All  experienced  veterinary  surgeons  are  only  too 
well  aware  of  its  extremely  malignant  nature.  The 
adoption  of  the  most  drastic  methods  have  not,  in  the 
writer's  hands,  ever  been  satisfactory,  therefore  the  most 


THE  FOOT  IN  HEALTH  AND  DISEASE    115 

that  can  be  recommended  is  to  keep  the  feet  clean  and  as 
dry  as  possible,  along  with  properly  applied  pressure  over 
the  whole  surface  of  the  frog.  This  can  be  done  by  means 
of  a  sliding  iron  plate  and  a  packing  of  tow,  along  with 
the  application  of  some  antiseptic  powder.  An  animal 
may  continue  to  work  for  years  with  its  foot  or  feet 
patched  up  in  this  m^anner,  which  is,  in  the  writer's 
opinion,  infinitely  better  than  keeping  the  horse  idle, 
contracting  a  large  veterinary  bill,  with  every  prospect 
of  failure  at  the  end.  Canker  may  affect  one  or  more  of 
the  feet,  and  it  is  easily  discernible  by  paring  the  frog, 
which  begins  to  bleed  when  cut,  and  a  soft,  spongy, 
greasy-like,  foul-smelling  material  is  observable.  Lame- 
ness is  commonly  present,  being  due  to  implication  of 
deeper  structures. 

The  writer  looks  upon  canker  as  a  progressive  and 
practically  incurable  disease. 

Thrush 

This  is  an  extremely  common  trouble,  and  in  the 
majority  of  instances  it  is  due  to  negligence  on  the  part 
of  the  attendant.  No  good  horse  master  would  allow 
this  state  of  affairs  to  exist,  although  a  badly  drained 
stable  may  easily  lead  to  its  production.  It  arises  through 
the  irritation  in  the  cleft  of  the  frog  caused  by  decomposing 
organic  matter,  allowing  this  to  accumulate  in  the  feet. 
The  "  foot  picker  "  is  the  best  preventative  of  thrush, 
and  no  stable  should  be  without  this  useful  appliance, 
but  what  is  still  more  important  is  that  of  using  it  regu- 
larly. The  cleft  of  the  frog,  as  previously  stated,  is  the 
seat  of  septic  infection  indicated  by  a  suppurative  in- 
flammation and  an  objectionable  odour.  The  fore  or  hind 
feet  may  be  affected,  but  particularly  the  hind,  these 
being  more  liable  to  become  fouled.  In  nine  cases  out  of 
ten  the  existence  of  thrush  in  the  feet  may  be  accepted 
as  evidence  of  want  of  proper  attention  to  the  feet,  and  it 


ii6  THE  HORSE 

is  to  a  large  extent  preventable.  As  a  rule  it  is  not  a 
difficult  matter  to  cure  it,  and  the  farrier  usually  puts  in 
a  stopping  of  tar  and  tow,  which  may  or  may  not  be 
effective,  according  to  the  stage  at  which  the  disease  has 
arrived.  A  solution  of  chloride  of  zinc  or  sulphate  of 
zinc,  ten  grains  of  either  to  each  ounce  of  water,  will 
usually  effect  a  cure  if  applied  twice  a  day  for  a  few  days 
consecutively,  but  it  is  useless  to  try  to  treat  this 
affection  if  the  source  of  irritation  is  still  allowed  to  exist. 
As  a  dry  dressing  equal  parts  of  powdered  boracic  acid, 
calcined  magnesia,  and  powdered  starch  makes  an 
excellent  application.  Thrush  varies  in  its  severity. 
Sometimes  it  is  extremely  slight,  whereas  in  other 
instances  the  frog  may  be  partly  underrun,  and  lameness 
even  result.  The  cleft  of  the  frog  should  always  be  packed, 
when  treating  this  disease,  with  tow. 

Side-bone 

The  pedal-bone  has,  attached  to  its  wings,  two  flexible 
plates  of  cartilage  which  project  backwards  and  upwards 
at  the  heels.  These  are  known  as  the  lateral  cartilages. 
It  is  quite  common  to  speak  of  side-bone  as  an 
ossification  of  these  structures.  There  is  a  considerable 
amount  of  interest  attachable  to  the  lateral  cartilages 
and  their  relationship  to  limbs.  The  author  believes 
that  side-bone  is  quite  a  common  cause  of  lameness,  and 
the  majority  of  veterinary  surgeons  are  in  agreement 
with  this.  Specimens  obtained  and  examined  after  death 
by  the  writer  afford  positive  proof  as  to  this  being  the 
cause  of  lameness.  Doubtless  a  certain  percentage  of 
side-bones  never  cause  the  slightest  inconvenience,  as 
the  writer  has  known  horses  to  have  large  side-bones,  yet 
remain  free  from  lameness;  in  fact,  the  majority  of  cart 
horses  working  in  towns  have  side-bone.  There  is  a 
natural  tendency  for  the  lateral  cartilages  to  become 
calcified — "  ossified  " — this  being  a  degenerate  change 


THE  FOOT  IN  HEALTH  AND  DISEASE    117 

in  them,  and  it  is  rather  remarkable  that  the  trouble 
should  be  mainly  confined  to  animals  required  for  heavy 
draught  purposes.  The  percentage  of  light  horses  with 
side-bone  is  comparatively  small,  and  when  this  state  of 
affairs  does  exist  it  is  considered  to  be  much  more  detri- 
mental than  in  the  case  of  a  heavy  draught  horse,  owing 
to  its  greater  hability  to  produce  lameness.  The  writer 
has,  however,  examined  light  horses  with  well-marked 
side-bone,  yet  these  showed  no  indication  of  lameness.  As 
a  precautionary  measure  it  is  always  expedient,  apart 
from  legal  responsibility,  to  look  upon  side-bone  as 
sufficient  cause  for  the  rejection  of  a  horse  in  relation  to 
soundness.  Old  horses  of  the  cart  horse  type  have  almost 
always  signs  of  this  disease. 

There  is  a  preliminary  stage  to  calcification,  viz. 
induration,  and  the  cartilages  are  often  found  in  this 
condition.  It  is  customary  amongst  veterinary  surgeons 
to  pass  horses — heavy  draught  horses — with  side  bone 
as  practically  sound,  provided  that  the  heels  are  strong 
and  free  from  contraction.  Unquestionably  there  is  a 
predisposition  to  contraction  of  the  heels  in  well-marked 
instances  of  side-bone,  probably  due  to  decreased  func- 
tional power  in  this  particular  region.  Side-bone  is 
regarded  by  horse  breeders  as  hereditary,  and  horse- 
breeding  societies  are  not  supposed  to  make  use  of  sires 
having  their  lateral  cartilages  thus  transformed.  The 
question  is  whether  this  is  a  correct  view  to  take.  It  is 
impossible  to  answer  the  question  with  any  degree  of 
certainty,  though  it  is  equally  certain  that  it  is  better  to 
choose  a  sire  without  side-bone  than  one  with  it,  and  this 
is  equally  applicable  to  the  dam.  Perhaps  the  reader 
will  say  that  very  few  foals  of  the  cart  horse  type  would 
be  born  if  this  rule  were  followed,  a  statement  which  is 
undeniable.  Probably  one  of  the  chief  factors  in  the 
production  of  this  trouble  is  concussion,  and  it  affects 
the  fore  feet  almost  exclusively.  Sometimes  only  one 
cartilage  is  imphcated,  at  other  times  the  inner  and  the 


ii8  THE  HORSE 

outer  of  both  fore  feet  are  concerned.  Normally,  the 
cartilages  yield  when  pressed  with  the  thumb,  and  any 
loss  in  their  flexibility  can  immediately  be  felt  by  this 
pressure  at  the  extreme  back  part  of  the  upper  ball  of 
the  hoof,  that  is,  just  close  to  the  heel. 

The  lateral  cartilages  increase  the  area  of  the  wings 
for  ligamentous  attachment,  and  it  is  possible  that  side- 
bone  sometimes  starts — probably  very  often — in  the 
structures  in  contiguity  with  the  lateral  cartilages. 

Once  side-bone  is  established  it  is  permanent,  and  little 
good  can  be  done  towards  the  amelioration  of  the  lame- 
ness. Hoof  section  is  really  of  little  use,  though  satis- 
factory results  have  been  recorded  in  some  instances. 
The  author's  experience  in  this  direction  has  been  very 
unsatisfactory,  therefore  he  does  not  feel  justified  in 
recommending  the  operation. 

There  are  quite  a  number  of  other  diseases  affecting 
the  feet,  all  of  which  are  important  to  the  veterinar}^ 
surgeon  as  causes  of  unsoundness,  lameness,  or  in- 
efficiency, either  temporary  or  perm.anent.  Amongst 
these  mention  must  be  made  of  bruises  to  the  coronet, 
also  frost-bite  of  this  structure.  The  coronet  or  coronary 
band,  as  stated,  when  speaking  of  the  structure  of  the 
foot,  encircles  the  upper  border  of  the  hoof  and  is  a  very 
non-yielding  structure,  consequently  it  leads  to  the 
production  of  pain  and  lameness  when  it  is  bruised,  or 
implicated  in  disease  through  any  other  cause.  The 
degree  of  lameness  seems  disproportionate  to  the  injury, 
though  it  is  accounted  for  by  the  absence  of  any  degree  of 
swelling.  All  affections  of  the  coronet  require  very 
skilful  treatment,  therefore  professional  assistance  should 
be  obtained  as  soon  after  the  injury  is  noticed  as  possible. 
As  a  palliative  measure,  in  the  meantime,  the  owner 
should  put  the  foot  into  a  pail  of  hot  antiseptic  solution 
for  half  an  hour  night  and  morning,  which  is  the  most 
conservative  measure  we  feel  justified  in  recommending. 


THE  FOOT  IN  HEALTH  AND  DISEASE    119 

Cutting  or  Brushing 

This  consists  of  an  injury  on  the  inner  side  of  the 
fetlock,  usually  the  hind  one,  and  the  injury  is  done  by 
the  shoe  of  the  opposite  foot  striking  the  skin  and 
sometimes  inflicting  a  nasty  wound.  It  is  a  form  of 
injury  which  can  sometimes  be  remedied  through  the 
use  of  a  three-quarter  shoe  and  keeping  the  wall  of  the 
hoof  well  rasped  down  the  inner  side.  All  sorts  of  devices 
are  employed,  and  every  farrier  has  his  own  ideas  as  to 
how  a  horse  should  be  shod  as  a  preventative  against 
the  infliction  of  this  injury.  Some  horses  are  incurable 
owing  to  peculiarity  of  conformation  and  action.  This 
trouble  is  sometimes  spoken  of  as  "  striking  "  or  "  inter- 
fering." It  may  cause  a  horse  to  go  quite  lame,  and 
when  the  animal  has  a  habit  of  doing  it,  it  leads  to 
thickening  of  the  skin  and  permanent  scarring  at  this 
particular  part.  Some  horses  are  compelled  to  wear  a 
leather  shield  or  piece  of  flannel  around  the  fetlock. 
The  writer  cannot  recommend  the  purchase  of  a  horse 
addicted  to  this  habit.  Sometimes  by  thickening  the 
inside  branch  of  the  shoe — making  it  thicker  than  the 
outside  and  driving  all  the  nails  on  the  outside  and  at 
the  toe,  one  can  remedy  this  trouble.  At  any  rate,  it  is 
worth  while  to  try  this  and  any  other  devices  which  may 
be  suggested,  in  order  to  mitigate  the  evil. 

Forging 

This  consists  of  striking  the  inner  edge  of  one  of  the 
fore  shoes  with  the  toe  of  the  hind  one.  The  sound 
produced  is  very  annoying,  and  some  horses  have  a  con- 
stant habit  of  doing  it.  Animals  very  short  in  the  body 
and  a  trifle  long  in  the  limbs  are  very  liable  to  forge,  and 
so  are  horses  which  are  green  or  not  settled  in  action,  say 
after  a  period  of  rest.  Try  rounding  off  the  inner  edge 
of  the  fore  shoe  and  keep  the  toe  of  the  corresponding 
hind  one  short.  .  " 


120 


THE  HORSE 


Bruised  Heel 

The  heels  and  the  fore  feet  are  sometimes  struck  with 
the  toes  of  the  hind  ones,  either  on  the  knee  or  the  off  side, 
and  if  the  injury  is  severe  enough  the  pain  inflicted  may 
cause  a  horse  to  fall  and  do  still  further  injury  to  himself 
or  to  others.  Bruised  heel  produces  lameness  in  many 
instances,  and  there  may  be  a  flap  of  skin  lacerated  by 
the  injury.  A  wound  in  this  situation  heals  slowly. 
The  animal  must  be  kept  off  work,  the  wound  cleaned, 
and  then  dressed  with  some  healing  ointment  and  a 
bandage  until  cured. 


Pedal-Bone,  to  illustrate  Side-bone  at  X 


Corn 

A  corn  consists  of  a  bruise  on  the  sole,  usually  on  the 
inner  quarter.  It  is  denoted  by  a  red  discoloration  of 
the  horn.  It  often  causes  lameness.  Remove  the  shoe 
and  the  pressure  on  the  corn. 


CHAPTER   XIV 

FACTS   OF   GENERAL   INTEREST 

The  Pulse 

The  most  convenient  place  to  ascertain  the  condition  of  a 
horse's  pulse  is  on  the  artery  which  winds  round  the 
lower  jaw,  on  either  the  near  or  off  side.  It  is  customary  to 
use  the  second  and  third  fingers  of  the  right  hand,  selecting 
the  near  side  of  the  head.  The  fingers  are  applied  lightly, 
just  sufficient  to  gently  press  upon  the  wall  of  the  artery. 
The  number  of  pulsations  in  an  adult  horse  ranges  from 
36  to  45  beats  per  minute,  each  beat  being  clear  and  dis- 
tinct. In  certain  diseases  the  pulse  conveys  a  sensation 
of  being  hard  and  a  wanting  in  its  normal  fullness.  Some- 
times it  is  ver}^  rapid,  80  or  100  per  minute  and  correspond- 
ingly sm.all.  These  changes  and  the  sensation  imparted 
to  the  fingers  are  the  result  of  inflammatory  action  in 
some  organ  or  tissue.  In  certain  diseases  the  pulse 
becomes  very  slow.  It  is  liable  to  great  variation  under 
abnormal  conditions,  and  nothing  but  long  tuition  will 
enable  anyone  to  appreciate  the  many  significant  states 
of  it. 

The  Temperature 

For  taking  the  temperature  of  a  horse  a  clinical 
theraiometer  is  employed.  These  small  instruments  can 
be  obtained  at  all  chemists  for  a  few  shillings,  and  anyone 
having  anything  to  do  with  sick  animals  should  not  be 
without  one  of  these,  as  it  is  an  invaluable  aid  for  marking 
the  onset,  progress,  and  decline  of  disease.  A  clinical 
thermometer  consists  of  a  bulb  and  stem.     The  bulb 


122  THE  HORSE 

contains  the  mercury  and  the  stem  is  marked  with  the 
figures  95,  loo,  no.  These  are  degrees  on  the  Fahrenheit 
scale.  All  the  long  strokes  represent  degrees  and  the 
short  ones  between,  two-tenths  of  a  degree,  usually  ex- 
pressed by  the  decimal  point  in  front  of  the  denominator. 
Between  the  bulb  and  the  stem  there  is  a  constriction 
which  prevents  a  small  detached  rod  of  mercury  from 
uniting  with  the  mercury  contained  in  the  bulb.  This 
rod  is  called  the  index,  and  it  serves  to  register  the 
temperature,  as  it  remains  standing  in  the  position  it  was 
when  the  thermometer  was  in  use.  A  horse  is  said  to 
have  a  slight  degree  of  fever  if  its  temperature  is  103°  or 
104°  ;  a  moderate  degree  of  fever  when  the  thermometer 
registers  105°  or  106° ;  whilst  the  fever  is  high  at  107°. 
Temperatures  higher  than  the  last-named  are  by  no  means 
frequent,  in  fact  rather  the  reverse.  It  is  customary  to 
take  the  temperature  at  the  same  time  night  and  morning 
in  the  rectum  or  lower  end  of  the  bowel,  making  a  note  of 
it  for  future  reference.  Take  the  stem  in  the  fingers  of  the 
right  hand,  raise  the  tail  with  the  left  and  then  gently 
insert  the  "  bulb  "  into  the  rectum. 

The  Breathing 

During  the  act  of  inspiration  pure  air  is  taken  into  the 
lungs  and  in  expiration  carbon  dioxide  is  given  out. 
Normally  the  respirations  number  about  14  per  minute, 
but  during  exertion  they  are  greatly  increased.  Quick 
breathing,  or  "  blowing  hard  "  as  it  is  called,  is  very  often 
significant  of  lung  trouble,  either  acute  or  chronic. 

Physicking  Horses 

It  is  customary  to  speak  of  the  administration  of  a  ball 
or  bolus,  composed  of  Barbados  aloes  and  ginger,  as 
physicking  a  horse  for  the  purpose  of  removing  waste 
products  from  its  system.  Physic  baUs  vary  in  their 
weight  from  4  drms.  up  to  8  drms.,  and  their  action  is 


FACTS  OF  GENERAL  INTEREST  123 

usually,  though  not  always,  in  accordance  with  their 
weight.  Some  horses  are  much  more  susceptible  to  the 
action  of  physic  than  others  ;  moreover,  a  great  deal  will 
depend  whether  the  animal  has,  prior  to  the  administra- 
tion of  the  ball,  been  prepared  by  giving  it  a  bran  mash. 
The  latter  makes  all  the  difference,  and  no  horse  should 
have  physic  unless  it  has  been  thus  prepared,  otherwise 
the  proper  action  of  the  medicament  is  not  obtained.  For 
light  horses  a  5  drm.  ball  is  all  that  is  necessary  and  6 
drms.  for  heavy  draught  horses.  In  Scotland  8  drm. 
balls  are  commonly  given  for  heavy  horses.  For  a  cob 
a  5  drm.  ball  is  correct  and  for  a  pony  3  or  4  drms.,  after 
being  duly  prepared.  The  effects  of  the  phj^sic  usually 
pass  off  within  24  hours.  If  purgation  is  excessive  put 
the  animal  on  dry  bran,  but  keep  it  without  hay  for  the 
time  being.  It  is  not  advisable  to  work  a  horse  whilst  the 
physic  is  acting.  Exercise  increases  the  activity  of  the 
ball,  so  does  warm  water,  and  so  do  bran  and  linseed 
mashes.  If  there  is  any  drug  in  the  British  Pharmacopoeia 
which  is  universally  employed  in  veterinary  work  that 
drug  is  Barbados  aloes,  and  in  nine  cases  out  of  ten  it  is 
given  in  the  form  of  a  ball.  There  are  plenty  of  other 
medicines  capable  of  establishing  free  purgation  in  the 
horse,  but  somehow  or  another  they  have  never  found  the 
popularity  of  the  physic  ball.  Indisputably  it  is  a  valuable 
remedy  for  a  multiplicity  of  ills  from  which  our  equine 
friends  suffer.  It  should  never,  however,  be  abused, 
which,  unfortunately,  it  very  often  is. 

Administering  Medicine  to  Horses 

Medicine  can  be  given  to  the  horse  either  in  solid  or 
liquid  form.  Drenching  horses  with  nauseating  drugs 
has  been  far  too  much  practised,  and  we  hope  to  see  less  of 
it  in  future.  Whenever  possible  give  a  horse  its  medicine 
either  in  its  food  or  with  its  drinking  water.  We  do  not 
argue  that  drenching  may  not  be  necessary,  but  it  should 


124  THE  HORSE 

usually  be  done  under  professional  guidance.  Many 
horses  have  died  from  pneumonia  brought  on  through 
the  careless  administration  of  fluid  medicine.  The 
simplest  method  of  doing  this  comprises  the  application 
of  the  twitch  to  the  nostrils  and  supporting ..  the  head 
sufficiently  high  to  enable  the  medicine  to  gradually 
trickle  down  through  the  back  of  the  throat.  The  great 
secret  is  to  give  the  medicine  slowly ;  otherwise  the 
animal  either  suffers  or  else  three  parts  of  the  draught  are 
wasted  on  the  stable  floor.  It  is  surprising  how  very  few 
stable  attendants  know  how  to  administer  a  draught 
properly  to  a  horse,  and  still  fewer  know  how  to  give  a 
ball.  There  is  an  art  in  both  and  a  degree  of  manipulative 
dexterity  necessary  which  is  not  possessed  by  every  one. 
Salts  and  other  soluble  substances  can  be  dissolved  in  a 
quart  of  water  and  given  the  animal  to  drink.  Horses 
will  seldom  refuse  medicine  given  this  way.  In  soluble 
powders  it  may  be  mixed  with  the  food  provided  that 
they  have  no  unpleasant  odour.  Some  horses  will  eat 
anything  in  this  line,  but  others  will  refuse  it.  In  cases  of 
pneumonia  it  is  simply  madness  to  try  to  drench  a 
horse.  Veterinary  surgeons  now  largely  employ  the 
hypodermic  method  of  medication,  sometimes  with  and 
sometimes  without  results. 

Blistering  and  Firing 

Both  these  methods  of  dealing  with  injuries  in  connec- 
tion with  the  limbs,  bones  and  joints  are  largely  practised 
by  the  veterinary  profession  and  by  many  of  the  empirical 
humbugs  found  wandering  about  the  country.  Judici- 
ously used  both  blistering  and  firing  have  their  virtues.  It 
is  their  abuse  which  has  placed  them  so  often  in  disrepute. 
It  is  impossible  to  lay  down  any  rule  as  to  when  either 
shall  or  shall  not  be  employed.  The  bHster  pot  has  been 
more  used  upon  the  horse  than  anything  known.  There 
are  very  few  stables  without  a  box  of  blistering  ointment, 


FACTS  OF  GENERAL  INTEREST  125 

varjdng  in  colour  from  red  to  green  and  from  green  to 
brown,  according  to  the  irritant  employed  for  the  purpose. 
Before  a  part  is  blistered  the  hair  should  be  clipped  off, 
the  skin  washed  with  warm  water  and  soap,  dried,  and  the 
blistering  ointment  then  rubbed  well  in.  Both  blistering 
and  firing  produce  a  variable  degree  of  inflammatory 
action  in  the  skin  and  subjacent  tissues  depending  upon 
the  degree  of  application.  Firing,  or  the  application  of 
the  actual  cautery,  is  more  severe  in  its  effects  than  that 
of  a  bhster,  but  sometimes  the  action  of  both  is  combined  ; 
thus,  for  instance,  the  area  involved  is  fired  with  the  firing 
iron  and  the  blister  then  lightly  smeared  over  the  bound 
surface.  Deep  firing,  though  surgical,  seems  to  be  cruel 
unless  the  animal  has  been  put  under  a  general  anaesthetic 
in  order  to  produce  complete  narcosis.  Both  firing  and 
blistering  are  resorted  to  in  cases  of  spavin,  spKnt,  sprung 
tendon,  ring-bone,  side-bone,  curve  and  a  host  of  other 
troubles. 

A  part  can  be  fired  either  in  points  or  in  lines.  For 
splint  and  spavin  point  firing  is  generally  resorted  to, 
but  the  degree  of  severity  or  otherwise  varies.  After  a 
horse  has  been  blistered  or  fired  it  should  be  tied  up  short 
for  twenty-four  hours,  or  if  turned  out  to  graze,  it  is 
advisable  to  fix  a  cradle  on,  so  as  to  prevent  the  animal 
biting  the  part  and  bhstering  its  nose.  When  a  Hmb  is 
blistered  or  fired  in  any  particular  part,  the  hollow  of  the 
fetlock  should  be  freely  smeared  with  lard  or  vaseline.  It 
is  not  a  good  plan  to  blister  the  flexous  surface  of  the 
joint  or  immediately  beneath  the  throat,  as  the  skin  is 
apt  to  crack  and  become  very  sore.  To  soothe  a  blistered 
surface,  apply  the  carron  oil,  recommended  elsewhere 
in  this  book.  It  consists  of  equal  parts  of  lime  water  and 
linseed  oil,  shaken  together. 

Fomentation 

Fomentation  comprises  the  application  of  hot  or  cold 
water  to  a  given  area  and  it  may  be  for  the  reduction  of 


126  THE  HORSE 

swelling,  to  arrest  haemorrhage,  or  to  encourage  an  abcess 
in  its  formation.  Both  the  application  of  hot  and  cold 
water  affords  an  invaluable  means  of  deaUng  with  a 
variety  of  troubles  which  are  accessible  to  their  applica- 
tion. If  water  is  applied  too  hot  it  will  bhster  the  skin, 
and  if  cold  water  is  apphed  for  too  long  it  will  shut  off 
the  circulation,  or  at  any  rate  it  is  very  liable  to  do  so  at 
the  part  to  which  it  is  applied.  Never  go  to  extremes  in 
the  application  of  either  of  these  simple  remedies,  as  they 
can  become  just  as  harmful  as  they  may  prove  useful. 

Feeding  Sick  Horses 

The  special  feeding  of  horses  which  are  affected  by 
various  diseases  is  a  different  branch  of  the  horse  atten- 
dant's work,  but  it  is  one  that  every  horse  owner  should 
make  himself  personally  acquainted  with.  It  is  surprising 
how  one  person  will  often  fail  to  coax  a  sick  horse  to  eat, 
whereas  another  will  succeed.  The  great  matter  is  to  test 
the  appetite  of  the  patient  with  various  food  materials 
such  as  steamed  carrots,  steamed  oats,  barley,  clover  or 
other  green  food  when  obtainable ;  natural  grass ; 
scalded  hay  and  treacle  ;  scalded  oats  ;  bran  and  boiled 
linseed  ;  linseed  cake  ;  condensed  milk  and  warm  water  ; 
oatmeal  gruel.  When  possible,  select  a  bit  of  very  sweet 
hay  from  a  truss.  Try  hand  feeding  in  bad  cases  of  sick- 
ness. Do  not  leave  any  food  in  front  of  the  patient, 
Unconsumed  food  should  be  removed  forthwith.  The 
great  secret  is  to  try  the  patient  at  frequent  intervals 
throughout  the  day. 

Castration  of  Colts 

r?' Colts  are  usually  operated  on  when  they  are  one  year 
old  and  in  the  spring  of  the  year,  but  if  the  weather  is  very 
cold  it  is  customary  to  defer  the  operation  until  such 
time  as  more  propitious  weather  supervenes.  The 
operation  can,  however,  be  performed  at  any  season  of  the 


FACTS  OF  GENERAL  INTEREST  127 

year  ;  in  fact,  it  commonly  is  in  the  case  of  adult  animals 
which  have  been  kept  for  stud  though  subsequently 
desired  by  their  owners  to  be  utilised  for  work.  It  is  a 
comparatively  simple  operation  and  can  be  performed 
either  in  a  standing  or  recumbent  attitude.  If  the  former, 
the  colts  must  be  housed  the  night  before  and,  for  prefer- 
ence, kept  without  any  food  until  they  are  operated  on 
the  following  morning.  When  operated  on  in  the  recum- 
bent posture,  a  straw  bed  should  be  put  down  or  else 
a  piece  of  soft  ground  provided  for  "  throwing  "  the  colt. 
As  a  rule,  the  operation  only  occupies  a  few  minutes  and 
the  fee  ranges  from  7s.  6d.  to  a  guinea  or  2  guineas, 
according  to  circumstances.  In  the  case  of  rigs,  the  fee 
for  the  operation  varies  from  5  to  10  guineas.  Castration 
is  a  safe  operation  and  ninety-five  per  cent  of  colts  never 
show  any  ill  effects  from  it,  but  the  remaining  five  per 
cent  may  and  sometimes  do. 

If  a  colt  is  ruptured,  a  special  operation  is  needed,  but 
this  should  be  discovered  before  the  animal  is  operated 
upon,  and  then  dealt  with  according  to  surgical  principles. 
Sometimes  infection  occurs  and  the  part  begins  to  swell 
extensively  and  suppurate.  Under  these  circumstances  it 
is  necessary  to  keep  the  wound  open  so  as  to  give  free 
exit  to  the  discharge.  Normally  a  certain  amount  of 
sweUing  is  usual,  and  to  dispel  this  many  operators 
believe  in  turning  their  colts  out  to  graze  immediately 
after  they  have  been  operated  upon .  Another  unforeseen 
accident  is  prolonged  haemorrhage,  or  bleeding  from  the 
cord,  due  to  the  artery  not  having  been  properly  sealed,  or 
it  may  be  that  the  haemorrhage  is  brought  on  through 
the  animal  itself  after  the  operation.  There  is  no  need 
for  any  alarm,  as  the  loss  of  three  or  four  quarts  of  blood 
from  a  horse  is  of  very  little  importance.  Anything 
beyond  this  demands  professional  skill  and  can  always 
be  dealt  with.  Sometimes  cold  irrigation  will  stop  it, 
but  the  owner  should  never  interfere  with  the  wound,  as 
he   may   quite    easily,    though   unwittingly,    infect   it 


128 


THE  HORSE 


Lastly,  there  are  two  other  diseases  sometimes  associated 
with  castration,  viz.  tetanus  or  lock-jaw  and  botrymy- 
cosis,  the  latter  disease  being  one  which  affects  the  cord 
and  is  due  to  a  species  of  ray  fungus,  similar  to  a  corre- 
sponding disease  occasionally  observed  affecting  the 
tongue  in  cattle.  This  disease  leaves  one  or  more  suppur- 
ating points  and  may  persist  for  many  years.  It  is 
accompanied  by  great  thickening  of  the  cord  but  can 
be  cured  by  operation.  The  author  has  performed  a 
number  of  operations  of  this  kind  and  always  very 
successfully. 

Healing  Ointment 

E/    Pure  Carbolic  Acid        .         .     40  drops 
Vaseline      ....       4  ounces 

Wound  Lotion 

R/    Pure  Carbolic  Acid        .  .       i  drachm 

Glycerine     .         .         .         .       i  ounce 
Water  .  .  .  .       i  pint 

Apply  with  tow  two  or  three  times  a  day. 


Lotion  for  Sore  Backs,  Sore  Shoulders,  and 
Saddle  Gall 


E7    Powdered  Oxide  of  Zinc 
Methylated  Spirit  of  Wine 
Oil  of  Eucalyptus 
Water 


I  ounce 
4  ounces 
J  ounce 
I  pint 


Tonic  Powders 

R7    Powdered  Sulphate  of  Iron 
Powdered  Gentian 


1^  ounces 


Mix  and  make  12  powders, 
in  food. 


.     4f  ounces 
One  night  and  morning 


FACTS  OF  GENERAL  INTEREST  129 


Saline  Fever  Powders 

R7    Epsom  Salts         ...       3  ounces 
Bicarbonate  of  Potash  .  •     ij  ounces 

Nitrate        .  .  .  •     I2  ounces 

Mix  and  divide  into  6  powders.  Give  one  night  and 
morning  mixed  with  a  quart  of  the  animal's  drinking 
water. 

Dressing  for  Wounds  in  Summer  to 
KEEP  Flies  off 

R/    Oil  of  Turpentine  ...       2  ounces 
Creosote  .         .         .         .       i  ounce 

OHve  Oil         ....       6  ounces 

Mix  by  shaking  well  together.  Apply  to  wound  once 
a  day. 


CHAPTER  XV 

ANATOMICAL    OUTLINES    OF    THE    CONSTRUCTION 
OF  THE  HORSE 

It  is  always  an  advantage  for  the  amateur  to  make  him- 
self acquainted  with  the  elements  of  the  anatomical 
construction  of  a  horse,  in  order  that  he  may  be  in  a 
better  position  to  appreciate  some  of  the  simpler  facts 
when  speaking  of  diseases,  injuries,  etc.  The  old  maxim 
that  a  little  knowledge  is  a  dangerous  thing  holds  good  so 
far,  but  it  is  equally  true  that  the  possession  of  such  may 
be  decidedly  advantageous  rather  than  otherwise. 

It  is  customary  to  divide  the  various  parts  of  the  animal 
body  into  different  systems,  such  as  :  the  muscular  ; 
the  nervous  ;  the  vascular  ;  the  gestive  ;  the  respiratory, 
etc.  The  whole  of  these  systems,  along  with  others  not 
mentioned,  are  either  placed  within  or  upon  a  framework 
of  bone,  which  we  recognize  as  a  skeleton,  the  structure 
of  which  is  of  a  highly  interesting  nature,  and  the  more  it 
is  studied,  the  more  complex  it  appears. 

In  an  elementary  work  of  this  description  it  is  impossible 
to  do  anything  more  than  mention  the  most  rudimentary 
facts  relating  to  the  matter  now  under  consideration. 

The  Skeleton 

The  framework  is  made  up  of  a  number  of  bones  of 
various  kinds,  articulated  together  by  ligamentous 
attachments,  through  which  a  variable  degree  of  move- 
ment is  allowed. 

All  the  bones  forming  the  skeleton  are  primarily  laid 

130 


THE  CONSTRUCTION  OF  THE  HORSE     131 

down  in  the  form  of  cartilage,  in  which  condition  they 
appear  prior  to  the  birth  of  the  foal.  Their  transforma- 
tion into  bone  is  spoken  of  as  ossification,  a  process  which 
commences  at  certain  centres  in  each  bone  and  gradually 
extends  until  the  whole  structure  becomes  converted 
into  bone.  The  bones  of  the  limbs  differ  from  those  in 
the  rest  of  the  framework  ;  most  of  the  former  have  a 
medullary  canal  filled  with  red  marrow,  whilst  the  ends 
of  the  bone  have  in  their  interior  cancellated  bony  tissue 
filled  with  yellow  marrow.  These  are  spoken  of  as  long 
bones  in  contradistinction  to  short,  flat,  and  irregular 
bones  participating  in  the  construction  of  the  rest  of 
the  skeleton. 

The  head  is  composed  of  a  number  of  bones  which,  soon 
after  birth,  become  more  or  less  ossified,  and  the  only 
movement,  or  rather,  we  ought  to  say,  freedom  of  move- 
ment, is  that  executed  between  the  upper  and  lower  jaw. 

The  neck  is  composed  of  seven  segments.  These  are 
the  cervicle  vertebrae,  and  the  bone  next  to  the  head  is 
called  the  atlas,  and  the  one  following  it  the  axis.  The 
articulation  between  the  atlas  and  the  head  gives  the 
horse  its  nodding  movement,  whereas  that  between  the 
atlas  and  the  axis  confers  a  rotatorial  one.  The  rest  of 
the  vertebrae  articulate  amongst  themselves.  Each 
vertebrae  is  hollow,  forming  a  segment  of  a  canal,  so  that 
when  all  the  vertebrae,  extending  from  the  atlas  to  the 
bones  of  the  tail,  are  united  together,  they  form  a  canal 
— the  nural  canal — which  lodges  the  spinal  cord,  and  from 
which  the  spinal  nerves  originate,  to  be  subsequently 
distributed  to  various  organs  and  tissues  throughout  the 
body. 

The  spinal  cord  commences  at  the  base  of  the  brain  in 
a  structure  known  as  the  medulla  oblongata,  and  from 
the  latter  numerous  nerves  arise.  The  spinal  cord  is  an 
extremely  delicate  structure  composed  of  white  and  grey 
matter,  and  it  is  invested  by  three  membranes  correspond- 
ing to  those  covering  the  brain.    The  nural  canal,  in  which 


132  THE  HORSE 

it  is  lodged,  forms  a  very  protective  shelter  to  it ;  never- 
theless, in  spite  of  this  fact,  the  spinal  cord  is  occasionally 
implicated  in  disease. 

Reverting  to  the  structure  of  the  skeleton,  the  bones  of 
the  neck  are  followed  by  eighteen  dorsal  vertebrae,  each 
of  which  has  a  well-developed  spine  on  its  upper  surface,  to 
which  ligamentous  and  muscular  structures  are  attached. 
The  spines  are  longest  at  the  withers,  the  summit  of  which 
they  form.  Following  the  vertebrae  last  named  are  those 
of  the  loins,  called  the  lumbar  vertebrae,  of  which  there  are 
six  or  seven.  Succeeding  these  are  the  five  sacral  vertebrae, 
which  assist  in  forming  the  bond  of  union  between  the 
latter,  the  pelvis,  and  the  hind  limbs.  Following  the  sacral 
vertebrae  are  the  bones  of  the  tail  (coccygeal  vertebrae). 

The  whole  of  the  vertebrae  possess  limited  movement, 
and  the  spinal  column  is  a  fairly  flexible  rod,  but  this 
degree  of  flexibility  is  much  greater  in  some  horses  than 
in  others  owing  to  the  special  nature  of  the  work  required 
of  them.  The  ribs  number  eighteen  pairs,  eight  of  which 
are  regarded  as  true  ribs  and  the  remaining  ten  as  false. 
The  first-named  are  joined  on  to  corresponding  segments 
on  the  sternum  or  breast-bone.  The  last-named  forms 
the  floor  of  the  chest. 

Each  rib  possesses  a  certain  amount  of  elasticity, 
consequently  these  structures  are  able  to  resist,  without 
injury,  a  good  deal  of  external  violence,  though  of  course 
fracture  of  the  ribs  in  the  horse  is  not  in  the  least  un- 
common. The  ribs  form  the  lateral  boundaries  of  the 
chest  wall  and  part  of  the  roof  of  the  cavity,  being  assisted 
in  the  latter  by  the  bodies  of  the  dorsal  vertebras. 

The  fore  limbs  are  not  attached  to  the  skeleton  as  in 
the  case  of  the  hind  limbs,  being  m_erely  slung  on  to  the 
body  through  the  medium  of  muscular  tissue,  the  skin 
and  sub-cutaneous  tissue. 

The  hind  limbs  are  attached  to  the  spinal  column  by  the 
pelvic  girdle,  therefore  there  is  a  greater  degree  of  mobility 
in  the  fore  hmbs  of  a  horse  than  in  the  hind  ones,  no 


THE  CONSTRUCTION  OF  THE  HORSE     133 

matter  whether  the  movement  is  backward,  forward, 
outwards  or  inwards. 

Each  fore  Hmb  is  composed  of  the  following  bones  : 
the  scapula,  or  shoulder-blade  ;  the  humerus,  or  the  arm  ; 
the  radius  and  the  ulna,  or  the  forearm  ;  the  bones  of  the 
knee  or  the  wrist ;  the  large  cannon  bone ;  and  the  two 
splint  bones  behind  this.  Technically,  the  bones  last 
named  are  the  large  and  small  metacarpals.  These  are 
succeeded  by  the  sessamoids — two  small  bones  at  the 
lower  end  and  the  back  of  the  large  cannon  bone. 

We  now  come  to  the  long  pastern  bone,  the  short 
pastern,  and  the  coffin  or  pedal-bone.  Sometimes  these 
three  bones  are  spoken  of  as  the  first,  second,  and  third 
phalanges.  All  these  bones  articulate  with  one  another 
so  that  we  have  the  shoulder  joint ;  the  elbow  joint ; 
the  knee  joint  ;  the  fetlock  joint ;  the  pastern  joint ; 
and  the  coffin  or  pedal  joint ;  the  two  last-named  being 
enclosed  within  the  hoof. 

All  the  bones  in  the  fore  hmb  are  fairly  strong,  and  two 
at  least  of  them  occupy  a  very  sheltered  position  which 
materially  diminishes  their  risk  of  injury.  These  are  the 
shoulder-blade  and  the  arm,  though  of  course  neither  are 
exempt  from  fracture. 

Each  hind  limb  consists  of  the  femur,  or  first  thigh-bone; 
the  tibia  fibula,  or  second  thigh-bone.  The  fibula  is  a 
very  slender  rod  of  bone. 

The  second  thigh  is  succeeded  by  the  hock  joint, 
composed  of  the  os  calcis  (heel),  the  astragalus,  and 
several  other  small  bones.  From  the  hock  to  the  foot 
the  remainder  of  the  bones  bear  exactly  the  same  names 
and  occupy  corresponding  positions  to  those  bones  in 
the  fore  limb.  At  the  back  of  each  pedal-bone  there  is  a 
small  shuttle-shaped  bone — the  navicular. 

The  joints  in  the  hind  Hmb  are  as  follows  :  the  hip  ; 
the  stifle  ;  the  hock  ;  and  those  of  the  phalanges.  At 
the  stifle  there  is  the  pateUa,  or  bone  which  forms  the 
knee-cap. 


134  THE  HORSE 

Following  the  stifle  joint  is  the  hock,  and  this  is  like  the- 
knee  composed  of  a  number  of  small  joints  formed  between 
the  individual  bones  of  the  hock.  It  is  of  interest  to  note 
in  passing  that  the  point  of  the  hock  corresponds  to  the 
heel  in  man,  whilst  the  knee  is  comparable  to  the  wrist, 
and  the  stifle  to  the  knee. 

In  the  horse  the  metacarpal  bones  are  reduced  to 
three  (in  man  five),  and  are  represented  by  the  back  of 
the  hand.  The  hind  Hmbs,  as  previously  stated,  are 
united  to  the  skeleton  by  means  of  the  pelvic  girdle  or  in- 
nominate bone,  each  half  of  which  is  composed  of  three 
portions,  namely,  the  ilium,  the  ischium,  and  the  pubis. 
These  are  united  together  by  ossification  and  form  a 
sohd  bond  of  union  between  the  hind  limbs  and  the  trunk, 
the  articulation  being  formed  by  the  bones  of  the  sacrum. 

In  looking  at  the  skeleton  of  the  horse  (see  illustration), 
the  reader  will  notice  the  remarkable  position  which  some 
of  the  bones  occupy,  the  angles  they  form,  together  with 
the  extremely  rigid  nature  of  the  whole  structure.  All 
the  bones  forming  the  skeleton  present  various  rough- 
nesses, depressions,  prominences,  and  other  marks 
indicating  the  attachments  of  muscles,  Ugaments,  tendons, 
the  passage  of  nerves  and  blood-vessels,  and  the  coverings 
of  the  bones  themselves. 

The  joints  are  of  interest,  as  showing  the  various 
movements  that  they  are  capable  of  executing,  and  also 
the  surfaces  of  the  opposing  ends  of  the  bones  are  of 
additional  interest. 

Taking  the  fore  Hmb  and  commencing  at  the  shoulder 
joint  we  find  that  the  lower  end  of  the  shoulder-blade,  or 
scapula,  shows  a  cup-shaped  depression  or  concavity, 
whereas  the  upper  end  of  the  humerus,  or  arm,  presents 
a  large  convex  surface,  the  whole  joint  being  closed  by 
what  is  known  as  a  capsular  Hgament.  This  represents 
the  so-called  enerthrodial,  or  ball-and-socket  joint,  and 
it  is  obviously  one  which  allows  a  considerable  amount  of 
freedom  of  movement.    The  same  remark  is  applicable 


.  «  o  en  a    -^  ij   .  H 

~'    -       _;   5  3  I— '  "^ 
i-i   1)   #        bfr*'  kJ  e  ,: 

•  ;:;       -^ 

(U  ••-> -^  ^  •  •"  -^     . 


> 

S  4)     .1^ 
o>  "" 
Q 


<^  «      k2.       O  d  C 


'U  o'^  S_>  °  girt 


2--al^^ 


33        *^ 


1/5      1-         "^        TK 


."S   °         "   <U   u 

rt  u,  dJi    .  n  o  > 

.-5  ofL,  waotn  o 


136  THE  HORSE 

to  the  hip  joint,  which  is  also  a  ball-and-socket  joint,  but 
it  differs  from  the  shoulder  joint  in  one  remarkable 
respect,  namely,  that  there  is  a  short  round  ligament — 
(the  so-called  round  Hgament) — which  passes  between 
the  articular  head  of  the  first  thigh  bone  and  the  cavity 
into  which  it  fits  on  the  pelvis.  This  exercises  a  restrain- 
ing movement  by  preventing  abduction  of  the  limb. 
This  ligament  is  practically  absent  in  cattle,  hence  the 
reason  these  animals  are  able  to  kick  in  an  outward 
direction  as  well  as  backwards  and  forwards. 

The  shoulder  joint  of  the  horse,  as  previously  stated, 
allows  a  great  freedom  of  movement,  and  this  is  super- 
added to  by  the  manner  in  which  the  scapula  or  shoulder- 
blade  is  slung  on  to  the  side  of  the  chest  wall.  All  joints, 
in  addition  to  being  enclosed  by  a  capsular  ligament, 
have  the  ends  of  the  bone  covered  by  cartilage,  whilst 
the  capsular  ligament  is  lined  by  synobial  membrane, 
the  special  functions  of  which  are  to  secrete  synobia,  or 
what  is  popularly  known  as  joint-oil — an  albuminous 
fluid  allied  to  the  white  of  egg. 

From  what  we  have  already  said  the  reader  will  have 
learned  how  a  joint  is  formed.  Following  upon  the 
shoulder  joint  is  the  elbow  joint,  and  this  is  quite  different 
from  the  first  named.  To  begin  with  there  is  practically 
no  lateral  movement,  this  being  what  is  known  as  a  hinge 
joint,  and  is  formed  by  the  union  of  three  bones,  namely, 
the  lower  end  of  the  humerus,  the  upper  end  of  the 
radius,  and  the  articular  surface  of  the  ulna.  Extension 
is  the  principal  movement  of  this  joint. 

Succeeding  the  elbow  joint  we  come  to  the  so-called 
knee,  which  is  composed  of  a  number  of  small  bones,  each 
having  several  minute  articular  surfaces  or  facets  for 
articulation  amongst  themselves,  and  conferring  upon 
them  a  slight  gliding  movement.  In  reality  the  knee 
joint  is  a  complex  one.  Thus,  for  instance,  there  is  that 
formed  between  the  lower  end  of  the  radius  and  the 
upper  row  of  the  carpal  bones,  constituting  the  so-called 


THE  CONSTRUCTION  OF  THE  HORSE     137 

radio-carpal  articulation ;  then  that  between  the  in- 
dividual of  the  carpals — the  inter-carpal  articulation  ; 
and  lastly,  the  one  between  the  lower  row  of  the  carpal 
bones  and  the  upper  ends  .of  the  large  and  small  meta- 
carpal— carpo-metacarpal  articulation.  The  whole  of 
this  complicated  system  of  joints  is  completed  by  fibrous 
tissue,  capsular  ligaments,  and  the  sheaths  of  tendons, 
plus  the  skin  and  sub-cutaneous  tissue.  It  is  rather 
important  for  the  reader  to  know  this  because  he  will  be 
in  a  better  position  to  understand  the  degree  of  injury  to 
the  structures  of  the  knee  in  the  so-called  broken  knee,  or 
knees,  which  ranges  from  a  mere  superficial  abrasion  to 
actual  fracture  of  the  bones  of  the  knee. 

The  knee  is  capable  of  a  great  degree  of  flexion,  and 
attains  its  maximum  flexibility  in  the  hackney. 

The  fetlock  joint  is  the  next  one,  and  is  formed  by  the 
lower  end  of  the  large  canon  bone  by  the  sessamoids  and 
the  upper  end  of  the  first  phalanx,  or  long  pastern  bone. 
It  is  a  hinged  joint  and  allows  complete  flexion  and  a 
limited  amount  of  lateral  movement.  Like  the  knee 
joint  the  fetlock  should  always  be  capable  of  being  freely 
flexed  during  manipulation,  though  unfortunately  both 
these  joints  are  often  stiff  through  usage,  and  in  some 
instances  variable  degrees  of  anchylosis  or  stiffening 
exist.  This  naturally  diminishes  the  value  and  utility 
of  a  horse  irrespective  of  age  and  breed. 

The  remainder  of  the  joints  in  the  fore  Umb  are  of  the 
same  hinge-like  nature  as  that  of  the  fetlock,  modified  of 
course  in  accordance  with  the  special  functions  they  have 
to  perform. 

Passing  to  the  hind  hmb  we  may  say  that  the  stifle 
joint  possesses  an  extreme  degree  of  mobility  and  is  a 
complex  joint,  there  being  in  reality  several  joints  here. 
First  of  all  there  is  one  between  the  lower  end  of  the 
femur  or  first  thigh  and  the  upper  end  of  the  tibia,  or 
second  thigh  (femoro-tibial  articulation),  and  secondly 
between  the  patella  and  front  of  the  lower  end  of  the 


138  THE  HORSE 

femur  (femoro-patellar  articulation).  To  limit  the  degree 
of  concussion  in  this  region  discs  of  cartilage  are  inter- 
posed between  the  opposing  articular  surfaces,  the  whole 
being  enclosed  and  supported  by  capsular  and  straight 
ligaments. 

The  stifle  joint  is  frequently  the  seat  of  various  injuries, 
the  principal  one  being  slipped  stifle  (dislocation  patella), 
and  this  is  commonly  met  with  in  foals  and  colts,  but 
also  in  adult  animals,  both  horses  and  mules,  more 
especially  those  in  poor  condition. 

The  hock  joint — corresponding  to  the  ankle  in  man — 
is  like  that  of  the  knee,  composed  of  a  number  of  joints 
formed  betw^een  the  lower  end  of  the  tibia  and  the  large 
and  small  bones  of  the  hock,  as  well  as  the  upper  ends  of 
the  large  and  small  metatarsals ;  but  the  principal  articula- 
tion is  that  between  the  lower  end  of  the  tibia  and  the 
astragalus,  or  screw-bone  of  the  hock.  This  is  called  the 
true  hock  joint,  and  it  allows  a  great  degree  of  flexion, 
and  the  greater  this  degree,  the  better  the  hock  action. 
The  rest  of  the  joints  correspond  to  those  in  the  fore  limb. 

The  Muscular  System 

The  muscular  system  of  the  horse  is  a  well  developed 
one,  and  comprises  the  whole  mass  of  muscle  or  flesh 
attached  to  the  skeleton  upon  which  it  is  moulded. 
Muscular  tissue  is  divisible  into  two  varieties,  namely, 
the  striped  or  voluntary  muscle,  and  the  plain  or  in- 
voluntary ;  whilst  a  third  variety  forms  the  whole 
substance  of  the  heart,  and  is  known  as  cardiac  muscle, 
in  which  the  fibres  are  disposed  in  a  special  manner. 

The  whole  of  the  muscles  on  the  skeleton  are  of  the 
striped  variety,  whilst  plain  muscle  is  found  in  the  walls 
of  the  stomach,  intestines,  etc.  All  the  muscles  of  the 
skeleton  have  what  is  known  as  an  origin  and  an  insertion, 
and  those  of  the  limbs,  particularly  below  the  knee  and 
the  hock,  have  long  tendinous  attachments,  both  to  the 


THE  CONSTRUCTION  OF  THE  HORSE     139 

front  and  back  of  the  limb  forming  the  flexor  and  extensor 
tendons.  It  is  of  some  importance  to  note  that  there  is  an 
absence  of  flesh  or  muscle  below  the  knee  or  hock,  hence 
it  follows  why  wounds  and  other  injuries  are  usually  so 
slow  in  healing. 

The  muscles  of  the  neck,  back,  loins,  and  quarters  are 
long  and  well  developed,  whilst  those  in  the  limbs  have 
their  tendinous  prolongations  gliding  through  lubricating 
sheaths  at  the  joints,  either  at  the  front  or  the  back  of 
the  limbs.  Each  muscle  has  its  own  particular  functions 
to  fulfil,  and  it  may  either  act  in  consort  with  other 
muscles  or  in  opposition  to  such  in  fulfilling  its  functions. 

All  the  muscles  are  richly  supplied  with  pure  blood  by 
the  arteries  and  by  veins  for  carrying  away  the  impure 
blood.  Their  power  of  movement  is  regulated  by  their 
nerve  supply. 

The  more  highly  developed  the  muscular  system,  the 
more  speciaUsed  the  functions  in  this  particular  area. 

Internal  Structure  of  a  Horse 

The  nervous  system  comprises  the  brain  and  spinal 
cord,  and  the  nerves  issuing  to  and  from  these  structures. 
The  brain  is  lodged  within  the  cranial  cavity,  and  it 
occupies  a  very  sheltered  position,  but  in  spite  of  the 
protection  thus  afforded  it,  it  is  hable  to  injury,  to  disease, 
and  to  participate  in  functional  derangement.  It  is 
composed  of  a  right  and  left  hemisphere,  the  whole  con- 
stituting the  cerebrum,  whilst  there  is  a  smaller  portion 
of  the  brain  known  as  the  cerebellum,  beneath  which  lies 
the  medulla  oblongata  and  the  pons  varolii,  both  of 
which  look  like  expanded  portions  of  the  spinal  cord  and 
with  which  they  are  in  direct  continuity.  From  the  base 
of  the  brain  twelve  pairs  of  nerves  arise,  such  as  the  nerves 
of  smeU,  sight,  taste,  and  so  forth 

The  brain  has  three  protective  coverings,  the  outermost 
of  which  is  thick  and  fibrous.  The  blood  supply  to  the 
brain  is  of  a  very  complex  nature. 


140  THE  HORSE 

The  substance  of  the  brain  consists  of  white  and  grey 
matter,  the  grey  matter  being  disposed  externally, 
whereas  the  reverse  is  applicable  to  the  spinal  cord,  in 
which  the  grey  matter  is  placed  internally.  'Like  the  brain, 
the  cord  has  three  coverings. 

Highly  specialised  nerve  cells  enter  largely  into  the 
formation  of  the  structure  of  the  brain  and  the  spinal 
cord.  Twenty-two  pairs  of  nerves  arise  from  the  cord, 
conveying  afferent  and  efferent  impulses  to  and  from  it. 

The  Respiratory  System 

In  a  horse  the  respiratory  system  (or  respiratory  organs) 
is  well  developed,  and  comprises  the  nasal  cavity,  the  air 
sinuses,  the  larynx,  the  trachea,  and  the  lungs,  plus  the 
bronchial  tubes.  The  nostrils  are  fairly  wide  and  divisible 
into  two  portions,  one  being  known  as  the  false  nostril, 
and  one  as  the  true.  The  nasal  passage  is  divisible  into 
right  and  left  portions,  the  partition  between  the  two 
being  composed  of  a  plate  of  cartilage  known  as  the 
septum  nasi,  and  this,  like  the  remainder  of  the  passage 
as  well  as  the  air  sinuses,  is  covered  by  mucous  membrane, 
which  in  health  is  of  a  bright  pink  colour. 

The  air  sinuses  are  compartments  formed  within  the 
skull,  and  contain  a  reserve  supply  of  air.  They  are  in 
communication  with  one  another  and  with  the  nasal 
passage,  and  in  addition  confer  a  degree  of  lightness  on 
the  head. 

The  horse,  being  an  animal  required  for  swift  pro- 
gression, renders  it  necessary  that  the  foregoing  features 
should  be  present.  The  sinuses  are  divided  into  the 
superior  maxillary,  the  inferior  maxillary,  the  frontal, 
and  the  sphenoidal,  the  last  named  being  the  smallest  of 
the  four.  The  sinuses  are  not  uncommonly  implicated  in 
various  diseases. 

The  larynx  forms  the  entrance  to  the  trachea  or  great 
air  tube,  and  it  is  particularly  well  developed  in  the 
horse.    It  is  composed  of  cartilage,  muscles,  and  inter- 


THE  CONSTRUCTION  OF  THE  HORSE     141 

vening  connective  tissue.  It  is  commonly  the  seat  of 
disease,  particularly  in  *'  roaring/'  The  trachea  is 
composed  of  a  number  of  cartilaginous  rings  united 
together  to  form  a  single  tube,  which,  as  it  enters  the 
chest,  bifurcates  into  the  right  and  left  bronchial  tubes, 
each  of  which  passes  to  the  lungs,  again  divides  and  sub- 
divides until,  finally,  its  ramifications,  plus  blood-vessels, 
fibrous  tissue,  etc.,  form  the  lungs. 

The  trachea  in  the  horse  is  close  to  the  surface  of  the 
skin  throughout  a  considerable  portion  of  its  course, 
consequently  access  to  its  interior,  in  other  words, 
tracheotomy,  is  an  operation  comparatively  easy  to 
perform. 

The  lungs  are  large  and  occupy  the  bulk  of  the  cavity 
of  the  chest ;  the  heart  and  the  great  vessels  are  suspended 
between  the  two.  Each  lung  is  covered  by  a  delicate 
glistening  membrane  known  as  the  pleural  membrane, 
and  this  is  also  reflected  over  the  inner  side  of  the  ribs  to 
form  the  costal  pleura  in  contradistinction  to  that  cover- 
ing the  lungs,  the  pulmonary  pleura.  This  serous  mem- 
brane is  also  reflected  over  the  heart,  forming  the  peri- 
cardium in  which  the  heart  is  enclosed. 

The  lungs  have  a  very  rich  blood  supply,  and  the  three 
principal  vessels  are  the  pulmonary  artery,  the  pulmonary 
vein,  and  the  bronchial  artery.  Unlike  other  vessels  in 
the  body  the  pulmonary  artery  carries  impure  blood, 
and  the  pulm.onary  vein  arterial  blood,  but  the  nutrient 
aitery  of  the  lung  is  the  bronchial.  These  features, 
however,  are  of  merely  passing  interest  to  the  reader  of 
this  book. 

During  the  act  of  inspiration  pure  air  is  admitted  into 
the  lungs  by  the  trachea,  and  it  passes  into  the  pulmonary 
alveoli  which  are  encircled  by  the  capillaries,  containing 
impure  blood,  for  oxidation  during  the  act  of  inspiration. 
The  expiratory  effort  comprises  the  discharge  of  carbon 
dioxide  from  the  lungs  after  purification  of  the  blood  in 
these  structures. 


142  THE  HORSE 

The  lungs  are  suspended  in  the  chest  through  the 
medium  of  blood-vessels  and  connective  tissue.  Like 
other  structures  they  are  commonly  liable  to  disease. 

The  cavity  of  the  chest  is  separated  from  that  of  the 
belly  by  a  single  muscle  known  as  the  midriff,  or  the 
diaphragm,  through  which  there  are  several  openings  for 
the  passage  of  blood-vessels,  the  gullet,  etc. 

The  diaphragm  is  the  chief  muscle  of  inspiration. 

As  previously  stated  the  heart  is  enclosed  in  a  sac — the 
pericardium.  It  is  a  hollow  muscular  organ  with  a  right 
and  a  left  compartment  below,  namely,  the  ventricles, 
and  a  right  and  a  left  compartment  above,  the  auricles, 
the  divisions  between  being  formed  of  muscle  in  each  case, 
but  the  right  ventricle  is  separated  from  the  right  auricle 
by  a  valve,  a  remark  which  applies  also  to  the  left  auricle 
and  ventricle.  These  valves  are  of  extremely  delicate 
construction  and  their  integrity  is  absolutely  indispensable 
for  the  maintenance  of  perfect  health.  Unfortunately, 
however,  they  are  often  the  seat  of  disease,  more  especi- 
ally in  that  disastrous  trouble  chronic  rheumatism. 

Impairment  of  the  valves  leads  to  their  inefficiency, 
and  the  result  is  that  the  circulation  of  the  blood  becomes 
interfered  with.  As  stated  elsewhere  in  this  chapter  the 
heart  is  composed  of  a  special  kind  of  muscle  which 
confers  upon  it  its  powers  of  contraction  and  expansion 
for  the  distribution  of  blood  throughout  the  body  and 
its  subsequent  return  to  the  heart  after  having  been 
purified  in  the  lungs. 

The  animal  body  has  two  circulations,  namely,  the 
pulmonary,  or  lesser,  which  is  confined  to  the  right  side 
of  the  body,  and  a  left,  or  systemic  one,  for  the  general 
supply  of  the  whole  body.  In  order  to  facilitate  this 
distribution  of  blood  throughout  the  body  the  left  side 
of  the  heart  is  a  great  deal  thicker  than  the  right,  hence 
its  power  of  contractihty  is  much  greater  than  that  of 
the  right. 


THE  CONSTRUCTION  OF  THE  HORSE     143 

The  Digestive  System 

The  digestive  system,  plus  the  accessory  organs, 
comprises  the  tongue,  the  teeth,  the  sahvary  glands,  the 
pharynx,  the  oesophagus,  or  gullet,  the  stomach,  the 
small  and  the  large  intestines,  the  liver,  and  the  pancreas. 
For  a  description  of  the  teeth  the  reader  is  referred  to 
the  chapter  dealing  with  these  structures,  namely,  "  The 
Age  of  the  Horse." 

The  tongue  is  a  muscular  structure  covered  by  mucous 
membrane  and  numerous  papillae.  Its  functions  are  to 
assist  in  maintaining  food  in' the  mouth,  to  ensure  its 
thorough  ensalivation,  and  to  hand  it  to  the  back  part 
of  the  mouth,  that  is  into  the  pharynx,  from  which  it 
subsequently  passes  along  the  oesophagus  directly  into 
the  stomach.  The  tongue  of  the  horse  is  relatively  large, 
and  is  maintained  in  its  position  on  the  floor  of  the  mouth 
through  the  medium  of  the  hyoid  bone  and  connective 
tissue. 

The  salivary  glands  are  placed  beneath  the  tongue,  and 
also  immediately  behind  the  jaw.  Their  function  is  to 
secrete  a  fluid — the  saliva — which,  as  it  intermingles  with 
the  food,  converts,  through  the  medium  of  a  ferment, 
the  insoluble  starch  into  sugar.  Digestion  really  begins 
in  the  mouth. 

The  oesophagus,  or  gullet,  passes  down  the  neck 
immediately  behind  or  at  the  side  of  the  trachea,  and  after 
entering  in  the  diaphragm  is  continued  into  the  stomach 
to  form  the  cardiac  end  of  the  latter.  Only  one  half  of 
the  stomach  of  the  horse  is  functional  as  far  as  digestion 
is  concerned,  owing  to  the  fact  that  the  lining  of  the  gullet 
is  continued  as  part  of  the  lining  of  the  stomach,  forming 
the  cuticular  portion  of  the  last  named. 

The  stomach  of  the  horse  is  comparatively  small,  only 
having  a  capacity  of  three  or  four  gallons.  It  possesses 
many  features  of  anatomical  interest  to  which  it  is  not 
necessary  to  allude.    Its  position  in  the  abdominal  cavity 


144  THE  HORSE 

may  bear  some  relation  to  the  fact  that  vomission  but 
rarely  occurs  in  the  horse. 

The  spleen  is  attached  to  the  stomach  externally  by  a 
ligament. 

Digestion,  to  a  large  extent,  takes  place  in  the  stomach, 
but  to  a  greater  extent  in  the  small  intestines. 

The  total  extent  of  the  intestines  in  a  horse  is  about 
120  ft.,  70  of  which  is  comprised  in  the  small  intestine. 
These  extend  from  the  outlet  of  the  stomach  to  the 
caecum.  The  large  intestine  is  divisible  into  the  double 
colon,  the  single  colon,  and  the  caecum,  the  latter  being  a 
blind  portion  of  the  intestine.  The  double  colon  has  a 
capacity  of  about  twenty  or  thirty  gallons,  and  its  length 
is  about  twenty  feet,  therefore  in  order  that  the  abdominal 
cavity  may  accommodate  this  huge  structure  the  double 
colon  is  flexed  or  bent  over  upon  itself. 

The  intestines,  like  the  stomach,  are  composed  of  three 
coats,  namely,  an  outer,  or  serous  ;  a  middle,  or  muscular  ; 
and  an  inner,  or  mucous.  The  digestive  and  mucous 
glands  are  situated  in  the  latter. 

All  the  digestive  organs  have  a  rich  blood  supply, 
nerve  supply,  and  in  addition  absorbent  or  lymphatic 
glands. 

The  liver  is  large  and  situated  on  the  right  side  of  the 
body  on  a  level  with  the  last  three  or  four  ribs.  Like  the 
rest  of  the  abdominal  viscera  it  has  a  capsular  invest- 
ment or  serous  covering,  together  with  ligamentous 
attachments  which  maintain  it  in  position  in  the  cavity. 
It  is  composed  of  liver  cells,  connective  tissue,  blood- 
vessels, and  bile  ducts.  The  bile  ducts  open  into  the 
duodenum,  which  is  comprised  in  the  first  two  feet  of  the 
small  intestine.  The  liver  acts  as  a  store-house  for  starch 
and  for  the  manufacture  of  bile,  the  functions  of  the  latter 
being  indispensable  in  assisting  and  completing  the  various 
digestive  processes. 

The  pancreas,  popularly  known  as  the  sweetbread,  is  a 
secreting  gland  for  the  manufacture  of  the  pancreatic 


THE  CONSTRUCTION  OF  THE  HORSE     145 

fluid — a  fluid  intimately  associated  with  digestion.    The 
duct  of  this  gland  opens  into  the  beginning  of  the  small 
intestine  and  conveys  the  fluid  secreted  into  the  latter. 
This  completes  the  description  of  the  digestive  organs. 

The  Urinary  and  Generative  Organs 

The  urinary  apparatus  comprises  the  right  and  left 
kidneys  plus  their  capsular  coverings,  the  ureters  or  tubes 
conveying  the  urine  from  the  kidneys  to  the  bladder,  the 
latter  being  a  reservoir  for  the  temporary  storage  of  the 
urine,  from  which  organ  the  urethra  conveys  the  fluid 
outside  the  body.  In  the  mare  the  urethra  is  short  and 
straight,  but  much  longer  in  the  male.  The  kidneys  are 
situated  beneath  the  loins,  and  their  functions  are  to 
separate  the  waste  products  of  the  blood  and  excrete  it  as 
urine.  The  whole  of  the  urinary  apparatus  occupies  a 
very  sheltered  position  in  the  anatomy,  but  in  spite  of 
this  portions  of  it  are  sometimes  implicated  in  injuries  to 
the  loins,  pelvis,  etc.,  whilst  those  organs  are  also,  and 
not  uncommonly,  affected  by  diseases. 

The  generative  organs  in  the  female  comprise  the 
mammary  gland,  the  external  generative  organ,  the 
fallopian  tubes,  and  ovaries.  The  male  organs  consist  of 
the  testicles  and  the  spermatic  cord,  along  with  the  ex- 
ternal generative  organ.  Like  a  portion  of  the  urinary 
apparatus,  part  of  the  generative  organs  are  contained 
in  the  pelvic  cavity,  i.e.  the  area  within  the  pelvis. 
Diseases  and  injuries  commonly  affect  both  these  systems, 
and  always  demand  professional  skill  in  dealing  with  them. 


CHAPTER  XVI 

Specific  Infective  Diseases 

The  horse  is  liable  to  suffer  from  quite  a  number  of 
specific  diseases,  that  is,  diseases  due  to  micro-organisms 
or  germs.  These  organisms  are  of  an  extremely  minute 
size  and  require  high  powers  of  the  microscope  for  their 
demonstration.  Some  of  these  organisms  are  capable 
of  perpetuation  outside  the  body  by  means  of  spores, 
and  may  continue  their  lives  for  a  prolonged  period. 
Nearly  the  whole  of  the  specific  diseases  afiecting  the 
horse  have  been,  during  the  last  half-century,  scientifi- 
cally investigated  and  found  to  be  due  to  the  presence  of 
micro-organisms  or  bacteria.  The  older  observers  had 
not  the  facility  or  requisite  appliances  for  the  proper 
investigation  of  the  maladies  now  under  consideration. 
The  microscope  has  been  the  medium  for  the  solution  of 
some  of  the  most  complex  problems  in  connection  with 
pathological  and  bacteriological  results.  Many  hitherto 
undiscovered  causes  of  disease  have  been  satisfactorily 
revealed.  Moreover,  microscopical  research  has  resulted 
in  the  production  of  serums  and  vaccines,  agents  which 
are  used  both  for  the  prevention  and  cure  of  disease,  and 
their  value  in  some  cases  is  indisputable.  These  diseases 
are  communicable  from  one  horse  to  another  by  direct 
or  indirect  means  ;  likewise  some  of  them  are  transferable 
to  man,  and  in  him  may  take  a  short  and  fatal  course,  as, 
for  example,  glanders  and  anthrax.  The  specific  infective 
diseases  are  nearly  all  notifiable,  that  is,  if  their  existence 
is  suspected  on  any  premises  the  matter  must  be  reported 
to  the  local  authority  of  the  district,  which  in  some  cases, 

146 


SPECIFIC  INFECTIVE  DISEASES  147 

in  rural  districts,  is  the  police-inspector.  In  a  small  work 
of  this  kind  all  the  writer  can  do  is  to  indicate  a  few  of 
the  principal  features  of  some  of  the  diseases,  and  if  the 
reader  wishes  for  other  information  upon  the  subject  he 
must  consult  some  larger  manual  relating  to  this  matter. 


Catarrh 

This  is  one  of  the  commonest  diseases  affecting  the 
horse,  and  it  is  prevalent  during  all  seasons  of  the  year, 
but  more  so  during  the  spring  and  the  autumn.  Although 
catarrh  is  a  comparatively  mild  complaint  its  existence 
should  never  be  overlooked  amongst  a  stud  of  horses, 
because  an  animal  that  is  affected  should,  for  the  time 
being,  be  kept  from  work.  During  the  recent  Great  War 
this  affection  was  very  prevalent  amongst  the  horses, 
and  it  was  responsible  for  the  inefficiency  of  a  large 
percentage  of  animals,  both  at  home  and  abroad.  More- 
over, there  is  a  predisposition  for  catarrhal  symptoms 
to  develop  into  a  much  more  serious  trouble,  viz.  pneu- 
monia ;  hence  the  advisability  in  all  cases  of  catarrh, 
amongst  a  small  stud  of  horses,  to  take  the  temperature 
of  each  affected  animal  daily.  The  clinical  thermometer 
is  an  invaluable  instrument  for  this  purpose.  In  all 
ordinary  cases  of  catarrh  the  temperature  seldom  exceeds 
104°,  in  fact,  it  is  usually  below  103°  Fahr.,  the  normal 
temperature  of  a  horse  being  100°,  or  at  any  rate  not 
more  than  101°.  Any  rise  of  temperature  beyond  103° 
should  be  looked  upon  with  suspicion  and  the  tempera- 
ture taken,  not  once,  but  twice  a  day,  morning  and 
evening.  It  is  wonderful  how  rapidly  catarrh  will  extend 
throughout  a  stud  of  horses,  and  how  very  persistent  it 
is  whenever  it  appears  in  any  particular  district.  There 
is  a  disease  known  as  strangles,  and  this  is  usually  accom- 
panied by  a  catarrhal  discharge  from  the  nostrils,  conse- 
quently the  owner  may  think  that  the  animal  has  got  an 
ordinary  attack  of  catarrh,  whereas  in  reality  it  is  the 


148  THE  HORSE 

trouble  formerly  named.  Certain  other  diseases  are  also 
accompanied  by  catarrh,  though  very  often  the  discharge 
is  of  a  chronic  nature — chronic  catarrh.  When  a  horse 
has  catarrh  it  is  seldom  that  it  produces  much  constitu- 
tional disturbance,  but  sometimes  the  affected  animal 
goes  off  its  food  for  a  day  or  two.  The  leading  symptom 
in  this  trouble  is  a  catarrhal  discharge  from  one  or  both 
nostrils,  along  with  increased  redness  of  the  mucous 
membrane  lining  the  nose  and  eyes.  The  discharge  is  at 
first  thin  and  w^atery,  but  later  on  becomes  purulent  and 
adheres  around  the  margins  of  the  nostrils,  therefore  it  is 
quite  an  easy  matter  to  detect  the  existence  of  this 
trouble,  unless  the  nostrils  have  been  previously  sponged, 
but  immediately  prior  to  inspection.  The  heightened 
colour  of  the  nasal  mucous  membrane  should  arouse 
suspicion  as  to  the  probability  of  this  disease  developing. 
The  channels  through  which  this  disease  are  spread  are 
not  very  clearly  understood,  but  the  chances  are  in 
favour  of  its  perpetuation  through  the  medium  of  the 
nasal  discharge,  as  directly  and  indirectly,  and  another 
possible  source  of  infection  is  the  atmosphere  in  which 
an  infected  animal  resides.  The  channel  of  infection  is 
the  respiratory  tract.  The  sources  of  infection,  in  addition 
to  the  hving  animal,  are  the  hands  and  clothing  of  atten- 
dants, mangers,  stall  posts,  private  and  public  drinking 
troughs,  forage,  litter,  clothing,  saddlery,  etc.  Doubtless 
some  horses  contract  the  disease  in  railway  trucks,  in 
which  previously  infected  animals  have  travelled.  The 
public  water  trough  may  act  as  a  source  of  contagion,  as 
it  is  not  unlikely  that  street  troughs  are  frequently 
infected.  Horses  which  are  picketed  together  may 
easily  spread  the  disease  from  one  to  another  by  direct 
contact  of  the  nasal  discharge,  or  through  the  medium 
of  lines  and  ropes.  The  general  idea  concerning  catarrh, 
more  especially  amongst  the  uneducated,  is  that  it  is 
produced  by  cold  or  sudden  changes  of  temperature,  but 
this  is  in  all  probability  quite  an  erroneous  view.    The 


SPECIFIC  INFECTIVE  DISEASES  149 

only  treatment  necessary  is  to  throw  the  animal  off  work 
and  allow  a  small  dose  of  Epsom  salts  in  the  drinking 
water,  night  and  morning.  If  applicable,  clothe  the  body 
and  bandage  the  Hmbs.  Unless  the  weather  is  too  cold, 
all  cases  of  catarrh  should  be  kept  in  the  open,  as  experience 
proves,  when  horses  have  this  trouble,  they  get  better 
much  more  rapidly  in  the  open  air,  and  are  seldom 
troubled  with  a  cough,  which  is  certainly  not  the  case 
when  kept  in  an  overheated  sta,ble,  m^ore  especially  if  the 
latter  is  none  too  sanitary.  Two  or  three  weeks'  rest  is 
usually  sufficient  time  for  recovery  to  take  place,  but 
exceptions  to  this  laile  are  not  at  all  uncommon.  Benefit 
does,  unquestionably,  follov/  fumigation  of  the  nasal 
passage  with  medicated  steam.  A  little  turpentine  added 
to  boiling  water  and  poured  over  sawdust  contained  in  a 
close-fitting  bag,  suspended  to  the  head,  will  be  found 
beneficial.  These  inhalations  can  be  repeated  night  and 
morning. 

Strangles 

There  is  a  disease  affecting  the  horse  which  is  character- 
ised by  swePiing  below  and  between  the  jaws,  usually 
accompanied  by  a  nasal  discharge.  This  swelling  may  be 
sufficiently  extensive  to  press  upon  the  upper  part  of  the 
windpipe  and  impede  respiration.  The  disease  is,  there- 
fore, spoken  of  as  strangles.  It  affects  horses  of  all  ages 
and  of  any  breed,  but  it  is  one  of  those  troubles  which 
are  more  prone  to  attack  the  young  than  the  fully  matured 
animal.  Some  cases  of  strangles  are  of  an  exceedingly 
mild  nature,  others  quite  the  reverse,  more  especially 
when  the  disease  appears  in  connection  with  vital  organs, 
such  as  the  brain,  the  heart-sac,  and  structures  in  con- 
tiguity to  the  intestines.  Under  these  circumstances  the 
disease  is  spoken  of  as  "  irregular "  or  "  bastard " 
strangles,  the  latter  a  vulgarism  which  is  well  understood. 
Like  catarrh,  strangles  was  extremely  prevalent  amongst 
the  horses  in  the  British  Army,  and  had  it  not  been  for 


150  THE  HORSE 

isolation,  or  segregation,  there  is  no  doubt  that  this 
malady  would  have  given  much  more  trouble  than  it  did. 
The  organisms,  or  germ,  of  strangles  have  been  cultivated 
outside  the  body  of  the  animal,  and  the  cultures  thus 
obtained,  when  injected  into  the  body  of  an  animal,  have 
reproduced  the  disease.  Horses  coming  from  dealers' 
stables,  markets,  and  fairs,  particularly  young  animals, 
seem  to  be  very  prone  to  the  development  of  this  trouble. 
Strangles  is  characterised  by  a  preliminary  malaise,  to 
which  the  expression  "  breeding  strangles  "  is  apphed. 
It  is  the  horseman's  vernacular  for  expressing  the  "  dor- 
mant "  or  "  incubative  "  period  of  this  disease.  Follow- 
ing this  prehminary  indisposition  a  swelhng  can  be  felt  or 
seen  and  felt  beneath  and  at  the  side  of  the  jaw.  It  is 
somewhat  tender  and  painful,  though  these  features  are 
not  uncommonly  absent.  The  swelhng  increases  from 
day  to  day,  until  the  intermaxillary  space  is  considerable. 
This  is  the  formative  stage  of  the  abscess,  and  as  the  skin 
becomes  tenser  every  day,  it  finally  softens  at  one  point 
and  then  breaks.  To  save  time  the  veterinary  surgeon 
usually  lances  the  abscess  and  keeps  the  wound  open 
for  several  days  in  order  to  encourage  free  suppuration. 
Sometimes  the  abscess  forms  at  the  back  of  the  jaw,  just 
below  the  ear.  When  this  is  the  case  the  animal  suffers 
a  great  deal  more,  and  the  course  of  the  disease  is  more 
prolonged.  Several  abscesses  sometimes  form  ;  in  fact, 
the  writer  has  seen  them  extending  down  the  neck,  ^ 
following  the  course  of  the  windpipe.  Fever  may  or  may 
not  be  present.  Sometimes  the  breathing  is  seriously 
disturbed  ;  in  fact,  so  much  so  as  to  necessitate  the  wind- 
pipe being  cut  open  and  a  tube  inserted  (tracheotomy). 
Recovery  usually  occurs  within  a  month,  provided  that 
all  goes  well.  Very  little  treatment  is  necessary  beyond 
that  of  clipping  the  hair  off  the  seat  of  the  swelling  and 
rubbing  in  a  Httle  blistering  ointment,  but  it  will  be 
found  that  the  best  advice  we  can  give  is  to  call  in  a 
quahfied  veterinary  surgeon  and  leave  the  case  entirely 


SPECIFIC  INFECTIVE  DISEASES  151 

in  his  hands.  The  food  in  both  strangles  and  catarrh 
should  consist  of  scalded  oats,  bran  and  hnseed,  scalded 
hay  and  green  food,  when  such  can  be  obtained. 


Influenza 

A  large  percentage  of  cases  which  it  has  been  customary 
to  speak  of  as  influenza  are  nothing   but    catarrh   or 
strangles.    It  would,  however,  be  injudicious  to  speak  of 
typical  cases  of  influenza  as  belonging  to  either  of  the 
foregoing  diseases.     Influenza  is  one  of  those  troubles 
which  are  often  present  in  horses  coming  from  dealers, 
and,  like  catarrh  and  strangles,  it  follows  the  lines  of 
traffic.    It  is  customary  to  speak  of  the  malady  as  being 
a  specific  infective  disease,  accompanied  by  a  consider- 
able degree  of  prostration,  loss  of  appetite,  catarrh,  and 
a    harsh    and    persistent    cough,    rendering    swallowing 
difficult.     The  internal  temperature  ranges  up  to  107° 
Fahr.,  and  it  is  quite  common  to  find  horses  with  a 
temperature  of  105°  and  ig6°.    At  first  the  nasal  mucous 
membrane  is  heightened  in  colour  and  its  surface  dry, 
but  this  is  soon  followed  by  moisture,  and  later  on  by  a 
purulent  discharge  from  the  nose.     Influenza  assumes 
various  forms,  such  as  the  respiratory,  the  hepatic,  the 
intestinal,    and   the   cerebral,    all   of   which   symptoms 
merely  represent  the  predominating  cHnical  features  of 
the   disease.     The   pneumonic   form   accounts   for   the 
greatest  number  of  deaths,  whilst  the  ordinary  respiratory 
one  is  indistinguishable  from  catarrh.    The  supervention 
of  pneumonia  is  indicated  by  a  rise  of  the  bodily  tempera- 
ture, increased  respirations  ;   in  short,  the  animal  begins 
to  "  blow  hard,"  and  the  nostrils  are  dilated,  becoming 
more  and  more  so  as  the  disease  in  the  lungs  advances. 
The  pulse  is  greatly  increased  in  number,  sixty  to  seventy 
per  minute,  whilst  if  pleurisy  is  an  accompaniment  the 
animal  has  a  short  suppressed  cough  and  very  often 
grunts  when  it  moves.     All  horses  when  they  have  got 


152  THE  HORSE 

lung  trouble  persistently  stand  in  one  position,  and  that 
position  is  where  they  can  take  most  advantage  of  the 
fresh  air,  which  is  usually  near  to  the  door  or  window. 
This  fact  should  never  be  lost  sight  of  in  the  treatment 
of  lung  complaints  ;  in  fact,  fresh  air  is  one  half  the 
battle  in  deahng  with  lung  trouble.  Experience  proves 
that  horses  should  be  kept  out  in  the  open  air  as  much  as 
possible,  provided  that  the  animal  can  be  kept  dry. 
The  open  air  treatment  of  pneumonia  cannot  be  too 
strongly  insisted  upon  ;  in  fact,  all  respiratory  complaints 
should  be  dealt  with  after  the  fashion  indicated.  There 
is  a  trite  saying,  '*  Give  him  air  and  he'll  straight  be  well." 
In  disease,  more  particularly  that  in  connection  with  the 
lungs,  pure  air  represents  food,  and  it  will  do  more  good 
than  all  the  medicine  in  the  world.  In  nine  cases  out  of 
ten  pleurisy  accompanies  pneumonia,  which  is  not  to  be 
wondered  at,  considering  that  this  serous  membrane 
invests  the  lung  structures,  being  reflected  over  the  lungs 
as  well  as  lining  the  cavity  of  the  chest.  In  the  bilious 
form  the  predominant  symptom  is  yellowness  of  the  skin 
and  visible  mucous  membranes.  For  instance,  the  lining 
of  the  eyelids  is  yellow,  the  nasal  passage  has  a  yellowish " 
tint,  the  cheeks  are  yellow  on  their  inner  side,  the  mouth 
is  dry  and  the  tongue  yellow,  the  white  portion  of  the 
eyes  is  yellow,  whilst  the  pulse  is  full  and  slow,  the 
temperature  elevated  two  or  three  degrees,  and  the 
animal  is  torpid,  with  httle  or  no  desire  for  food.  Some- 
times this  trouble  is  spoken  of  as  bilious  fever,  and  is 
due  to  the  bile  pigm^ents  entering  the  circulation.  These 
bilious  S3miptoms  sometimes  persist  for  several  weeks 
before  they  show  any  signs  of  abatement.  The  urine  is 
of  a  deep  yellow  colour.  In  the  intestinal  form  of  influenza 
the  animal  is  restless,  indicating  that  there  is  a  certain 
amount  of  abdominal  pain  or  colicky  disturbance.  The 
stomach  and  the  intestines  are  very  often  implicated  in 
the  bilious  form  previously  alluded  to.  When  the  brain 
and  spinal  cord  are  participating  in  the  disease  now 


SPECIFIC  INFECTIVE  DISEASES  153 

under  consideration  the  variety  of  nervous  symptoms 
become  either  partly  or  completely  established.  In- 
fluenza as  it  appears  in  the  civilian  stables  is  a  much- 
dreaded  disease,  as  the  horse  master  knows  that  it  is 
extremely  liable  to  extend  throughout  the  stud,  rendering 
them  for  the  time  being  more  or  less  ineffective.  Another 
modification  of  influenza  is  found  in  a  Canadian  horse 
disease  known  as  "  pink-eye,"  or  '*  epizootic  "  cellulitis — 
a  disease  characterised  by  an  oedematous  or  swollen  con- 
dition of  the  mucous  membrane  Hning  the  eyehd,  resulting 
in  the  eyes  being  partially  or  completely  closed.  Periodi- 
cal invasions  of  this  disease  make  their  appearance  in 
Great  Britain,  and  it  is  a  very  undesirable  complaint  to 
have  amongst  horses,  because  for  some  reason  unknown 
there  is  habihty  to  sudden  death  of  the  patient,  and  the 
percentage  of  deaths  is  higher  in  this  trouble  than  in 
ordinary  influenza.  Irrespective  of  the  nature  of  the 
prevailing  symptoms,  all  influenza  cases  require  careful 
nursing,  the  disease  being  one  that  is  disposed  to  run  a 
definite  course.  It  is  an  equine  distemper,  and  cannot  be 
cut  short  through  the  use  of  medicines  or  serums.  The 
latter  have  been  a  good  deal  used  in  the  treatment  of 
this  trouble,  but  the  results  cannot  be  said  to  be  very 
satisfactory  ;  in  fact,  nothing  can  be  said  to  favour  their 
use.  Influenza  is  a  disease  which  must  be  treated  in 
accordance  with  those  symptoms  which  are  the  most 
striking  feature  of  the  trouble.  The '  amateur  should 
never  dabble  in  the  treatment  of  a  complaint  of  this 
nature.  He  will  find  it  much  more  to  his  interest  to 
em^ploy  professional  assistance,  as  every  case  must  be 
dealt  with  on  its  merits.  The  animal  should  be  placed 
under  the  best  conditions  possible,  and,  whenever  appHc- 
able,  suitable  clothing  should  be  put  on  the  body  and 
flannel  bandages  on  the  lim^bs.  Imm.ediately  a  horse  is 
suspected  of  having  this  disease  it  should  either  be 
segregated  or  else  isolated.  By  segregation  we  mean 
separation  from  the  rest  of  the  stud,  whereas  isolation 


154  THE  HORSE 

shuts  off  all  contact,  directly  or  indirectly,  from  other 
animals.  Scalded  food,  such  as  oats,  bran,  and  linseed, 
scalded  hay,  to  which  a  Httle  treacle  has  been  added, 
carrots  and  green  food  are  the  usual  requisites  when 
nursing  a  sick  animal.  A  free  supply  of  pure  water  is 
essential,  and  to  each  pailful  of  this  an  ounce  of  Epsom 
salts  and  half  an  ounce  of  powdered  nitre  can  be  added 
daily.  Good  nursing  is  fully  half  the  battle,  and  the 
other  half  comprises  pure  air,  plus  the  discriminate  use 
of  medicinal  agents.  As  weakness  is  so  very  marked  in 
this  trouble  a  liberal  supply  of  milk  and  some  stimulant 
is  always  beneficial.  The  disease  usually  lasts  for  several 
weeks,  but  all  will  depend  upon  the  nature  of  the  attack. 

Glanders 

This  is  an  extremely  serious  malady,  as  it  places  so 
much  restraint  upon  all  animals  in  contact  with  one  that 
is  suffering  from  the  disease.  It  is  due  to  the  bacillus 
malleus,  which  is  an  extremely  minute  organism  circulat- 
ing in  the  blood  and  invading  the  lungs,  respiratory  tract, 
and  absorbent  vessels  and  glands  in  which  the  skin 
participates.  When  it  attacks  the  absorbent  vessels  and 
skin  the  malady  is  known  as  farcy,  or  cutaneous  glan- 
ders. The  disease  is  communicable  to  man  and  assumes 
both  acute  and  chronic  forms,  but  it  is  comimonly  observed 
in  its  chronic  state.  Glanders  offers  a  tremendous  field 
for  investigation,  and  it  has  always  been  a  disease  which 
has  received  a  great  deal  of  attention  at  the  hands  of 
those  who  are  interested  in  the  study  of  diseases  of  the 
horse.  Its  existence  has  been  known  for  several  centuries, 
and  was  studied  by  some  of  the  oldest  observers.  It  is 
gradually  on  the  decline  ;  motor  traction  and  legislation 
have  done  a  tremendous  lot  towards  stamping  out  the 
disease,  but  so  long  as  the  horse  exists,  so  will  glanders 
and  its  alHed  manifestations  be  in  existence.  During 
this  last  thirty  or  forty  years  it  has  undergone  some 


SPECIFIC  INFECTIVE  DISEASES  155 

modification  in  its  severity,  as  there  are  fewer  cases  in 
the  present  day  of  the  mahgnant  nature  which  prevailed 
many  years  ago.  It  is  generally  accepted  that  the  disease 
commences  in  the  lungs,  and  may  exist  for  years  in  an 
animal  without  the  owner  having  the  slightest  suspicion 
that  he  has  this  disease  upon  his  premises.  Time  after 
time  this  has  happened,  but  since  the  introduction  of 
mallein  as  a  test  for  the  existence  of  glanders,  it  is  possible 
to  diagnose  the  disease  when  it  exists  in  its  most  element- 
ary state.  Had  it  not  been  for  mallein  during  the  Great 
War  there  is  no  doubt  glanders  would  have  been  very 
prevalent  amongst  the  horses,  with  all  its  evil  conse- 
quences. Mallein  is  a  very  rehable  agent  provided  that 
its  use  is  respected.  Plenty  of  horses  are  working  in  the 
larger  cities  with  this  disease  upon  them,  for  the  simple 
reason  that  there  may  be  no  cHnical  indications  of  the 
disease.  All  horse  owners  are  not  willing  to  have  the 
mallein  test  apphed,  fearing  that  unforeseen  trouble  may 
arise.  It  is  a  notifiable  disease,  and  if  its  existence  is 
suspected  no  time  should  be  lost  in  reporting  the  matter 
to  the  local  authority,  as  the  danger  to  mankind  is 
considerable,  and  numerous  deaths  have  been  caused 
through  glanders  in  the  horse.  Compulsory  slaughter  is 
enforced  by  the  Board  of  Agriculture  and  compensation 
paid  accordingly.  It  is  hardly  hkely  that  any  horse 
owner  would  recognise  this  disease,  as  there  might  be  an 
entire  absence  of  any  visible  signs  of  its  existence.  In 
typical  cases  there  is  ulceration  of  the  mucous  membrane 
hning  the  nose  and  of  a  discharge  from  one  or  both 
nostrils,  but  very  often  from  one  side  only.  In  addition 
to  this,  there  is  often  a  hard  but  painless  swelling  on  the 
inner  side  of  the  lower  jaw,  which,  unhke  that  of  strangles, 
has  very  httle  tendency  to  increase  in  size.  In  the  mule 
the  discharge  from  the  nose  is  brownish  grey,  often  inter- 
mingled with  blood,  and  often  accompanied  by  a  peculiar 
snuffling  sound  in  the  upper  part  of  the  nasal  cavity. 
In  the  disease  called  farcy,  small  bud-Hke  swelHngs  arise 


156  THE  HORSE 

along  the  course  of  the  absorbent  vessels,  and  in  course  of 
time  these  buds  burst  and  discharge  an  unhealthy- 
looking  pus.  A  great  deal  will,  however,  depend  on 
whether  the  disease  is  acute  or  chronic.  Diagnosis  is 
based  upon  reaction  to  the  mallein  test,  but  it  is  not  neces- 
sary to  enter  into  any  further  consideration  of  this 
disease. 

Anthrax 

Anthrax  as  it  appears  in  the  horse  is  by  no  means  a 
common  disease  in  the  British  Isles,  but  in  India  and 
various  other  countries  it  is  a  fairly  common  malady. 
One  of  the  worst  features  about  it  is  that  it  is  extremely 
fatal  and  also  communicable  to  man,  through  even  the 
most  trifling  abrasions  of  the  skin,  provided  that  blood 
from  an  anthrax  carcass  accidentally  gains  admission 
to  a  wound,  which  as  previously  stated  may  be  ever  so 
slight.  It  is  a  disease  of  considerable  antiquity,  but  it  is 
not  much  more  than  half  a  century  since  that  organisms 
producing  it  were  demonstrated  to  exist  in  the  blood. 
Cattle,  pigs,  and  certain  other  animals  may  contract  the 
disease  ;  in  fact,  in  cattle  it  is  not  at  all  an  uncommon 
trouble,  in  which  anim.als  it  is  spoken  of  as  splenic 
apoplexy.  Sheep  are  likewise  affected,  whilst  pigs 
occasionally  contract  the  disease  through  feeding  upon 
the  offal  of  an  anthrax  carcass.  As  in  the  case  of  glanders, 
immediate  notification  of  its  existence  or  suspected 
existence  is  required  by  ,the  Board  of  Agriculture,  and 
upon  the  opinion  of  that  body  diagnosis  will  rest.  In 
the  horse  the  course  of  the  disease  is  usually  very  rapid, 
and  the  animal  may  die  within  two  or  three  hours  from 
the  onslaught  of  the  attack.  In  some  cases  the  lungs  are 
the  main  seat  of  the  trouble  ;  in  others  the  intestines. 
The  pain  is  very  acute,  the  temperature  high,  107°  or 
thereabout,  pulse  rapid  and  small,  the  breathing  quick, 
along  with  other  signs  of  a  malady  which  indicates  death 
from  the  outset.     Anthrax  is  due  to  minute  rod-shaped 


SPECIFIC  INFECTIVE  DISEASES  157 

organisms — the  bacillus  anthracis  circulating  in  the 
blood.  The  spores  of  this  disease  are  very  resistant  to 
many  chemical  agents,  consequently  this  malady  has 
often  been  perpetuated  through  the  medium  of  an 
anthrax  carcass  or  the  grave  where  such  has  been  buried 
many  years  before.  In  man  this  affection  is  known  as 
wool  sorter's  disease,  a  malignant  pustule  contracted 
through  handling  infected  wool,  alpaca,  mohair,  and 
hides,  either  dried  or  fresh,  whilst  in  exceptional  instances, 
anthrax  has  been  transmitted  through  the  apparently 
harmless  kid  glove,  plus  some  abrasion  on  the  finger  or 
hand.  Flies,  especially  the  blow-fly,  have  been  known 
to  carry  infection  to  man,  with  fatal  results.  Legislation 
compels  the  owner  of  an  anthrax  carcass  to  have  it 
cremated,  which  is  done  by  the  local  authorities'  instruc- 
tions, immediately  under  police  supervision. 

Tetanus  (Lockjaw) 

Tetanus  is  a  disease  due  to  micro-organisms,  but  these 
do  not  enter  the  circulation  as  in  the  case  of  the  anthrax 
germs.  They  remain  at  the  seat  of  the  wound,  where  they 
manufacture  toxins  of  a  very  deadly  nature.  It  is  a  fairly 
common  disease  among  horses  in  particular  localities  ; 
in  fact,  the  most  trifling  injuries  are  often  followed  by 
the  development  of  tetanus,  the  organisms  of  which  are 
found  in  garden  soil,  drift  sand,  etc.,  hence  the  reason 
why  it  is  always  expedient,  even  v/ith  trivial  wounds,  no 
matter  whether  man  or  animals,  to  clean  these  thoroughly 
and  paint  them  with  iodine  liniment — one  of  the  most 
valuable  antiseptics  known,  and  one  which  should  always 
be  kept  handy  in  every  stable  and  household  throughout 
the  world.  In  the  horse,  tetanus  very  often  follows 
wounds  about  the  feet,  such  as  "  picked-up  nail,"  punc- 
ture of  the  foot  through  a  misdirected  nail  at  the  forge, 
abrasions  of  the  skin  and  following  upon  castration,  the 
latter  in  particular.     The  size  of  the  wound  bears  no 


158  THE  HORSE 

relationship  to  the  development  of  the  trouble,  which 
may  be  acute  or  sub-acute.  In  nearly  every  instance 
acute  cases  of  tetanus  are  fatal,  but  about  35  per  cent  of 
sub-acute  attacks  are  followed  by  recovery,  which  is 
generally  very  slow.  It  is  a  most  unsatisfactory  disease 
to  deal  with,  and  unless  the  owner  is  prepared  to  bestow 
a  large  amount  of  professional  attendance,  it  will  be 
better  to  destroy  the  animal  at  the  outset.  There  is  a 
serum  both  for  the  prevention  and  treatment  of  tetanus, 
but  like  certain  other  sera,  as  a  cure  for  the  disease,  has 
not,  in  the  author's  hands,  proved  of  any  value,  whilst 
there  are  no  reliable  records  to  support  a  contrary 
opinion.  The  great  principle  in  dealing  with  this  disease 
is  to  keep  the  animal  perfectly  quiet  in  a  darkened  loose 
box  and  give  it  sloppj^  food  and  water  to  drink.  Its 
existence  is  denoted  by  a  general  rigid  condition  of  the 
muscles  of  the  neck,  back,  loins,  and  tail,  and  by  inabihty 
to  open  the  jaws  (trismus),  but  an  animal  may  have 
tetanus  without  the  jaws  being  locked,  though  in  the 
majority  of  cases  this  state  of  affairs  does  exist ;  in  fact, 
it  may  be  the  only  sign  which  the  owner  has  noticed. 
An  early  indication  is  afforded  by  making  a  feint  to  touch 
the  horse  beneath  the  jaw,  when  the  animal's  head  is 
thrown  suddenly  up ;  when  the  third  eyelid  or  membrane 
nictitans  is  shot  across  the  eye.  This  is  a  very  significant 
sign  and  should  always  be  employed  as  a  test  if  this 
trouble  is  suspected.  The  tail  is  elevated  and  held  out  in 
a  quivering  manner;  muscular  spasms  come  on  under 
the  slightest  excitement ;  temperature  shghtly  elevated 
and  the  breathing  distressed.  Tetanus  is  a  disease  with 
considerable  variation  in  the  symptoms,  but  sufficient 
has  been  said  to  give  the  reader  an  elementary  notion  as 
to  what  this  malady  is  like. 

Joint-ill  or  Arthritis  in  Foals 

Unfortunately  this  is  rather  a  common  affection  in 
foals  and  usually  makes  its  appearance  within  a  few  days 


SPECIFIC  INFECTIVE  DISEASES  159 

after  birth.  In  certain  features  it  is  allied  to  rheumatic 
arthritis,  but  it  has  been  proved  to  be  a  septic  infection 
along  the  tract  of  the  umbilical  cord,  and  the  infection 
starts  at  the  umbilicus  or  navel,  hence  the  advisability 
of  taking  the  necessary  precautionary  measures  to  prevent 
the  onset  of  this  septic  process.  Cleanliness  is  an  in- 
dispensable factor  when  tying  the  cord  with  string,  etc., 
at  the  time  of  birth.  By  far  the  best  treatment  which 
can  be  suggested,  so  far  as  the  prevention  of  this  trouble 
is  concerned,  is  to  paint  the  end  of  the  cord  and  round 
about  the  navel  with  iodine  liniment.  It  is  only  necessary 
to  do  this  once  or  twice  and  joint -ill  will  seldom  be  heard 
of.  There  is  a  serum  for  the  treatment  of  this  affection 
when  developed,  but  this  is  a  matter  to  be  dealt  with  by 
the  professional  adviser.  Joint-ill  comes  on  very  sud- 
denly and  is  indicated  by  lameness  and  swelling  at  or 
around  a  joint,  such  as  for  instance  the  shoulder,  hock, 
or  knee.  These  swellings  are  hot  and  painful,  and  the 
foal  refuses  to  suck.  Those  who  are  acquainted  with 
this  disease  think  that  the  little  creature  must  have  been 
injured,  but  such  is  not  the  case.  It  is  a  very  fatal 
disease,  and  the  foal  may  be  dead  within  a  few  hours  ; 
in  fact,  it  usually  is.  As  already  stated,  there  is  no  need 
for  this  disease  to  exist  at  all,  provided  that  the  simple 
measures  which  the  author  has  indicated  are  adopted. 
Quite  a  number  of  foals  have  been  lost  in  some  studs 
through  this  complaint,  but  the  reduction  of  this  loss  to 
a  minimum  always  lies  within  the  owner's  grasp. 

Rheumatism 

Horses,  like  man  and  other  animals,  are  liable  to  suffer 
from  rheumatism,  and  also  to  have  it  both  as  an  acute 
and  chronic  affection,  although  it  is  not  a  particularly 
common  complaint  in  the  horse  in  either  form.  Never- 
theless, it  is  worth  while  to  mention  the  fact  that  it  may 
and  does  sometimes  occur.     Either  the  muscles  or  the 


i6o  THE  HORSE 

joints  may  be  attacked.  Sometimes  typical  cases  of 
muscular  rheumatism  do  occur,  and  when  this  is  so  it  is 
quite  an  easy  matter  to  recognise  this  trouble,  there 
being  a  general  stiffness  observed,  and  the  patient  moves 
with  difficulty.  It  is  quite  possible  that  many  of  the 
troubles  affecting  the  bones  and  joints  of  horses,  more 
especially  ring-bone,  are  of  a  rheumatic  nature.  If  the 
joints  are  attacked  there  is  swelling,  increased  heat,  and 
pain.  There  is  a  peculiar  liability  for  these  swellings  to 
shift  from  one  joint  to  another  and  to  exist  for  a  variable 
time.  The  causes  of  rheumatism  never  seem  to  have  been 
definitely  settled,  but  it  is  usually  believed  that  exposure 
to  cold  and  v/et  are  the  forerunners  of  this  disease,  or  at 
any  rate,  they  a.pparentty  act  as  exciting  causes  in  its 
development.  It  is  quite  possible  that  it  is  an  organismal 
disease,  and  that  whatever  abnormal  condition  of  the 
blood  takes  place,  it  is  brought  about  through  chemical 
changes  as  a  result  of  such  organisms  existing  in  the  body. 
In  this  complaint  a  warm  and  comfortable  stable  is  most 
important,  and  the  body  must  be  kept  clothed,  the  limbs 
bandaged,  and  the  affected  parts  freely  massaged  once 
or  twice  a  day  with  some  stimulating  embrocation,  such  as 
ordinary  white  oil.  Sahne  laxative  medicine  should  be 
given  internally.  Epsom  salts  in  the  drinking  water 
along  with  half  an  ounce  of  bicarbonate  of  potash  twice 
a  da;y  will  fufil  all  requirements.  Iodide  of  potash  is  one 
of  the  principal  drugs  employed  in  the  treatment  of 
chronic  rheumatism. 

Purpura 

This  is  a  blood  disease,  or  at  any  rate  one  in  which 
there  is  an  alteration  in  the  composition  of  this  fluid. 
It  is  a  complaint  which  usually  follows  diseases  of  an 
exhausting  nature,  such  as  influenza,  strangles,  catarrh, 
and  pneumonia,  particularly  where  insanitary  surround- 
ings exist.  It  was  a  very  common  disease  among  army 
horses  coming  from  aboard  ship,  more  particularly  when 


SPECIFIC  INFECTIVE  DISEASES  i6i 

the  holds  were  overcrowded,  the  trip  prolonged,  and 
other  debiHtating  factors  in  operation.  Some  of  the  worst 
cases  of  purpura  that  it  was  possible  to  conceive  came 
under  the  writer's  notice,  and  the  animals  had  to  be 
destroyed  in  consequence.  It  is  not,  however,  an  un- 
common disease  in  some  civilian  studs  of  horses,  owing, 
doubtless,  to  the  insanitary  state  of  the  stables.  Its 
disappearance  in  such  cases  has  coincided  with  im- 
proved sanitary  arrangements.  Horses  of  any  age, 
sex,  or  breed  are  liable  to  purpura,  and  it  is  always 
a  trouble  which  renders  the  patient  useless  for  work  for 
several  weeks  and  sometimes  for  months.  It  is  a  trouble- 
some disease  to  treat  and  commonly  fatal.  It  is  denoted 
by  the  development  of  swelling,  more  especially  about 
dependent  parts  of  the  body,  such  as  along  the  floor  of 
the  belly,  the  sheath,  the  breast,  around  the  nostrils, 
along  the  course  of  the  neck,  and  also  about  the 
limbs.  These  swellings  are  neither  hot  nor  very 
painful,  but  there  is  a  strong  tendency  for  sloughing  of 
the  skin  at  the  part  indicated,  and  this  along  with  the 
oozing  of  watery  blood  still  futher  aggravates  the  affec- 
tion and  tends  to  the  greater  exhaustion  of  an  already 
exhausted  body.  The  patient  becomes  in  a  very  weak 
condition  and  refuses  food.  The  mucous  membranes, 
such  as  those  of  the  nose  and  eyes,  commonly  show  blood 
spots  indicative  of  a  degraded  condition  of  the  blood. 
In  milder  cases  recovery  is  hopeful,  but  irrespective  of 
this  fact  it  is  always  advisable  to  have  professional 
advice,  on  the  ground  that  whilst  there  is  life  there  is 
hope  ;  moreover,  there  is  always  satisfaction  in  doing 
one's  utmost  to  save  the  life  of  an  animal. 


Infectious  Stomatitis 

This  complaint  was  extremely  common  amongst  the 
Army  horses  in  France,  and  it  is  very  questionable 
whether  it   was   not   much   commoner   than   supposed 

L 


i62  THE  HORSE 

amongst  the  horses  at  the  home  depots.  It  is  closely 
allied  to  foot  and  mouth  disease  in  cattle,  and  like  that 
trouble  extremely  communicable  from  one  horse  to 
another,  and  to  mules  and  asses.  It  spread  amongst  the 
horses  with  extraordinary  rapidity,  and  very  few  escaped 
having  it.  The  principal  lesions  were  in  the  mouth, 
viz.  on  the  lips,  cheeks,  tongue,  and  sometimes  around  the 
mouth  and  around  the  coronet.  Some  horses  had  the 
disease  severely,  others  only  shghtly.  An  early  indication 
of  the  disease  is  the  appearance  of  foam  about  the  Hps, 
or  else  the  dribbling  of  saliva  from  the  mouth.  When 
the  mouth  is  examined  bhsters  are  observed,  and  after 
these  break  they  leave  a  raw  patch  of  variable  size.  One 
blister  may  fuse  with  another,  and  in  this  manner  the 
whole  of  the  tongue  may  be  stripped  of  its  superficial 
layer,  giving  it  a  bright  scarlet  appearance.  The  soreness 
of  the  mouth  is  unquestionably  severe,  and  the  animal 
feeds  with  difficulty,  excepting  in  the  milder  cases,  where 
it  apparently  produces  very  little  inconvenience.  Most 
of  the  affected  animals  recovered  v/ithin  three  weeks. 
If  the  coronet  was  implicated  slight  signs  of  separation 
of  the  wall  of  the  heel  was  sometimes  observed,  but  the 
author  is  not  aware  of  any  extensive  sloughing  having 
occurred  in  the  region  last  named.  The  situation  of  the 
trouble,  viz.  inside  the  mouth,  necessarily  favours  the 
spread  of  this  complaint.  It  is  quite  possible  that  it  was 
introduced  into  Great  Britain  when  the  Colonial  horses 
began  to  arrive. 

Tuberculosis 

As  this  disease  occasionally  occurs  in  a  horse  the  author 
considers  that  it  is  worthy  of  mention,  even  in  a  small 
work  of  this  description.  In  cattle  it  is  an  extremely 
common  complaint ;  in  fact,  one  of  the  commonest 
diseases  from  which  these  animals  suffer.  Tuberculosis 
has  only  one  cause,  and  that  is  the  bacillus  tuberculosis 
or  tubercle  bacilli,  as  they  are  sometimes  called.     These 


SPECIFIC  INFECTIVE  DISEASES  163 

organisms  circulate  in  the  blood  and  various  other 
tissues  of  the  body,  but  in  the  horse  the  principal  lesions 
are  found  in  the  spleen  (melt),  and  in  the  lungs.  A  horse 
having  this  disease  gradually  becomes  emaciated,  until 
it  is  either  destroyed  or  else  succumbs.  The  symptoms 
are  usually  obscure.  Sometimes  excessive  urination 
accompanies  this  trouble  ;  at  other  times  it  does  not. 
Tuberculin  is  the  only  reliable  method  of  testing  for  the 
existence  of  this  disease. 


Actinomycosis 

This  disease  is  due  to  the  ray  fungus,  or  actinomyces 
and  it  sometimes  attacks  the  tongue  of  the  horse  an 
foal,  whilst  there  is  a  corresponding  disease  not  uncom- 
monly affecting  the  spermatic  cord,  following  castration. 
The  disease  first  named  is  fairly  common  in  cattle, 
being  known  as  woody  tongue.  Sometimes  it  affects  the 
skin  and  the  udder  of  the  mare,  but  it  is  by  no  means  a 
common  disease  in  the  horse,  apart  from  the  exception 
referred  to.    (See  also  Castration.) 


CHAPTER  XVII 

AFFECTIONS  OF  THE  RESPIRATORY  AND  CIRCULATORY 
SYSTEMS 

The  horse  suffers  from  quite  a  number  of  respiratory 
troubles  ;  in  fact,  it  seems  to  be  somewhat  predisposed 
to  complaints  of  this  kind,  some  of  which  are  of  a 
"  chronic  "  nature,  others  "  acute/'  Any  portion  of  the 
respiratory  system  (see  Anatomical  Outlines  of  the 
Horse)  is  liable  to  be  affected,  but  the  commonest  trouble 
of  all  is  that  implicating  the  upper  portion  of  the  great 
air  tube,  the  larynx,  and  popularly  known  as  *'  roaring.'* 

This  last-named  affection  occurs  to  all  classes  of 
horses  and  mules,  and  it  is  customary  to  regard  its 
existence  in  any  horse  as  a  sufficient  reason  for  rejecting 
the  animal  on  the  ground  of  unsoundness.  It  is  not  always 
due  to  a  laryngeal  affection,  but  in  quite  90  per  cent  of 
instances  it  is  due  to  degenerative  changes  in  certain 
muscles  of  the  larynx. 

The  trouble  is  usually  progressive  and  permanent, 
but  sometimes  this  abnormal  sound  is  only  temporary  as 
sometimes  occurs  in  strangles  and  lead  poisoning,  likewise 
through  the  consumption  of  the  Indian  vetch.  Some 
horses,  instead  of  making  a  roaring  sound  whilst  at  work, 
make  a  whistling  noise — the  animal  being  known  as  a 
*'  whistler." 

Both  these  sounds  vary  in  their  intensity  according  to 
the  duration  of  the  disease  and  with  the  degree  of  exertion 
the  animal  is  compelled  to  undergo. 

It  is  an  unfortunate  matter  for  the  horse  that  the 
disease  is  so  common.    Some  of  the  finest  thoroughbreds 

164 


RESPIRATORY  &  CIRCULATORY  SYSTEMS     165 

that  have  ever  run  on  the  course  have  had  to  retire  from 
the  field  owing  to  the  development  of  this  abnormal 
condition.  Many  horsemen  look  on  it  as  hereditary,  and 
consequently  will  not  breed  from  any  stock  having  this 
trouble  in  their  family  history. 

It  is  quite  likely  that  roaring  comes  as  an  inheritance  to 
some  horses,  whilst  to  others  it  is  acquired.  Some  horses 
develop  it  quite  early  on  in  life.  Sometimes  it  remains  as 
a  legacy  of  strangles.  All  classes  of  horses  are  subject 
to  it,  but  it  is  most  prevalent  amongst  hunters,  hacks, 
hackneys,  and  thoroughbreds.  The  heavy  draught  horse 
and  the  vanner  are  quite  commonly  afflicted,  which 
materially  detracts  from  their  value  as  marketable 
commodities.  Judged  from  a  utilitarian  standpoint  the 
matter  is  quite  different,  more  especially  in  the  case  of 
horses  required  for  slow  work.  A  great  deal  will  depend 
upon  circumstances.  Some  horses  make  quite  a  loud 
noise  under  the  most  trivial  exertion,  whereas  others  only 
make  a  slight  noise  even  under  the  most  severe  exertion, 
but  there  is  always  liability  for  those  that  are  only 
slightly  affected  to  become  worse. 

The  majority  of  roarers  *'  grunt  "  when  a  feint  is  made 
to  strike  them  with  a  whip  or  stick  ;  in  fact,  grunting  is 
generally  a  sign  of  roaring,  although  it  can  and  does 
exist  apart  from  the  trouble  now  under  consideration. 
Its  existence  is  quite  sufficient  for  a  thorough  trial  of  the 
animal  regarding  its  soundness  of  wind  or  otherwise. 

There  is  an  abnormal  condition  of  the  wind  closely 
allied  to  roaring  known  as  "  high  blowing,"  which  is 
apparently  due  to  some  diminution  in  the  calibre  of  the 
nasal  passage.  Quite  a  number  of  horsemen  pay  very 
little  attention  to  this,  and  the  author  has  examined 
many  horses  afflicted  in  the  manner  named.  However, 
a  **  high  blower  "  should  really  be  regarded  as  unsound, 
as  there  are  so  many  probabilities  relating  to  it. 

*'  Thick  wind "  is  another  horsey  term,  practically 
synonymous  with  either  "  high  blowing  "  or  mild  "  roar- 


i66  THE  HORSE 

ing."  As  a  rule,  roaring  comes  on  gradually,  though  it 
can  be  developed  quite  suddenly,  as  sometimes  happens 
in  '*  intermittent  roaring."  This  remark  is  of  some 
significance,  because  a  horse  might  be  passed  as  "  sound," 
and  yet  immediately  afterwards  make  a  noise.  This  has 
happened  on  more  than  one  occasion,  and  the  professional 
examiner  sued  for  damages,  but  without  any  results. 
For  many  years  advanced  roarers  have  been  kept  at 
work  through  the  use  of  a  tube  in  the  \vindpipe — trache- 
otomy— but  it  is  very  necessary  to  remove  the  tube 
daily  or  even  tv/ice  a  day  to  clean  it.  There  is  another 
operation  now  practised  by  the  veterinary  profession 
for  the  removal  of  the  roaring  sound,  and  consists  of 
stripping  the  ventricle  of  the  larynx.  In  some  horses  it  is 
successful,  in  others  not  so.  The  disease  is,  of  course, 
still  in  existence  in  any  case,  even  if  the  sound  dis- 
appears. This  operation  may,  in  certain  instances, 
prove  valuable,  in  others  it  may  be  the  means  of  fraud, 
or  it  may  be  useless.  It  is  impossible  for  the  author  to 
recommend  its  adoption  in  view  of  its  doubtful  utility. 
Many  people  confuse  roaring  with  another  abnormal 
condition  of  the  wind  spoken  of  as 

Broken  Wind 

The  last-named  has  no  connection  with  the  larynx,  but 
is  closely  associated  with  changes  of  a  chronic  character 
in  the  lungs — emphysema — although  scientific  investiga- 
tion has,  up  to  the  present,  failed  to  yield  any  satisfactory 
explanation  of  this  trouble. 

A  chronic  cough  is  the  most  significant  indication  of 
broken  wind,  but  a  fraudulent  vendor  has  been  known 
to  disguise  this  by  the  use  of  lard,  shot,  etc.,  given 
internally  immediately  prior  to  sale.  The  breathing  is 
also  abnormal,  the  expiratory  portion  of  the  respirations 
being  double — "  double  Hft." 

"  Broken  wind  "  is  often  associated  with  lesions  of  the 


RESPIRATORY  &  CIRCULATORY  SYSTEMS    167 

digestive  organs,  more  particularly  the  stomach.  It  is  a 
complaint  which  affects  all  classes  of  horses,  irrespective 
of  age,  sex,  or  condition,  and  once  established  is  an  in- 
curable affection,  as  nothing  can  restore  the  structural 
changes  which  have  taken  place  in  the  lungs,  wall  of  the 
stomach,  and  possibly  the  nerves  supplying  these  regions. 
The  commercial  value  of  a  broken-v/inded  horse,  provided 
that  this  defect  is  discovered,  becomes  comparatively 
small ;  nevertheless,  many  a  broken-winded  horse  con- 
tinues to  perform  its  work  for  years.  Hundreds  of  horses 
are  sold,  both  privately  and  in  open  market,  which  are 
broken-winded,  and  yet  the  buyer  and  sometimes  the 
seller  is  unaware  of  its  existence.  It  is  a  slowly  progressive 
disease,  and  its  development  is  sometimes  due  to  feeding 
a  horse  upon  dry  and  dusty  forage,  and  watering  it  im- 
mediately, then  driving  it  or  putting  to  work.  Plenty  of 
horses  have  become  broken-winded  through  these  causes. 
The  moral  is  for  horse  owners  to  avoid  this  pernicious 
practice. 

Sore  Throat 

Sore  throat  is  not  at  all  an  uncommon  complaint,  and 
the  majority  of  horsemen  are  quite  familiar  with  it,  more 
especially  in  connection  with  influenza,  strangles,  and 
catarrh,  of  which  it  forms,  in  some  cases  at  any  rate,  one 
of  the  principal  symptoms.  It  consists  of  a  variable 
degree  of  inflammation  around  the  larynx  and  pharynx 
or  other  part  of  the  throat.  It  is  quite  an  easy  matter 
to  note  whether  the  throat  is  sore  if  the  animal  experi- 
ences difficulty  in  swallowing,  and  coughs  very  frequently, 
more  especially  whilst  it  is  being  fed.  Sometimes  this 
trouble  is  '*  acute,"  sometimes  it  is  "  chronic,"  according 
to  the  cause  of  the  ailment.  As  a  rule  it  is  an  "  acute  " 
affection.  If  so,  it  will  usually  dechne  in  a  week  or  ten 
days'  time,  provided  that  the  animal  is  properly  looked 
after.  The  cough  is  hard  and  dry  at  first,  but  later  on  it 
becomes  of  a  moist  character,  therefore  this  change  may 


i68  THE  HORSE 

be  looked  upon  as  a  favourable  one,  more  especially  when 
it  is  accompanied  by  nasal  catarrh.  Sometimes,  however, 
the  trouble  will  persist  for  weeks  when  associated  with 
influenza.  The  stableman's  remedy  for  sore  throat 
consists  of  stimulating  the  throat  through  the  application 
of  mustard  paste,  blistering  ointment,  or  white  oil,  but  it 
is  not  advisable  to  do  too  much  in  this  line,  as  the  skin 
becomes  very  sore  ;  in  fact,  blistered,  and  this  external 
soreness  is  very  liable  to  become  worse  than  the  original 
trouble.  There  can  be  no  objection  to  a  single  application 
of  mustard,  but  it  should  be  washed  off  in  an  hour  or  two 
and  the  part  throughly  dried.  An  ounce  of  chlorate  of 
potash  should  be  added  to  the  drinking  water  night  and 
morning.  Scalded  linseed,  bran,  and  oats  is  the  best 
fodder  under  these  circumstances.  Do  not  give  any  hay 
or  dry  food.  We  must  not  forget  to  state  that  the 
majority  of  cases  of  sore  throat  occur  in  connection  with 
strangles,  and  must  be  treated  according  to  the  lines 
laid  down  under  that  trouble. 


Pneumonia 

Inflammation  of  the  lungs  and  structures  in  close 
relationship  to  the  same  has  always  been  a  fairly  common 
malady  in  the  horse,  and  one  which  accounts  for  quite  a 
large  percentage  of  deaths,  more  especially  where  a 
number  of  horses  are  congregated  together,  under  condi- 
tions which  are  not  favourable  to  their  general  welfare. 
During  the  Great  War  pneumonia  was  the  principal 
scourge  amongst  Army  horses,  and  the  percentage  of 
deaths  from  this  cause  was  extremely  high.  The  disease 
under  consideration  has  always  been  referred  to  as 
"  septic  pneumonia,"  probably  on  account  of  the  ex- 
tremely fatal  nature  of  the  malady,  coupled  with  its  rapid 
dissemination  amongst  the  animals.  There  can  hardly  be 
a  shadow  of  doubt  as  to  the  extremely  virulent  nature  of 
the  malady,  combined  with  its  infective  nature.     If  a 


RESPIRATORY  &  CIRCULATORY  SYSTEMS     169 

horse  in  the  latent  stages  of  disease  were  put  on  board 
ship  amongst  healthy  horses,  that  animal  would  constitute 
a  centre  of  infection,  with  every  probabihty  of  many  other 
horses  becoming  infected,  and  these  in  their  turn  would 
become  capable  of  infecting  others.  Although  rigid 
veterinary  inspection  took  place  on  embarkation  and 
disembarkation  it  was  practically  impossible  to  avoid  an 
accident  of  this  kind  when  dealing  with  thousands  of 
horses.  Moreover,  administrative  inefficiency  and  the 
indiscriminate  application  of  knowledge — knowledge  of 
a  very  limited  character — was  responsible  for  the  mis- 
directed energy  applied  and  the  consequent  high  percent- 
age of  deaths  amongst  horses  from  this  disease,  both  at 
home  and  abroad. 

Sometimes  this  contagious  lung  fever  of  horses  occurs 
in  civilian  studs,  particularly  if  the  ventilation  and 
general  sanitary  arrangements  are  defective.  Unquestion- 
ably the  disease  is  due  to  the  presence  of  micro-organisms 
in  the  lungs  and  blood,  and  its  appearance  amongst 
horses  is  always  the  result  of  infection  from  a  pre-existing 
case.  Previous  to  the  European  war  it  was  customary  to 
regard  this  form  of  pneumonia  as  constituting  part  of  the 
epidemics  of  influenza  ;  in  fact,  the  majority  of  horse 
owners,  in  Great  Britain  at  any  rate,  usually  looked  upon 
it  as  the  lung  form  of  that  disease.  It  is  very  doubtful 
whether  this  form  of  pneumonia  should  be  looked  upon  or 
regarded  in  this  light.  The  method  of  transmission  is,  in 
the  writer's  opinion,  through  the  ingestion  of  infected 
food,  and  to  a  less  extent  by  direct  inhalation  of  air 
infected  by  the  organisms  of  this  disease.  The  period  of 
incubation  is  from  three  to  eight  days,  but  usually  about 
the  first-named  period.  In  the  majority  of  instances  the 
pathological  changes  in  the  lungs  and  their  coverings  are 
of  a  very  acute  character  and  nearly  always  accompanied 
by  effusion  or  dropsy  of  the  chest  of  a  very  severe  nature. 
Commonly  several  gallons  of  fluid  are  found  in  the  chest 
after  death,  and  the  whole  cavity  is  filled  with  feebly 


170  THE  HORSE 

organised  bands  of  lymph  ;  in  fact,  the  latter  is  a  very- 
striking  characteristic  of  this  disease.  Extension  of  the 
inflammatory  action  to  the  heart  sac  and  structures  in 
contiguity  to  it  are  commonly  observed  after  death. 
It  is  very  insidious  in  its  development,  and  one  may  find, 
before  being  aware  of  it,  that  the  animal  is  well  advanced 
in  the  disease  unless  special  observation  is  kept.  If  this 
complaint  is  suspected  immediate  isolation  is  one  of  the 
best  safeguards  against  extension  of  the  malady.  An 
early  indication  of  pneumonia  developing  is  afforded  by 
using  the  clinical  thermometer.  The  temperature  rises 
several  degrees  and  the  breathing  is  disturbed.  The 
last-named  is  one  of  the  best  guides  for  the  amateur,  more 
especially  when  he  is  aware  that  the  animal  is  out  of  sorts. 
It  suddenly  becomes  very  dull  and  Hstless  and  probably 
food  is  left  in  the  manger.  The  mucous  membranes  of 
the  eyes  and  nose  are  intensely  red  as  a  rule.  The  symp- 
toms rapidly  increase  until  the  breathing  becomes  very 
laboured,  when  death  is  certain  to  occur.  As  previously 
stated,  this  lung  fever  of  the  horse  is  an  extremely  fatal 
malady,  but  the  mortahty  is  considerably  reduced  by 
the  intra-venous  injection  of  formahn  which  the  writer 
and  some  other  Veterinary  officers  employed.  This  treat- 
ment is  of  unquestionable  value  when  it  is  appHed.  As 
stated  elsewhere  in  this  small  manual,  pure  air  is  of  the 
utmost  importance,  consequently  all  pneumonia  cases  do 
better  in  the  open  than  when  they  are  stabled,  provided 
that  the  animals  are  kept  dry  and  properly  clothed. 

There  is  another  form  of  congestion  of  the  lungs, 
technically  known  as  acute  pneumonia  or  acute  pulmonary 
apoplexy,  the  latter  part  of  the  title  being  derived  from 
the  fact  of  its  suddenness  of  onset.  It  sometimes  occurs 
in  unconditioned  hunters  or  in  horses  which  are  put  to 
extremely  severe  exertion  without  being  previously  made 
fit  for  this  extra  exertion.  In  the  vernacular  of  the 
horseman  it  looks  as  though  the  animal  had  "  bellows  to 
mend  " — a  very  expressive  term.    Its  development  is  so 


RESPIRATORY  &  CIRCULATORY  SYSTEMS    171 

sudden  that  the  rider  is  amazed  to  see  his  horse  in  this 
condition.  *'  Prevention  is  better  than  cure  "  even  when 
the  latter  is  possible,  but  pulmonary  apoplexy  is  a  very 
fatal  disease,  and  the  symptoms  extremely  urgent. 

Pleurisy 

This  consists  of  an  inflammatory  state  of  the  pleural 
membranes,  i.e.  the  coverings  of  the  lungs  and  the  lining 
of  the  chest  walls.  As  stated  in  the  preceding  paragraphs 
it  usually  forms  part  of  pneumonia.  Sometimes  it  is  the 
result  of  a  wound  in  the  chest  wall.  It  is  a  painful 
disease,  and  commonly  fatal,  except  in  the  case  of 
mild  attacks.  It  is  often  accompanied  by  effusion, 
and  if  this  is  severe  the  probabihty  is  that  the  animal 
will  die.  The  removal  of  fluid  from  the  chest  of  a  horse 
is  not,  as  a  rule,  a  successful  operation,  and  it  is  desirable 
to  avoid  this  whenever  possible. 

The  Heart 

The  heart  is  enclosed  in  a  sac — the  pericardium — and 
this  organ,  Hkewise  its  investing  membrane,  is  liable  to 
suffer  from  various  diseases,  some  of  an  organic  nature, 
others  purely  functional.  The  cavities  of  the  heart  are 
lined  by  a  very  delicate  membrane  known  as  the  endo- 
cardium, and  this  membrane  assists  in  forming  the  valves 
of  the  heart.  The  functions  of  the  heart  are  those  of 
distributing  blood  throughout  the  body  for  purification 
at  the  lungs  and  thence  back  to  the  heart.  Large  blood- 
vessels spring  from  the  base  of  this  organ,  which  help  to 
suspend  it  from  the  roof  of  the  chest,  with  the  apex 
inclined  towards  the  left  side.  Heart  affections  occur 
much  more  frequently  in  the  horse  than  may  be  suspected, 
doubtless  owing  to  the  severe  strain  which  is  necessarily 
put  upon  this  organ  under  certain  conditions.  A  sound 
heart  represents  a  measure  of  the  animal's  vigour,  and  it 
is  indispensable  for  the  due  maintenance  of  proper  health. 


172  THE  HORSE 

Ailments  in  many  parts  of  the  body  owe  their  existence 
to  some  defect  in  the  functional  capacity  of  the  heart. 
Normally  the  heart  beats  from  35  to  45  times  per  minute, 
but  this  number  usually  is  either  greatly  increased  or 
slightly  decreased  in  various  diseases.  By  placing  the 
ear  to  the  left  side  of  the  chest  wall,  immediately  behind 
the  elbow,  the  normal  beat  of  the  heart,  or  abnormal  as 
the  case  may  be,  can  be  distinctly  heard.  The  number 
of  pulsations  felt  by  pressure  upon  an  artery  in  a  given 
time,  say  a  minute,  corresponds  to  the  beats  of  the  heart. 
All  affections  of  the  circulatory  apparatus  are  of  a  more 
or  less  obscure  nature,  so  far  as  the  layman's  knowledge 
of  disease  is  concerned,  consequently  it  is  not  advisable 
to  enter  into  a  consideration  of  any  other  troubles 
directly  or  indirectly  connected  with  this  vital  structure. 


CHAPTER  XVIII 

SOME  COMPLAINTS  OF  THE  DIGESTIVE  ORGANS 

The  whole  of  the  digestive  apparatus  in  the  horse  is  well 
developed  and,  as  the  forage  of  this  animal  is  Hable  to 
continual  variation,  we  often  find  that  it  suffers  from 
various  digestive  disorders  and  also  from  disease  in  connec- 
tion with  the  same.  As  a  matter  of  fact,  so  far  as  com- 
plaints are  concerned,  troubles  arising  from  disordered 
digestive  functions  are  of  an  extremely  common  nature. 
A  great  many  digestive  disorders  are  purely  the  outcome 
of  bad  horsemastership,  and  when  any  particular  stud  of 
horses  is  troubled  with  colic,  one  may  accept  it  as  a  sign 
that  there  is  something  radically  wrong  either  with  the 
forage,  the  drinking  water,  or  the  manner  in  which  these 
are  supplied  to  the  animals.  Quite  a  number  of  horse 
owners  seem  to  think  that  they  can  give  a  horse  what  they 
call  a  good  feed  of  oats  and  hay,  water  it  and  either  drive 
it  or  ride  it  immediately  afterwards.  This  is  simply 
madness  and  the  straight  road  to  the  ruination  of  the 
animal.  A  large  proportion  of  digestive  troubles,  as 
previously  stated,  are  due  to  bad  management,  therefore 
preventable,  but  on  the  other  hand,  there  are  many  which 
are  not  preventable.  Internal  parasites  or  worms  account 
for  a  considerable  percentage  of  deaths,  both  in  colts  and 
adult  animals.  As  a  rule,  the  sources  of  parasitic  infesta- 
tion cannot  be  traced,  so  far  as  the  horse  is  concerned. 
Quite  a  number  of  internal  lesions,  which  always  terminate 
fatally,  such  as  twisted  gut,  rupture  of  the  stomach, 
rupture  of  the  bowel,  rupture  of  a  blood-vessel,  etc.,  would 
appear  to  be  due  to  over-exertion  of  a  previously  weakened 

173 


174  THE  HORSE 

part,  the  result  of  disease.  Predisposition  to  digestive 
trouble  may  be  brought  on  through  one  or  more  ante- 
cedent attacks.  Both  old  and  young  horses  are  liable  to 
irregularities  in  connection  with  the  molar  or  grinding 
teeth.  In  every  case  when  a  horse  is  not  thriving 
properly,  the  mouth  gag  should  be  brought  into  requisi- 
tion, the  tongue  grasped  with  the  left  hand,  and  the  teeth 
critically  examined  by  illuminating  the  mouth  with  an 
electric  torch.  Old  horses  sometimes  have  what  is  known 
as  a  "shear-mouth"  caused  by  the  molar  teeth  wearing 
away  after  the  manner  in  which  the  blades  of  a  pair  of 
shears  overlap.  Shear-mouth  varies.  The  deformity 
may  be  shght  or  it  may  be  excessive.  In  the  former  case, 
rasping  the  teeth  will  assist  matters  a  little,  but  in  the 
latter  the  case  is  quite  hopeless.  Sometimes  a  molar 
tooth  is  decayed  and  in  other  instances  the  fang  is  the 
seat  of  disease.  In  colts,  during  the  shedding  of  the  tem- 
porary molars  and  their  replacement  by  permanent 
teeth,  it  occasionally  happens  that  the  teeth  become 
entangled,  i.e.  the  fang  of  the  old  tooth  becomes  fixed  on 
the  crown  of  the  new  one.  As  a  rule  this  is  not  a  difficult 
trouble  to  deal  with.  It  is  absolutely  essential  that  the 
grinding  teeth  be  in  good  order.  When  a  diseased  molar 
tooth  is  removed  the  cavity  fills  up  shortly  afterwards, 
but  sometimes  the  opposing  tooth,  or  rather,  what  was 
the  opposing  tooth,  becomes  too  long  and  presses  on  the 
opposite  jaw.  The  overgrowth  can  be  removed  with  the 
tooth-shears,  but  this  is  a  dental  operation  for  a  veterinary 
surgeon  to  perform.  The  gullet  is  occasionally  the  seat 
of  obstruction,  either  owing  to  disease  of  its  wall  or 
through  some  foreign  body  lodging  in  it.  The  stomach 
may  be  over-distended  with  gas  as  in  flatulent  colic, 
in  which  complaint  the  intestines  are  extensively  im- 
phcated.  Worms  of  various  kinds,  more  especially 
sclerostomes,  are  not  uncommonly  found  in  its  mucous 
lining.  When  horses  are  affected  with  these  parasites 
they  are  always  in  a  more  or  less  debilitated  condition. 


COMPLAINTS  OF  THE  DIGESTIVE  ORGANS    175 

and  a  number  of  deaths  amongst  Army  horses  were 
caused  through  this.  The  hning  of  the  gullet  is  pro- 
longed to  form  a  portion  of  the  lining  of  the  stomach 
— its  cuticular  lining — and  it  not  uncommonly  happens 
that  the  larval  form  of  the  horse  bee  or  bot-fly  (gastro- 
philus  equi,  as  it  is  caUed),  is  found  attached  to  this 
hning.  It  is  of  interest  to  note  that  this  fly  lays  its  eggs 
on  the  skin  of  the  horse  about  hay  time — July.  The  eggs 
or  nits  will  be  found  adhering  to  the  hair,  especially  about 
the  inner  side  of  the  forearm,  on  the  shoulders,  etc.  They 
are  very  often  mistaken  for  the  nits  of  lice  but  they  are 
larger.  Somehow  or  another  the  horse  licks  these  parts, 
probably  on  account  of  the  irritation  induced.  The  eggs 
develop  into  the  maggot  stage  and  the  tongue  of  the 
horse  must  transfer  them  to  the  stomach,  where  they 
develop  into  the  so-called  "  bots,"  and  there  they  remain 
attached  to  the  cuticular  lining  throughout  the  winter, 
until  the  following  spring.  About  this  time  the  grass,  plus 
nature,  causes  them  to  pass  out  of  the  body  and  remain 
concealed  in  the  ground,  until  metamorphosis  is  completed 
and  the  adult  fly  the  result. 

Starlings  and  various  other  birds  must  account  for 
the  destruction  of  a  large  percentage  whilst  in  the  larval 
form  on  the  ground.  The  stomach  of  the  horse  provides 
a  very  safe  but  temporary  home.  Whilst  in  the  stomach 
they  are  barrel-shaped  and  usually  fixed  closely  to- 
gether, in  fact,  in  colonies.  In  exceptional  instances 
their  presence  may  do  harm,  but  not  as  a  rule.  The 
position  they  occupy  in  the  stomach  is  against  this. 
The  chances  of  survival  are  extremely  small,  nevertheless 
the  gastrophilus  equi  is  quite  a  common  fly,  but  not  as 
common  as  the  ox-warble  fly.  The  best  remedy  that  we 
are  acquainted  with  is  turpentine  and  linseed  oil,  2  oz. 
of  the  former  to  a  pint  of  the  latter,  repeated  at  intervals 
of  about  a  week  or  ten  days.  The  commonest  digestive 
trouble  is  that  known  as 


176  THE  HORSE 


Colic 


This  affection  is  also  spoken  of  as  "gripes,"  "fret," 
"  belly-ache,"  the  "  bats,"  and  various  other  appellations. 
It  is  one  of  those  affections  which  usually  make  their  appear- 
ance without  any  previous  warning,  and  many  horses  are 
attacked  with  colic  whilst  they  are  at  work.  Sometimes 
the  attack  is  slight  and  passes  off  within  half  an  hour, 
whereas  at  other  times  it  is  very  severe  and  the  pain  so 
acute  that  the  poor  animal  begins  to  sweat  all  over  the 
body,  is  continually  rising  and  lying,  roUing  and  wandering 
round  about  the  box  through  the  agonising  pain  which  it 
is  enduring.  Frequently  a  horse  attacked  with  colic 
will  continue  in  pain  for  several  days  and  then  finally 
recover,  particularly  if  proper  treatment  has  been  adminis- 
tered. Things,  however,  do  not  always  go  as  favourably  as 
this,  the  case  not  being  one  of  simple  colic  but  due  to 
som.e  disease,  such  as  a  twisted  gut  or  inflammation  of  the 
bowels,  rupture  of  the  stomach,  internal  haemorrhage, 
or  some  other  organic  lesion.  As  pointed  out,  the 
symptoms  of  colic  vary  in  their  severity,  their  course, 
their  duration,  and  their  termination.  In  most  inflamma- 
tory conditions  the  pain  is  more  sustained,  more  severe, 
and  the  animal  presents  general  indications  of  impending 
dissolution.  The  causes  of  colic  are  as  variable  as  its 
termination,  but  we  may  say  that  excessive  food,  sudden 
changes  of  food,  drinking  too  much  cold  water  when 
over-heated,  prolonged  feeding  on  dry  food,  worms, 
super-purgation,  too  much  green  food,  a  concretion  or 
concretions  in  the  stomach  or  intestines,  strangulated 
rupture,  etc.,  are  all  liable  to  produce  it,  but  symptoms 
allied  to  those  of  colic  arise  through  gastro-enteritis  pro- 
duced by  mechanical,  chemical  and  specific  causes. 

Intussusception  or  invagination  of  the  bowel ;  strangu- 
lation of  it ;  changes  in  the  wall  of  the  bowel ;  in  fact, 
anything  which  leads  to  obstruction  of  it  is  capable  of 
producing  violent  pain  in  the  belly,  which  in  99  per  cent 


THE  DIGESTIVE  ORGANS  177 

of  instances  proves  fatal,  when  arising  from  the  last- 
named  causes.  There  is  a  very  common  round  worm  of 
the  horse  known  as  ascaris  megalocephala,  which  infests 
the  horse,  and  if  there  are  only  a  few  of  these  they 
do  no  harm,  but  if  very  numerous  they  are  capable  of, 
and  occasionally  do,  set  up  acute  inflammation  of  the 
bowels.  The  favourite  habitat  of  these  worms  is  at  the 
commencement  of  the  small  intestine.  The  author  has 
found  most  severe  inflam.mation  from  this  cause,  the  in- 
testine being  completely  blocked  to  the  extent  of  several 
feet. 

Having  enumerated  the  causes  it  only  remains  for  the 
writer  to  state  that  whilst  simple  cases  of  colic  may  be 
dealt  with  b}^  the  owner  it  will  usually  be  found  far  more 
satisfactory  to  have  professional  advice,  as  every  case  of 
colic  presents  an  individuality,  and  treatment  must  be 
based  upon  this  feature.  An  effort  to  try  to  ascertain 
the  cause  is  extremely  necessary  and  should  always  be 
taken  into  consideration,  but  failing  this,  the  owner  can 
give  a  pint  of  linseed  oil,  to  which  2  oz.  of  turpentine  and 
2  oz.  of  sweet  spirits  of  nitre  have  been  added.  This  is  a 
very  safe  and  often  very  efficacious  draught,  and  it  can  be 
given  pending  the  arrival  of  professional  skill.  Very 
often  colic  is  accompanied  by  a  flatulent  condition.  If 
so,  the  draught  referred  to  is  most  suitable.  In  cases  wherq.. 
there  is  no  veterinary  advice  obtainable,  the  draught 
can  be  repeated  at  intervals  of  three  hours,  until  three  or 
four  doses  have  been  given.  It  is  customary  for  many 
horse  owners  to  walk  their  horses  about  when  they  have 
belly-ache,  but  there  is  no  need  for  this  if  the  animal  can 
be  put  in  a  loose  box.  It  is  always  advisable  to  take  all 
food  away  for  the  time  being  and  for  the  next  two  or 
three  days  to  feed  the  animal — unless  contrarily  indicated 
— on  bran  and  scalded  oats,  with  a  gradual  return  to  hay. 
Never  overlook  the  possibility  of  the  forage  being  the 
cause  of  the  trouble. 


178  THE  HORSE 

DiARRHCEA  AND   ScOUR   IN   FOALS 

Horses  sometimes  suffer  from  super-purgation,  the 
result  of  an,  overdose  of  physic  ;  a  change  from  dry  food 
to  grass  ;  through  the  irritation  produced  by  worms, 
and  other  causes.  Colts  are  frequently  troubled  with  a 
severe  form  of  diarrhoea  and  they  gradually  become 
emaciated,  finally  dying,  unless  appropriate  treatment 
has  been  adopted  early  on  in  the  affection.  The  cause  of 
this  trouble  is  usually  parasitic,  being  due  to  what  is 
known  as  the  four-spined  strongyles,  whose  habitat  is 
in  the  large  intestines,  into  the  wall  of  which  they  enter, 
or  migrate  from  here  into  other  situations.  The  strongyles 
referred  to  seem  to  be  more  abundant  on  some  grazing 
land  than  in  others,  but  the  method  of  infection  has  not 
been  properly  worked  out.  If  a  colt  is  affected  in  this 
manner  it  should  be  housed,  most  liberally  fed  and  put 
on  a  course  of  iron  tonic  powders.  Worm  medicines  are 
useless,  but  arsenical  preparations  are  invaluable.  If  this 
trouble  is  suspected,  send  for  the  veterinary  surgeon. 
Foals  frequently  suffer  from  scour  or  acute  diarrhoea  and 
they  sometimes  die  from  this  trouble.  Begin  treatment 
with  a  couple  of  ounces  of  castor  oil  to  remove  the  source 
of  irritation.  A  drachm  of  chlorodyne  can,  with  advan- 
tage, be  added  to  the  oil.  As  in  the  last  case,  have  profes- 
sional advice. 

Lymphangitis  (Weed) 

This  affection  seems  to  be  closely  associated  with  diges- 
tive disturbance  and  congestion  of  the  absorbent  vessels 
and  glands.  It  is  a  very  common  trouble,  particularly 
amongst  heavy  draught  horses,  especially  those  of 
sluggish  temperament.  Light  horses  are  not  exempt 
from  the  complaint,  but  the  proportion  of  sufferers 
in  animals  under  15  hands  is  comparatively  slight.  One 
attack  of  weed,  also  known  in  Scotland  as  a  "  shoot  of 
cold,"  predisposes   the   animal  to   subsequent   attacks, 


THE  DIGESTIVE  ORGANS  179 

which,  if  recurrent,  lead  to  permanent  enlarge- 
ment of  the  limb,  with  accompanjdng  stiffness.  It  is 
spoken  of  by  some  stablemen  and  by  farmers  in  cer- 
tain localities  as  "  Monday  morning "  disease,  owing 
to  the  fact  that  it  often  occurs  after  Sunday's  rest.  If 
horses  are  exercised  on  Sundays  for  ten  minutes  or  a 
quarter  of  an  hour,  this  complaint  will  not  make  its 
appearance,  or,  at  any  rate,  it  will  seldom  be  observed. 
The  absorbent  glands  on  the  inner  and  upper  side  of  the 
thigh  become  tender,  swell,  and  the  swelling  rapidly 
extends  down  the  limb,  so  that  the  animal  may  be  unable 
to  bend  the  leg.  It  usually  commences  in  the  near  hind, 
but  may  appear  beneath  the  arm,  although  it  is  not  fre- 
quently met  with  in  the  latter  situation,  as  there  is  suf- 
ficient movement  in  the  stable  to  retard  its  development. 
But  the  matter  is  quite  different  in  the  case  of  the  hind 
Umbs.  Sometimes  considerable  constitutional  disturbance 
is  associated  with  lymphangitis  and  several  degrees  of 
fever  are  present,  with  or  without  symptoms  of  coUc. 
As  previously  stated,  "  prevention  is  better  than  cure," 
but  if  this  malady  does  develop,  the  owner  should  obtain 
veterinary  advice.  A  5  or  6  drm.  physic  ball  will  usually 
do  considerable  good.  It  is  generally  several  days  before 
the  swelling  and  stiffness  disappear.  This  disease  must 
not  be  confused  with  a  much  more  serious  malady,  known 
as  Epizootic  lymphangitis,  which  is  a  notifiable  disease, 
and  of  much  more  serious  consequences.  In  the  latter 
affection  sores  and  ulcers  form  on  the  skin  of  various 
parts  of  the  body.  It  is  a  contagious  malady,  and  im- 
mediate isolation  is  necessary  in  the  disease  last  named. 


CHAPTER  XIX 

SOME    AFFECTIONS    OF   URINARY   ORGANS 

Any  portion  of  the  urinary  apparatus  is  liable  to  become 
the  seat  of  various  complaints,  and  the  horse  is  by  no 
means  exempt  from  the  numerous  troubles  which  involve 
the  urinary  tract.  The  kidneys  are  fairly  large  and 
situated  beneath  the  loin,  consequently  these  structures 
are  sometimes  involved  when  the  muscles  on  the  inner 
side  of  the  loins  are  sprained.  Congestion  of  the  kidneys 
is  sometimes  associated  with  other  abnormal  conditions, 
and  when  a  trouble  of  this  kind  is  apparent  the  symptoms 
which  it  produces  are  those  of  suppressed  urination, 
pain  over  the  region  of  the  kidneys,  and  colic.  Stone  in 
the  kidne^^s  is  by  no  means  an  unknown  affection,  and  its 
presence  in  these  structures  causes  the  animal  serious 
inconvenience.  It  takes  the  form  of  either  gravel  or  as 
a  calculus  placed  within  the  pelvis  of  the  kidney,  in  which 
situation  it  obstructs  the  flow  of  urine  from  the  kidneys 
to  the  bladder.  The  bladder  is  sometimes  inflamed  and 
sometimes  it  is  in  an  irritable  state  through  the  existence 
of  gravel  or  a  calculus,  or  it  may  be  several  calculi. 
As  a  rule,  bladder  trouble  produces  painful  and  difficult 
urination,  but  these  symptoms  are  common  to  other 
affections  in  connection  with  the  urinary  organs.  Stric- 
ture of  the  urethra  also  leads  to  difficult  urination,  the 
urine  being  passed  at  very  frequent  intervals,  but  in 
small  quantities.  In  every  case  of  urinary  trouble  it  is 
advisable  to  have  professional  aid,  as  abnormal  conditions 
of  these  organs  can  only  be  successfully  dealt  with  when 
skilful  advice  is  employed.    The  urine  is  liable  to  contain 

1 80 


URINARY  ORGANS  i8i 

various  abnormal  constituents,  such  as  blood,  pus,  gravel, 
tube-casts,  etc.    In  a  disorder  known  as 

AZOTURIA 

the  urine  becomes  coffee-coloured.  This  affection,  whilst 
not  common,  is  occasionally  met  with,  especially  in  horses 
and  geldings.  It  comes  on  without  any  warning  and  in 
nearly  every  instance  whilst  the  animal  is  at  work,  but 
usually  after  the  latter  has  been  kept  in  the  stable  for  two 
or  three  days,  without  any  reduction  in  the  amount  of 
oats,  etc.,  supplied  as  forage.  The  kidneys  and  the 
muscles  seem  to  be  primarily  implicated  in  this  disorder, 
and  the  most  significant  sign  is  the  changed  colour  of  the 
urine.  Apart  from  this,  the  muscles,  more  especially  of  the 
loins  and  quarters,  become  as  rigid  as  boards  and  remain 
in  this  condition  until  there  is  an  abatement  in  the  severity 
of  the  attack.  Sometimes  the  affection  is  of  quite  a  mild 
character,  whereas  in  other  instances  it  is  severe  and  soon 
terminates  fatally.  One  of  the  worst  effects  of  azoturia  is 
the  wasting  of  the  muscles  which  follows  recovery,  if 
this  is  fortunate  enough  to  occur.  The  most  hopeless 
cases  are  those  in  which  the  animals  are  unable  to  rise. 
Doubtless,  to  place  the  animal  in  slings  as  early  as  possible 
is  distinctly  advantageous  and  can  be  recommended. 
Treatment  is,  however,  a  matter  which  must  be  left  to  a 
veterinary  surgeon — to  a  qualified  man  (M.R.C.V.S.)  and 
not  to  any  of  the  hopeless  and  useless  emperics  scattered 
throughout  our  own  and  other  countries. 

Diabetes  or  Excessive  Urination 

Excessive  urination  is  not  at  all  uncommon  amongst 
studs  of  horses,  in  which  it  is  chiefly  due  to  feeding  the 
animals  upon  damaged  or  musty  forage.  The  urine  is 
very  light-coloured  and  an  extraordinary  amount  of 
fluid  is  passed  from  the  urinary  apparatus.  It  appears  to 
be  due  to  some  disturbance  of  the  digestive  organs,  which 


i82  THE  HORSE 

the  kidneys  endeavour  to  deal  with  and  rid  the  system 
of  the  noxious  material  which  has  entered  it  along  with 
the  forage.  Mow-burned  hay  and  musty  oats  commonly 
produce  the  symptom,  i.e.  excessive  urination,  now  under 
consideration.  As  soon  as  the  cause  has  been  removed 
the  trouble  should  cease.  It  is  only  a  temporary  form  of 
diabetes,  although  a  true  form,  i.e.  one  in  which  sugar 
is  contained  in  the  urine,  occasionally  occurs  in  the  horse. 
The  treatment  comprises  the  removal  of  the  cause  and 
the  use  of  some  medicine,  the  prescription  of  which  con- 
tains iodine  and  iron.  Consult  your  veterinary  surgeon 
at  once. 


CHAPTER  XX 

THE    NERVOUS    SYSTEM   AND    SOME    AFFECTIONS    OF   THE 

SAME 

The  brain,  spinal  cord  and  nerves  arising  from  their  struc- 
tures represent  the  fundamental  portions  of  the  central 
nervous  system.  The  brain  and  spinal  cord  are  both  well- 
developed  structures,  consequently  hable  to  be  implicated 
in  various  ways — sometimes  functionally  wrong — at  others 
the  seat  of  organic  changes.  Unfortunately  many  of  the 
diseases  affecting  the  nerves  of  the  horse  are  of  a  very 
obscure  nature.  It  is  quite  useless  in  a  small  work  of 
this  kind  to  enter  into  a  consideration  of  these  troubles 
beyond  saying  that 

Stringhalt 

is  a  fairly  common  affection  and  one  that  is  liable  to  affect 
any  class  of  horse,  but  perhaps  vanners  and  cart  horses 
are  the  most  affected.  Stringhalt  and  shivering  are  closely 
allied  troubles,  and  they  both,  naturally,  detract  from  the 
value  of  the  animal.  Very  often  the  last-named  is  difficult 
to  detect,  and  no  doubt  many  shiverers  are  sold,  both 
privately  and  in  open  market,  without  even  the  seller 
being  aware  of  its  existence,  much  less  the  purchaser. 

Stringhalt  is  less  liable  to  be  overlooked.  It  is  denoted 
by  the  spasmodic  or  involuntary  jerking  up  of  one  of  the 
limbs,  sometimes  both  hind,  but  commonly  one  hind 
limb  only,  either  in  the  stable  or  out  of  it.  It  is  an  affec- 
tion which  varies  in  its  degree  of  severity.  Sometimes 
it  is  only  observed  whilst  the  horse  is  at  work.  It  is 
chronic  and  incurable  in  the  author's  experience.     The 

183 


i84  THE  HORSE 

causes  are  not  understood.  The  best  test  for  shivering 
is  to  back  the  horse,  or  turn  it  sharply  round.  If  it  is 
a  shiverer  it  may  be  unable  to  back,  or  else  the  muscles 
of  the  limbs  tremble.  Both  these  troubles  render  the 
animal  unsound,  and  rightly  so,  because  they  impair  its 
usefulness  to  a  greater  or  lesser  extent,  with  a  tendency 
for  the  symptoms  to  become  worse  as  the  animal  becomes 
older. 

Epilepsy  or  Vertigo 

known  under  the  popular  title  of  megrims  also  occurs  in 
the  horse,  without  any  well  understood  cause.  These 
seizures  come  on  at  a  moment's  notice,  paralysing  the 
sufferer  for  the  time  being,  and  if  the  animal  is  at  work 
when  seized,  very  serious  consequences  may  ensue.  A 
horse  known  to  be  affected  with  a  trouble  of  this  kind 
is  quite  unsafe  for  any  useful  purpose  and  should  be 
destroyed. 

The  central  nervous  system  is  hable  to  various  toxic 
troubles  (see  Tetanus)  and  to  the  development  of 
abnormal  growths,  etc.,  in  connection  with  it. 


CHAPTER  XXI 

DISEASES    OF    BONES,    JOINTS,    TENDONS    AND    LIGAMENTS 

Quite  irrespective  of  breed  and  likewise  age,  sex,  etc., 
horses  are  very  prone  to  suffer  from  various  inflammatory 
conditions,  either  of  an  acute,  sub-acute,  or  chronic 
nature,  in  connection  with  the  bones  of  the  limbs,  liga- 
ments, tendons,  joints,  etc.  Some  of  these  inflammatory 
conditions  are  commonly  spoken  of  as  hereditary,  and 
nearly  all  horsemen  are  acquainted  with  such  troubles  as 
splint,  spavin,  ring-bone,  curb,  and  so  forth.  Even  the 
boy  in  the  stable  will  sometimes  point  out  that  "  it  is  a 
pity  this  'ere  'orse  'as  spHnt,"  spavin,  or  ring-bone,  as  the 
case  may  be.  For  the  stable  hands  to  discover  a  splint 
or  a  spavin,  or  to  imagine  they  have  discovered  it  in  a 
horse  recently  purchased  by  "  Master,"  appears  to  be 
something  wonderful,  and  the  confidences  exchanged 
with  one  another  are  truly  astonishing.  This  is  why  the 
stable  lad  is  often  regarded  as  the  "  stable  oracle,"  with 
his  knowledge  "  wondrous  and  true,"  yet  as  false  as  it  is 
misleading.  The  horse  is  a  wonderful  piece  of  mechanism, 
every  single  part  of  it  being  adjusted  with  a  precision  un- 
attainable by  any  artificial  means.  The  bones — their 
shape  and  their  adjustment ;  the  joints — their  shape  and 
their  adjustment ;  the  muscles — their  origin  and  their 
insertion,  their  specialised  prolongations  as  tendons, 
with  adaptation  to  purpose  ;  the  intricate  system  of 
blood-vessels — arteries,  veins,  and  capillaries  ;  the  nervous 
system — with  its  central  stations  and  communications 
to  every  organ  and  tissue  in  the  body  ;  the  absorbent 
system  and  the  scavenger  work  which  it  performs  ;    the 

185 


i86  THE  HORSE 

digestive,  generative,  and  urinar}^  systems  are  all  part  of 
the  beauty  of  animal  mechanism  and  animal  locomotion. 
Unquestionably  the  effects  of  concussion — direct  or  in- 
direct— the  unequal  distribution  of  pressure  and  heredi- 
tary predisposition  are  all  factors  concerned  with  disease 
and  injury  in  connection  with  the  limbs  of  the  horse,  and 
sometimes  other  portions  of  the  anatomy.  The  nature  of 
a  horse's  work  and  its  age  have  a  direct  bearing  upon  the 
production  of  some  of  the  infirmities  with  which  we  are 
about  to  deal.  It  may  be  accepted  as  a  truism  that  any 
horse  under  the  age  of  four  years  is  much  more  liable  to 
become  lame  through  some  trouble  than  a  horse  of  mature 
development.  In  the  fore  limbs  the  following  diseases  are 
some  of  the  principal  ones  : 

Slipped  Shoulder 

The  reader  will,  from  the  above  title,  at  once  imagine 
that  the  shoulder  has  slipped  out  of  its  proper  place  ;  in 
other  words,  that  there  has  been  a  dislocation  of  the 
shoulder  joint.  This  is  not  so,  however,  as  the  affection  is 
one  primarily  implicating  the  muscles  of  the  shoulder, 
the  nerve  being  known  as  the  "  supra  scapular,"  and  the 
trouble  alluded  to  is  designated  as  paralysis  of  this  nerve. 
The  muscles  on  the  outer  face  of  the  shoulder  lose  their 
proper  functional  power,  and  the  result  is  that  they  begin 
to  waste,  and  this  wasting  is  particularly  obvious  on  the 
outer  face  of  the  shoulder-blade.  This  affection  is  due  to 
injury  of  the  nerve,  and  some  horses  make  quite  a  good 
recovery.  Prolonged  rest  is  essential.  The  muscles 
should  be  freely  massaged,  at  least  once  a  day,  by  vigor- 
ously rubbing  the  shoulder  with  the  hands. 

Splint 

Almost  every  horseman  is  acquainted  with  this  disease. 
A  splint  consists  of  a  variable-sized  deposit  of  bone  on 


DISEASES  OF  BONES  187 

the  large  cannon-bone,  on  either  the  near  or  off  fore 
Hmb,  or  both  fore.  The  sphnt,  i.e.  the  deposit  of  bone, 
is  the  legacy  or  result  of  a  circumscribed  inflammation 
of  the  bone  and  bone  skin — possibly  of  the  ligament  as 
well — or  all  these  structures,  usually  appearing  a  short 
distance  below  the  knee.  There  is  a  ligament  between 
the  large  cannon-bone  and  the  splint-bones,  and  it  often 
happens  that  splint  forms  just  where  this  ligament  is, 
consequently  some  authorities  have  regarded  splint  as 
an  ossification  of  the  interosseous  ligament.  To  a  certain 
extent  this  theory  is  tnie,  but  sometimes  it  bears  no 
relation  to  the  actual  seat  of  the  trouble.  Splint  may 
develop  in  any  breed  of  horse  and  at  any  age,  but  it 
commonly  makes  its  appearance  in  young  horses,  and  in 
such  breeds  as  hackneys,  thoroughbreds,  hunters,  trotters, 
cobs,  and  ponies  generally,  and  very  often  in  van  horses. 
There  are  many  thoroughly  practical  horsemen  who 
feel  amused  when  you  tell  them  that  a  horse  has  got  a 
spUnt  and  that  it  will  be  necessary  to  reject  the  animal 
on  the  ground  of  unsoundness,  but  it  must  be  borne  in 
mind  that  there  are  splints  and  splints.  There  is  the 
splint  which  is  harmless  and  there  is  the  spHnt  which 
produces  irreparable  damage  and  lameness  until  the 
unfortunate  animal  finds  its  way  into  the  copper, 
where  disease  ceases  to  trouble,  and  the  animal  is  for  ever 
at  rest. 

Sometimes  there  is  a  large  splint,  and  in  other  in- 
stances numerous  very  small  ones,  situated  in  the 
channel  at  the  back  of  the  cannon  bone,  and  it  is  splints 
of  this  kind  which  often  lead  to  an  incurable  lameness. 
The  reader  must  understand  that  the  suspensory  ligament 
runs  at  the  back  of  the  cannon  bone  and  the  roughened 
surfaces  of  the  splinty  growth  or  growths  are  very  liable 
to  injure  the  ligament  by  abrading  its  surface.  When 
splints  of  the  nature  referred  to  have  been  formed,  they  are 
sometimes  situated  immediately,  below  the  knee,  and  very 
difficult  to  detect ;  in  fact,  it  is  impossible  for  an  amateur 


i88  THE  HORSE 

to  discover  their  existence.  It  must  be  borne  in  mind  that 
there  is  a  natural  tendency  for  the  interosseous  hgament 
between  the  sphnt-bones  and  the  large  cannon-bone  to 
undergo  transformation  in  the  bone.  It  is  Nature's  way 
and  nothing  can  deflect  it.  In  obscure  cases  of  lameness  in 
the  fore  limbs  it  is  always  advisable  to  make  a  critical 
examination  at  the  back  of  the  leg,  from  the  knee  to  the 
fetlock,  as  the  author,  and  doubtless  others,  has  occa- 
sionally found  one  or  more  minute  splinty  deposits  below 
the  knee,  or  in  some  portion  of  the  back  of  the  cannon 
bone.  Sometimes  the  splinty  deposit  is  on  the  front  of 
the  bone,  sometimes  on  its  outer  side,  but  in  the  majority 
of  instances  it  is  on  the  inner  side,  as  everything  favours 
its  development  in  the  situation  referred  to.  The  size  of 
the  splint  bears  no  relationship  to  the  existence  of  lame- 
ness. Under  ordinary  circumstances  lameness,  if  present, 
usually  occurs  during  the  time  the  splint  is  forming,  i.e. 
when  the  bone  and  bone  skin  are  inflamed  and  Nature  is 
endeavouring  to  repair  the  damaged  part,  the  splint  being, 
as  previously  stated,  the  product  of  inflammatory  action ; 
but  the  unfortunate  part  about  it  is  that  it  does  not 
appear  requisite,  but  it  is  reasonable  to  assume  that 
Nature  knows  her  own  requirements.  Probably  60  or 
70  per  cent  of  saddle  and  harness  horses  have  splint  and 
yet  never  show  the  slightest  sign  of  lameness.  The 
position  of  the  sphnt  and  the  age  of  the  animal  are  the 
best  guides.  Any  kind  of  injury  is  capable  of  producing 
splint.  It  is  a  well-known  fact  that  a  spHnt  will  sometimes 
disappear,  owing  to  reabsorption  of  it,  and  this  is  the 
object  of  blistering  and  firing. 

Ring-bone 

The  term  ring-bone  is  apphed  to  a  deposit  of  new  bone 
on  the  long  pastern,  or  else  around  the  coronet  (short 
pastern).  It  consists  of  a  varia.ble  degree  of  inflammation 
of  the  bone  and  bone  skin  {ostitis  and  periostitis)  of  the 


DISEASES  OF  BONES  189 

long  and  short  pastern  bones,  and  may  end  in  anchylosis 
of  the  joints  in  these  regions.  It  is  called  ring-bone 
because  the  new  bony  formation  has  often  a  ringlike 
contour,  but  not  always.  All  classes  of  horses  are 
liable  to  it  and  at  any  age,  but  light  draught  and  heavy 
draught  horses  are  more  frequently  troubled  with  ring- 
bone than  riders  and  roadsters.  The  deposit  of  new  bone, 
like  splint,  represents  the  product  of  inflammatory  action, 
and  it  is  Nature's  method  of  repairing  a  damaged  part. 
The  new  bone,  however,  commonly  leads  to  the  produc- 
tion of  lameness  of  a  very  obstinate  character,  and  treat- 
ment of  any  kind  is,  in  the  author's  experience,  of  little 
or  no  practical  value  v/hatever.  It  is  quite  probable 
that  this  arthritis,  either  in  its  chronic  or  acute  state,  is 
largely  attributable  to  hereditary  influence,  as  it  is  so 
very  common  amongst  heavy  draught  horses.  Manipula- 
tion of  the  pastern  joint  or  from  the  fetlock  to  the  pastern, 
during  an  experience  of  thirty-five  years,  especially 
amongst  heavy  draught  horses,  has  satisfied  the  author 
how  extremely  common  this  trouble  is.  Not  uncommonly 
the  joint  is  obhterated  and  the  growth  of  new  bone 
sufhciently  extensive  to  impair  the  integrity  and  func- 
tional powers  of  all  structures  in  juxtaposition  to  it. 
One  or  both  pasterns,  either  fore  or  aft,  may  be  the  seat 
of  the  trouble,  which  is  very  common  in  the  fore  limbs. 
A  horse  may  have  a  large  ring-bone  and  travel  perfectly 
sound,  or  it  may  have  a  smaU  one  and  be  persistently  lame. 
Ring-bone  lameness  varies  considerably,  and  a  horse 
apparently  sound  one  day  may  subsequently  become 
very  lame  on  the  following  one.  The  effects  of  rest 
should  always  be  tried.  Work  on  soft  ground  is  best 
for  them,  hence  many  ring-boned  horses  which  have 
been  going  very  lame  in  town  will  continue  to  do  good 
work  on  the  land  for  many  years. 


190  THE  HORSE 

Open  Joint 
The  capsular  ligament  of  a  joint  is  sometimes  pene- 
trated, and  this  leads  to  a  condition  technically  known 
as  open  joint.  The  joint  most  frequently  injured  in  this 
manner  is  the  hock.  At  the  time  of  injury,  infection  with 
pus  organisms  usually  occurs,  so  that  a  septic  arthritis  is 
set  up,  and  this  causes  the  animal  acute  sufferings  The 
hock  joint  swells  and  synovia  (joint-oil)  can  be  seen 
issuing  from  the  wound.  In  addition  to  the  swelling  and 
the  discharge  of  synovia,  the  animal  is  unable  to  bear 
m.uch  weight  on  the  limbs  ;  in  fact,  the  trouble  causes 
so  much  pain  that  the  horse  avoids  putting  any  weight  at 
all  upon  it,  the  limb  being  in  a  semi-fiexed  position. 
Cases  of  this  nature  are  usually  hopeless,  but  they  are 
more  hopeful  when  at  the  fetlock  joint.  Sometimes  the 
knee  is  the  seat  of  the  trouble.  Supposing  that  recovery 
does  occur  at  either  the  knee  or  hock  joint,  permanent 
stiffening  is  a  common  result  of  the  injury.  In  any  case, 
professional  assistance  should  be  sought  and  the  advice 
tendered  acted  upon. 

Bursal  Enlargements  or  Wind-galls 
Joints  and  tendons  have  usually  lubricating  pouches 
and  sheaths  to  promote  the  free  play  of  the  tendons  and 
joints.  These  structures  are  quite  commonly  the  seat  of 
chronic  irritation,  and  the  result  is  the  production  of  a 
soft  fluctuating  swelling,  free  from  pain  on  manipulation, 
and  usually  unaccompanied  by  any  degree  of  heat  or 
tenderness,  unless  the  disease  exists  as  an  acute  syno- 
vitis. (See  also  Open  Joint.)  The  pneumatic  character 
of  the  swellings  has  conferred  upon  them  the  title  "  wind- 
galls,"  and  the  majority  of  horsemen  are  familiar  with 
them  under  this  name.*  If  a  young  horse  is  subjected  to 
abuse,  instead  of  proper  use,  it  will  very  soon  disclose  on 
manipulation  a  puffy  feeling  about  the  joints,  more  par- 

*  Bog-spavin. 


DISEASES  OF  BONES  191 

ticularly  at  the  fetlocks.  The  part  is  unable  to  stand  the 
strain,  and  the  tendons  very  often  also  give  way.  Bursal 
swellings  are  very  unsightly,  more  especially  if  they  are 
large.  They  seldom  produce  lameness,  but  materially 
interfere  with  the  selling  price  of  a  horse.  Capped  elbow, 
capped  knee,  and  sometimes  capped  hock,  are  of  this 
nature,  but  may  be  complicated  by  subjacent  structures 
becoming  implicated  in  the  abnormal  process.  "Bog- 
spavin  "  and  "  thoro-pin,"  though  not  the  same,  are  of  an 
allied  nature,  but  neither  of  these  need  have  much 
significance  attached  to  their  existence,  as  they  seldom 
cause  the  animal  any  inconvenience,  and  still  less  often 
any  lameness.  "  Thoro-pin  "  appears  as  a  bulging  at  the 
back  of  the  hock  on  its  inner  side — and  sometimes  on  its 
outer  as  well — just  above  the  point  of  the  hock.  Bog- 
spavin,  on  the  other  hand,  may  consist  of  a  slight  disten- 
tion or  a  very  puffy  swelhng  at  the  front  and  sides  of  the 
hock,  more  especially  on  the  morning  following  active 
work,  due  to  a  hyper-secretion  of  the  lubricating  fluid 
of  the  joint,  and  the  significance  attached  to  it  is  as 
previously  stated.  Wind-galls  and  other  puffy  swellings 
of  an  allied  nature  may  either  be  blistered,  fired,  or  what 
is  better  still,  smeared  over  with  ordinary  gas  tar.  This 
produces  pressure  and  contraction  of  the  surrounding 
tissues,  whilst  its  action  is  allied  to  both  blistering  and 
firing.  Operative  interference  beyond  this  is  seldom 
advisable. 

Curb 

Curb  consists  of  a  sprain  of  one  of  the  ligaments  just 
below  the  point  of  the  hock,  but  lying  in  the  same  straight 
line  with  it.  V/hen  viewed  in  profile  it  appears  as  a 
variable-sized  swelling,  being  sometimes  nothing  more 
than  a  shght  undulation,  but  at  others  as  a  distinct 
convexity,  free  from  either  heat  or  pain,  and  usually  the 
animal  shows  no  indication  of  lameness.  Curb  is  sup- 
posed to  be  associated  with  "  over-bent  "  or  "  sickle- 


192  THE  HORSE 

shaped  "  hocks,  and  the  majority  of  horses  with  hocks  of 
this  conformation  usually  show  a  couple  of  well-marked 
curbs.  Both  light  and  heavy  horses  are  liable  to  this 
trouble,  and  while  some  veterinary  surgeons  look  upon 
it  as  indicative  of  unsoundness,  there  are  others  who 
pay  very  little  attention  to  it,  unless  the  animal  is  lame 
and  the  lameness  ascribed  to  the  existence  of  curb. 
Unquestionably  the  "  over-bent  "  hock  is  one  which  is 
distinctly  predisposed  to  it,  although  it  may  not  always 
develop.  The  author  does  not  consider  it  of  much 
significance,  but,  judged  from  a  legal  standpoint  in 
relationship  to  the  soundness  of  the  animal,  it  represents 
unsoundness,  because  it  is  a  departure  from  the  normal 
standard,  and  is  *'  liable  "  at  some  subsequent  period — 
although  it  probably  never  will — to  impair  the  usefulness 
of  the  animal.  It  is  customary — whether  discreet  or 
otherwise — to  fire  and  bhster  curb,  and  sometimes  to 
adopt  the  same  treatment  with  "  over-bent "  hocks, 
although  no  curb  is  present.  We  think  that  the  practice 
is  a  commendable  one  for  various  reasons,  but  space 
forbids  us  to  enter  into  consideration  of  these. 

Bone-spavin 

There  are  very  few  horsemen,  not  excluding  the  boy 
in  the  stable,  who  would  appear  to  be  unacquainted  with 
spavin,  but  this  knowledge  is  more  fictional  than  real,  as 
any  man  of  scientific  training  can  verify.  Bone-spavin 
is  really  a  chronic  arthritis  affecting  the  lower  and  inner 
aspect  of  the  hock,  whilst  the  spavin  itself  consists  of  a 
deposit  of  new  bone,  the  result  of  inflammatory  action, 
usually  localised  to  a  small  area,  just  at  the  head  of  the 
large  cannon  bone  and  its  junction  with  the  lower  row  of 
the  bones  of  the  hock.  Every  variety  of  horse  is  hable  to 
spavin,  but  some  more  so  than  others.  One  or  both 
hocks  may  be  the  seat  of  the  trouble,  and  the  statement 
that  ''  once  a  spavin  always  a  spavin  "  is  a  practical 


DISEASES  OF  BONES  193 

truth.  In  very  rare  instances  the  inflammatory  bony 
product,  as  in  splint,  may  disappear.  Bone-spavin  is  of 
less  significance  in  a  heavy  draught  horse  than  in  one 
required  for  Ught  work.  It  is  reasonable  to  assume  that 
very  few  experts  would  pass  a  horse  with  bone-spavin  as 
sound,  provided  the  animal  was  under  five  years  of  age. 
It  must  be  clearly  understood  that  spavin  represents 
Nature's  method  of  repairing  the  damaged  part,  and  the 
inflammatory  action  produced  and  leading  to  the  forma- 
tion of  the  spavin  very  often  anchyloses  or  seals  together 
the  smaller  bones  of  the  hock  joint.  The  writer  is  not 
aware  that  it  ever  implicates  the  true  hock  joint,  i.e.  the 
articulation  between  the  lower  end  of  the  second  thigh- 
bone with  that  of  the  screw-bone  of  the  hock.  (See 
Structure  of  Skeleton.)  A  horse  may  have  one  or  both 
hocks  spavined  and  go  absolutely  sound,  or  it  may  have 
a  very  small  spavin  combined  with  an  intractable  lame- 
ness. Horses  which  are  worn  and  degenerate — members 
of  the  old  brigade — with  spavin  commonly  go  lame,  as  the 
disease  sometimes  takes  on  not  constructive  but  destruc- 
tive changes,  in  the  form  of  ulceration  of  the  cartilages 
of  the  joints,  etc.  Bone-spavin  is  considered  to  be  a 
hereditary  trouble ;  still  there  are  plenty  of  horses 
employed  for  stud  purposes,  in  which  unmistakable  signs 
of  spavin  exist.  As  to  how  spavin  is  caused  we  have  no 
reliable  or  authoritative  information,  but  it  is  probably 
due  to  over  extension  of  the  hock,  to  direct  injury,  such 
as  a  blow,  etc.  The  term  "  Jack- spavin  "  is  practically 
synonymous  with  that  of  "  bone-spavin.''  To  detect 
bone-spavin,  stand  in  front  of  the  horse  and  view  the 
inner  and  lower  aspect  of  each  of  the  hocks,  noting  any 
difference  in  size.  If  spavin  exists  it  should  be  seen  as  a 
variable-sized  bone  prominence  in  the  situation  named. 
Care  must  be  taken  not  to  confuse  this  with  the 
prominence  normally  present  on  the  inner  aspect  of  the 
hock.  If  the  hocks  are  compared  for  the  existence  of 
spavin,  a  slight  difference  in  size  will  be  seen,  and  this 

N 


194  THE  HORSE 

can  be  supplemented  by  manipulation  with  the  hand, 
comparing  the  two  hocks  by  the  sense  of  touch.  Both 
firing  and  blistering  are  resorted  to  for  spavin,  but  they 
are  of  doubtful  efficacy.  If  the  owner  has  reason  to 
suspect  that  a  spavin  is  forming,  he  should  immediately 
throw  the  animal  off  work  and  keep  it  in  a  stall,  as  rest 
is  of  primary  importance.  Anything  from  a  few  days  to 
several  months  are  sometimes  required  to  assist  Nature 
in  repairing  the  part.  Bone-spavin  always  represents  un- 
soundness, whether  detected  or  undetected,  and  whether 
the  animal  is  lame  or  not  lame.  A  good  deal  of  circum- 
spection is  requisite  with  the  expert  in  deciding  as  to 
whether  he  will  or  will  not  advise  purchase  of  the  animal. 

Sprained  Tendons  and  Ligaments 

Both  tendons  and  ligaments  are  very  liable  to  be  over- 
stretched or  strained,  and  some  of  the  fibres  entering  into 
their  structure  are  torn  or  ruptured  as  the  result  of  over- 
extension. Ligaments  in  connection  with  joints  and 
tendons  and  tendinous  prolongation  of  the  muscles  may 
all  be  damaged  in  this  manner,  and  the  result  is  lameness, 
owing  to  the  pain  brought  on  through  the  injury.  In  a 
recent  sprain  the  part  is  usually  hotter  than  normally  ; 
it  is  swollen  ;  causes  additional  pain  when  manipulated, 
and  very  often  a  certain  amount  of  constitutional  dis- 
turbance. The  tendons  at  the  back  of  the  limbs  are  very 
often  sprained,  particularly  in  horses  which  are  required 
for  speed.  In  chronic  sprain  of  a  tendon  the  sprained 
part  remains  permanently  thickened,  and  this  in  its  turn 
sometimes  causes  the  animal  to  go  on  its  toe.  This  is 
frequently  observed  in  one  or  both  hind  limbs,  but  it  is  by 
no  means  uncommon  in  front.  Treatment  comprises 
rest  and  the  application  of  bandages,  along  with  either 
hot  or  cold  fomentations,  in  accordance  with  the  time 
the  sprain  has  existed.  For  the  first  twenty-four  hours 
cold  compresses  are  the  best,  and  after  this  hot-water 


DISEASES  OF  BONES  195 

fomentation  and  compresses,  but  not  sufficiently  hot  to 
scald  or  blister  the  skin.  When  all  the  acute  symptoms 
have  subsided,  the  application  of  a  bhster  will  sometimes 
prove  beneficial.  As  a  cooling  lotion,  equal  parts  of 
vinegar  and  water  will  be  found  serviceable.  A  linen 
bandage  neatly  adjusted  will  serve  to  keep  the  compresses 
on,  and  over  this  a  flannel  bandage  should  be  applied. 
Dress  the  injured  part  three  or  four  times  a  day. 


CHAPTER  XXII 

SOME  SKIN  AFFECTIONS 

The  horse  is  liable  to  quite  a  number  of  skin  affections, 
some  of  which  are  fairly  simple  in  their  nature,  others 
more  complex.  These  troubles  may  be  of  a  parasitic 
nature  or  non-parasitic.  In  the  former  case  the  affection 
is  transmissible  from  one  horse  to  another  by  direct  or  by 
indirect  means ;  in  other  words,  parasitical  skin  troubles 
are  of  an  infective  nature,  and  whenever  diseases  of  this 
kind  appear  amongst  a  stud  of  horses  an  unlimited  amount 
of  inconvenience  and  annoyance  may  be  caused. 

Some  skin  diseases  are  acute,  others  chronic.  Horses 
that  are  kept  under  bad  conditions,  such,  for  instance,  as 
dirty  stables,  and  with  little  or  no  grooming,  are  pre- 
disposed to  the  development  of  skin  trouble  ;  and  if  an 
infective  disease,  such  as  mange,  exists  where  such  animals 
are  kept,  the  chances  are  that  it  will  spread  with  great 
rapidity.  Sometimes  a  skin  affection  represents  a  general 
infection  of  the  whole  system,  as,  for  instance,  in  glanders, 
a  disease  which  primarily  invades  the  lungs  and  sometimes 
extends  to  the  absorbent  vessels  and  skin  ;  epizootic 
lymphangitis  and  ulcerative  cellulitis  are  of  a  similar 
nature.  These  three  diseases  are  spoken  of  as  specific, 
being  due  to  micro-organisms. 

The  causes  of  skin  disease  in  the  horse  are  various,  but 
the  whole  of  the  causative  agents  are  of  mechanical, 
chemical  or  parasitical  origin  ;  arising  in  this  manner  we 
have  saddle  and  collar  galls,  burns  from  acids  and  strong 
disinfectants,  mange,  ringworm,  etc.  The  following  brief 
description  of  some  of  the  commoner  skin  diseases 
affecting  the  horse  are  of  interest. 

196 


SOME  SKIN  AFFECTIONS  197 

Mange 

This  is  a  very  common  skin  disease  and,  since  the  war, 
it  has  been  much  more  prevalent  than  formerly.  There 
are  several  varieties  of  mange,  but  they  are  all  parasitic, 
being  due  to  minute  acari  invading  either  the  superficial 
or  deeper  portions  of  the  skin.  These  different  forms  of 
mange  are  known  as  psor optic,  sar Coptic,  and  symbiotic  ; 
all  of  which  have  been  very  common  amongst  army 
horses  and  not  uncommon  in  civilian  stables.  For 
some  years  a  vigorous  campaign  has  been  carried  on 
against  mange  in  order  to  diminish  its  prevalence,  and 
local  authorities  throughout  the  British  Isles  have  adopted 
such  legislative  measures  as  seemed  expedient  under  the 
circumstances.  In  exceptional  instances  a  fourth  variety 
of  mange,  namely  folHcular,  affects  the  horse,  but  it  is  not 
of  sufficient  clinical  importance  to  do  anything  more 
than  mention  its  existence.  Sarcoptic  and  psoroptic 
mange  are  both  scheduled  diseases,  and  if  the  owner  has 
reason  to  suspect  the  existence  of  mange  amongst  his 
horses,  the  matter  must  be  immediately  reported  to  the 
nearest  local  authority. 

Sarcoptic  mange  is  more  troublesome  to  treat  than  the 
psoroptic,  for  the  simple  reason  that  the  sarcoptic  acari 
take  up  their  abode  in  the  skin  less  superficially  than  the 
psoroptic  parasites.  Sarcoptic  mange  has  a  predilection 
for  attacking  those  portions  of  the  body  covered  by  short 
and  fine  hair,  which  is  exactly  the  converse  in  psoroptic 
mange,  whilst  the  symbiotic  acari  confine  their  attentions 
to  the  limbs,  especially  below  the  hocks  and  knees,  where 
they  produce  a  great  deal  of  irritation,  moisture  on  the 
skin,  in  fact,  what  is  popularly  known  as  grease  or 
seborrhoea;  but  all  "greasy"  legs  are  not  due  to  mange 
acari,  some  being  of  a  constitutional  nature.  The  latter 
can  only  be  treated  successfully  by  remedies  which 
improve  the  general  health.  Psoroptic  mange  commonly 
makes  its  appearance  beneath  the  mane,  between  the  ears. 


198  THE  HORSE 

on  the  back,  at  the  set-on  of  the  tail  and  on  the  quarters, 
in  which  places  the  hair  is  long  and  the  skin  very  often 
dirty.  All  mange  parasites  are  of  microscopic  size  and 
require  the  skilled  use  of  the  microscope  for  their  detection. 
They  are""  closely  allied  to  forage  acari  and  very  often 
confused  with  these  organisms.  Forage  acari  would 
appear  to  be  capable  of  inducing  a  certain  amount  of 
skin  irritation.  They  exist  in  the  dust  of  forage,  hay,  etc. 
The  commonest  form  of  mange  is  the  psoroptic,  and  it  is 
more  communicable  from  horse  to  horse  than  the  sar- 
coptic.  The  three  different  forms  of  mange  may  co- 
exist in  the  same  animal  at  the  same  time,  and,  in  addi- 
tion, Hce  may  be  present,  materially  aggravating  the  skin 
irritation. 

The  earhest  indication  of  mange  is  irritation  of  the 
skin  as  shown  by  the  animal  rubbing  or  biting  the  part,  if 
accessible  for  the  latter  purpose.  This  leads  to  the  loss  of 
hair  in  patches,  and  as  the  disease  extends  the  patches 
become  confluent,  so  that  in  course  of  time,  more  especially 
if  the  trouble  is  neglected,  the  body  becomes  more  or 
less  denuded  of  hair.  In  advanced  cases  of  mange  the 
pruritis,  or  irritation,  is  intense,  and,  as  this  leads  to 
exhaustion,  loss  of  flesh  follows,  and  the  animal  may 
succumb  in  consequence. 

Mange  is,  as  previously  stated,  one  of  those  troubles 
which  are  favoured  by  uncleanliness,  and  its  progress  is 
more  rapid  amongst  horses  which  are  over-crowded, 
badly  groomed,  and  neglected  in  various  other  ways. 
Dirt  evidently  favours  the  perpetuation  of  the  parasites. 
It  is  important  to  know  that  the  adult  female  sarcopt 
lays  her  eggs  at  the  end  of  a  tunnel  or  gallery  formed 
beneath  the  superficial  layers  of  the  skin,  and  that  these 
eggs  hatch  out  and  produce  larvae  in  from  four  to  six 
days.  Further,  that  the  larva  form  takes  from  eight  to 
ten  days  to  develop  into  the  adult,  wliich  is  then  ready  to 
perpetuate  the  parasites  in  its  turn.  The  ova  are  much 
more  tenacious  of  vitality  than  the  actual  parasites,  and 


SOME  SKIN  AFFECTIONS  199 

this  fact  must  be  borne  in  mind  when  dealing  with  the 
trouble. 

Recurrent  attacks  of  mange  are  probably  due  to 
inefficient  treatment  of  the  ova  of  the  parasites.  Although 
microscopic  examination  is  necessary  for  the  verification 
of  the  several  distinctive  forms  of  mange,  the  disease 
presents  certain  clinical  features  which  do  to  a  certain 
extent  enable  one  to  form  a  fairly  reliable  opinion  as  to 
the  particular  variety  of  mange  from  which  the  animal  is 
suffering. 

Sarcoptic  mange  usually  makes  its  appearance  in  the 
region  of  the  withers,  the  face,  the  neck  and  the  shoulders, 
in  fact  whenever  mange  appears  in  front  of  the  wethers, 
excepting  beneath  the  mane  and  between  the  ears,  one 
may  accept  its  appearance  in  the  situations  referred  to 
as  good  or  fairly  good  positive  evidence  that  the  disease 
is  sarcoptic  mange.  On  the  other  hand  the  appearance 
of  mange  on  other  parts  of  the  body  favours  the  opinion 
that  the  trouble  is  of  the  psoroptic  variety.  The  most 
practical  test  for  the  existence  of  mange  is  to  scratch  the  skin 
on  the  withers,  neck,  etc. 

Mange  is  spread  by  direct  or  indirect  contact ;  thus,  for 
instance,  it  may  be  carried  by  an  infected  horse  coming 
directly  into  contact  with  another,  or  through  the 
medium  of  stall  posts  and  stable  fittings,  through  groom- 
ing appliances,  the  last-named  being  one  of  the  commonest 
channels  of  infection.  The  hands  and  clothing  of  atten- 
dants may  easily  transmit  the  disease  if  these  are  infected. 
The  bedding  may  perpetuate  the  disease,  consequently  it 
is  very  necessary  that  this  should,  after  removal  from  the 
stable,  be  burned.  The  harness  and  the  shafts  of  carts 
may  afford  a  chance  of  re-infection. 

When  mange  appeals  amongst  a  stud  of  horses  in  addition 
to  immediate  notification  all  the  affected  animals  must  be 
isolated,  and  the  in-contacts  kept  under  observation  for  at 
least  three  weeks.  Diagnosis  is  based  upon  finding  the 
parasites,  a  search  for  which  is  made  by  taking  one  or 


200  THE  HORSE 

more  scrapings  from  the  areas  which  are  affected.  The 
material  that  is  thus  obtained  is  placed  in  a  test  tube, 
boiled  with  caustic  potash  and  then  centrifugahsed, 
the  sediment  being  placed  on  a  sHde  and  examined  with 
a  lower-powered  microscope.  This,  however,  is  a  matter 
for  the  expert. 

The  irritation  which  the  parasites  produce  on  the  skin 
leads  to  the  formation  of  vesicles  or  minute  bhsters,  in 
other  words,  to  the  formation  of  eczematous  sores  on  the 
skin  aggravated  by  rubbing,  etc. 

The  Parasitic  Mange  Order  for  191 1  and  1918  is  appended 
as  it  contains  information  which  will  be  useful  to  the 
reader.  In  addition  to  it  the  rules  to  be  followed  for  the 
prevention  and  cure  of  mange  in  horses  are  also  attached, 
together  with  the  treatment  as  recommended  by  the 
Board  of  Agriculture  and  Fisheries. 

All  mangy  horses  should  be  clipped  irrespective  of  the 
season  of  the  year  and  then  singed,  thorough  singeing  being, 
in  the  writer's  opinion,  of  the  utmost  importance,  a  remark 
which  is  equall}^  applicable  when  horses  are  troubled 
with  Hce.  After  clipping  and  singeing  and  hogging 
the  mane  and  tail  the  animal  should  be  washed  with  hot 
water  and  soda,  to  which  some  antiseptic  may,  with 
advantage,  be  added.  After  the  horse  is  dry  it  should  be 
dressed  with  a  lime  and  sulphur  dressing  prepared  accord- 
ing to  the  prescription  attached,  as  per  leaflet  of  the 
Board  of  Agriculture  and  Fisheries. 

Lime  and  sulphur  lotion,  as  a  remedy  for  mange,  is  a 
very  old  one,  and  was  employed  by  the  writer  more  than 
five  and  twenty  years  since  for  this  purpose.  Very 
thorough  application  of  the  dressing  is  absolutely  indis- 
pensable, and  it  is  equally  essential  that  the  dressing 
should  be  applied  warm.  It  takes  about  two  gallons  of 
fluid  for  each  horse.  Lime  and  sulphur  lotion  makes  the 
hands  very  sore,  so  that  gloves  should  be  worn  to  prevent 
this.  Repetition  of  the  dressing  at  frequent  intervals  is 
very  necessary,  therefore  the  writer  recommends  that 


SOME  SKIN  AFFECTIONS  201 

affected  horses  should  be  dressed  every  fifth  day.  In  the 
army  the  dipping  bath  for  mange  and  as  a  preventative 
of  this  trouble  proved  valuable  beyond  words,  and  had  it 
not  been  for  the  hme  and  sulphur  baths  distributed 
throughout  the  base  hospitals  both  at  home  and  in 
France,  etc.,  mange  would,  unquestionably,  have  become 
an  embarrassing  problem. 

There  are  a  large  number  of  applications  useful  in 
mange,  but  some  of  these  are,  unquestionably,  more 
serviceable  as  curative  agents  than  others.  At  the 
commencement  of  the  Allies'  war,  those  horses  suspected 
as  having  mange  in  the  British  Army  were  clipped  and 
dressed  with  a  mixture  of  sulphur,  oil  of  tar  and  a  veget- 
able oil,  colza,  rape,  etc.  They  were  washed  at  regular 
intervals  with  paraffin  soap.  This  dressing  was  quite  use- 
ful in  its  way,  but  altogether  unsatisfactory,  consequently 
it  had  to  be  discontinued  at  most  of  the  veterinary 
hospitals.  Many  other  compositions  were  employed,  but 
the  lime  and  sulphur  dip  proved  to  be  the  real  "man  of 
business  "  both  at  home  and  abroad. 

Parasitic  Mange  Order,  1911 

(i)  Obligations  under  Order  and  Penalties. — Under  the 
Parasitic  Mange  Order,  191 1,  every  person  in  Great 
Britain  having  in  his  possession  or  under  his  charge  a 
horse,  ass  or  mule  affected  with  or  suspected  of  parasitic 
mange  is  required  to  give  notice  of  the  fact  with  all 
practicable  speed  to  the  police.  Failure  to  give  such 
notice  renders  a  person  Hable  to  a  fine  of  £20,  and,  in 
certain  circumstances,  to  a  month's  imprisonment. 

(2)  Prevalence  of  Disease. — The  information  obtained 
by  the  Board  from  enquiries  made  in  connection  with  the 
many  outbreaks  of  mange  reported  to  local  authorities 
shows  that  the  disease  is  very  prevalent  at  present,  and, 
though  the  disease  is  not  of  a  nature  which  need  alarm 
horse  owners,  it  is  highly  desirable  that  every  possible 
means  should  be  taken  to  prevent   animals  becoming 


202  THE  HORSE 

affected  with  parasitic  diseases,  and  to  cure  them  promptly 
if  found  affected. 

(3)  Importance  of  Notification. — One  of  the  objects  of 
requiring  notification  is  to  ensure  that  the  affected  animal 
shall  be  treated  so  as  to  be  cured  as  quickly  as  possible. 
The  Order  of  1911  as  amended  hy  the  Order  of  1918  permits 
of  an  affected  animal  being  worked  subject  to  certain 
conditions.  An  owner  may  also  employ  his  own  veterinary 
surgeon  to  advise  him  regarding  treatment. 

(4)  How  Farmers  benefit  themselves  by  observance  of 
Order. — It  rests  mainly  with  an  owner  to  keep  his  horses 
fit  and  free  from  such  parasitic  diseases  as  mange  and 
lousiness.  By  so  doing  he  benefits  himself,  for  the  small 
extra  trouble  involved  will  pay  him,  since  his  animals 
will  improve  in  condition,  will  be  fit  for  more  v/ork  and  will 
require  less  food  than  when  their  bodies  are  called  upon  to 
supply  food  for  thousands  of  parasites  in  addition  to  their 
own  needs.  In  treating  the  skin  for  one  kind  of  parasite, 
others  can  be  got  rid  of.  It  is  not  a  very  difficult  matter  to 
keep  a  horse  free  from  parasites. 

(5)  When  in  doubt  notify  Police. — A  farmer  in  his  own 
interests  will  do  well  in  all  cases  of  doubt  to  obtain  advice 
by  notifying  the  police.  He  will  then  be  informed  whether 
the  ani^nal  has  mange  or  not,  what  form  of  mange  if  any  it 
is  suffering  from,  and  how  to  treat  it  and  prevent  it  from 
spreading  to  his  other  horses  and  those  with  which  the  affected 
animal  may  come  in  contact. 

(6)  Horse  Owners  should  be  suspicious  when  symptoms 
appear. — At  present  it  is  as  well  to  regard  as  suspicious 
every  horse  which  shows  signs  of  itchiness  by  rubbing, 
and  particularly  when  the  rubbing  has  caused  areas 
where  the  hair  is  thin  and  broken. 

Now  is  the  time  to  get  to  work,  as  washing  or  spraying 
is  a  simpler  matter  in  wanner  seasons.    Mange  and  lou 
ness  can  now  be  got  rid  of  if  owners  give  the  matter 
little  attention.    See  Rules  attached  for  "  The  Prevent! 
and  Cure  of  Mange  in  Horses." 


SOME  SKIN  AFFECTIONS  203 

(7)  Horses  belonging  to  the  Food  Production  Depart- 
ment are  under  special  rules  for  the  cure  and  prevention 
of  mange. 


Rules  to  be  followed  for  the  Prevention  and 
Cure  of  Mange  in  Horses 

(i)  To  aid  in  the  prevention  of  mange,  all  horses 
should  have  their  manes  hogged  and  the  long  hair 
clipped  from  the  feet  and  coronets. 

(2)  As  far  as  possible  each  horse  should  habitually 
occupy  the  same  stall,  and  the  harness  of  one  horse 
should  not  be  used  on  another  horse  unless  it  has  been 
previously  wiped  over  with  anti-mange  dressing,  or 
otherwise  disinfected. 

(3)  Before  another  horse  is  put  into  a  stall  which  has 
been  occupied  by  an  affected  or  suspected  horse,  the 
woodwork,  head-rope  or  head-stall,  and  the  floor 
should  be  washed  over  or  sprayed  with  anti-mange 
dressing. 

(4)  The  harness,  stable  tools,  and  cart  shafts  used 
in  connection  with  an  affected  or  suspected  animal 
should  be  well  dressed  with,  or  soaked  in,  the  dressing, 
or  they  should,  the  case  suiting,  be  placed  a  in  small 
room  and  submitted  for  several  hours  to  strong  sulphur 
fumes.  This  should  be  carried  out  at  least  once  every 
seven  days,  until  the  disease  or  suspicion  has  been 
removed. 

(5)  When  a  case  of  mange  is  found  to  exist  on 
premises,  all  the  horses,  their  harness,  etc.,  for  purposes 
of  prevention  should  be  regarded  with  suspicion,  the 
harness,  stable  tools,  etc.,  being  treated  once  a  week 
as  in  (4).  The  skins  of  all  horses,  even  though  the 
animals  show  no  outward  symptoms  of  mange,  should 
be  sponged  over  or  sprayed  once  a  week,  say,  Saturday 
evenings,  with  anti-mange  dressing,  and  particular 
attention  should  be  paid  to  the  coronets,  the  tail,  and 


204  THE  HORSE 

the  mane.     These  should  be  well  soaked  with  the 

dressing  by  means  of  a  water  brush  or  spray  pump. 
Particular  attention  should  always  be  paid  to  parts 
which  appear  to  be  rubbed.  If  the  dressing  be  made  up 
with  warm  water  the  horses  will  take  more  kindly  to 
the  spraying.  After  sponging  or  spraying  of  the  skin 
the  horse  should  be  left  alone  for  ten  munutes,  and  then 
the  skin  should  be  wisped  over  to  help  drying. 

(6)  If  it  be  found  after  inquiry  that  the  disease  is 
sarcoptic  mange  an  owner  should  get  his  veterinary 
surgeon  to  see  the  animal  from  time  to  time,  and  advise 
as  regards  treatment  and  progress.  If  it  be  found  that 
the  disease  is  psoroptic  mange,  an  owner  can  quite  well, 
after  receiving  the  official  instructions,  apply  the  treat- 
ment to  the  animal  himself  ;  but  it  must  be  remembered 
that  it  is  no  use  treating  merely  the  parts  visibly 
affected  ;  the  whole  skin  should  be  sponged  or  sprayed 
with  the  prescribed  dressing. 

(7)  The  litter  from  an  affected  horse  should  be  well 
moistened  before  removal.  It  should  afterwards  be 
placed  on  a  manure  heap  well  removed  from  contact 
with  horses. 

(8)  All  new  purchases  or  borrowed  horses  should  be 
dressed  or  sprayed  as  in  (5)  at  least  three  times, 

(9)  For  the  prevention  of  external  parasitism,  which 
is  prevalent  in  these  times,  and  the  infection  of  which 
may  be  picked  up  in  innumerable  ways,  it  would  be 
well  for  owners  of  working  horses,  even  when  they 
appear  free  from  parasites,  to  make  a  practice  of 
spraying  the  whole  bodies  of  their  animals  once  a  week, 
say,  on  Saturdays,  v/ith  a  suitable  anti-parasitic  dressing. 
Suitable  spraying  machines  and  dressings  can  be 
obtained  through  agricultural  implement  dealers  and 
chemists,  but  before  placing  their  orders  owners  should 
apply  for  advice  to  the  Local  War  Agricultural  Com- 
mittee, who  are  in  a  position  to  recommend  the  most 
suitable  spraying  apparatus  and  dressings. 


SOME  SKIN  AFFECTIONS  205 

Dressing  for  Mange  in  Horses,  suggested  by  the 

Veterinary  Department  of  the  Board  of 

Agriculture  and  Fisheries 

Ingredients. — Lime,  powdered  sulphur  and  water  in  the 
proportions  indicated  below. 

A  convenient  quantity  for  a  large  establishment  to 
make  up  at  a  time  would  be  9  lb.  lime  and  18  lb.  sulphur. 

Method  of  Preparation. — Shake  the  lime  and  make  into 
a  thick  paste  with  the  sulphur.  Place  the  mixture  in  a 
strong  cloth,  tie  the  ends  and  suspend  in  a  boiler  contain- 
ing ten  gallons  of  water  so  that  the  water  completely 
covers  the  contents  of  the  cloth.  The  cloth  must  not 
touch  the  sides  or  bottom  of  the  boiler,  as  otherwise  the 
cloth  may  be  burned  and  its  contents  escape.  Boil  for 
two  hours,  then  remove  the  cloth,  taking  care  that  none 
of  its  contents  escape  into  the  water,  and  throw  the  solids 
away.  Make  up  to  ten  gallons  again  with  additional 
water  and  put  the  liquid  into  a  tight  drum  or  barrel. 

Application 

For  preventive. — Dilute  the  fluid  with  ten  times  the 
amount  of  water,  i.e.,  one  and  a  half  pints  of  the  fluid  to 
every  two  gallons  of  water,  and  apply  with  a  spray  to  all 
parts  of  the  horse's  body. 

For  affected  horses. — Dilute  the  fluid  with  eight  times 
the  amount  of  water,  i.e.  two  pints  of  the  fluid  to  every 
two  gallons  of  water,  and  apply  with  a  spray  to  all  parts 
of  the  horse's  body. 

Quantity  used. — Two  gallons  of  the  diluted  fluid  is 
sufficient  to  treat  one  large  horse.. 

Lice 

Horses  and  mules,  also  asses,  are  not  uncommonly 
affected  with  lice,  the  horse- louse  being  a  most  troublesome 
pest.  The  horse-louse  {hcematopinus  equi)  has  a  narrow 
head  and  long  trunk-like  sucking  tubes,  with  three  legs 


2o6  THE  HORSE 

at  the  anterior  end  of  the  body,  the  latter  being  ovoid. 
Some  horses  are  simultaneously  attacked  with  hce  and 
mange,  therefore  a  considerable  amount  of  care  must  be 
exercised  when  dealing  with  skin  trouble  of  a  horse.  If 
lice  are  present  a  critical  inspection  of  the  skin  will  reveal 
their  existence.  These  pests  cause  a  lot  of  irritation, 
rubbing,  and  even  loss  of  hair,  symptoms  which  are  equally 
significant  of  sarcoptic  and  psoroptic  mange,  and  both  of 
these  are  notifiable  diseases.  One  lousy  horse  or  mule  is 
quite  capable  of  infecting  others  directly  or  indirectly, 
so  that  it  is  impossible,  for  the  well-being  of  horses,  to 
neglect  the  animal  when  it  is  in  this  condition.  Horses 
which  are  dirty  and  badly  kept  are  those  which  are  most 
liable  to  be  troubled  with  hce,  but  every  case  must  be 
the  result  of  infection,  as  hving  matter  can  never  spring 
into  existence  from  non-hving  matter.  In  dealing  with  a 
trouble  of  this  kind  the  first  thing  to  be  done  is  to  cHp 
the  animal  from  head  to  foot,  then  singe  it,  and  lastly 
sterilise  everything  in  the  stable  with  which  the  animal 
has  been  brought  into  contact.  Rugs,  grooming  ap- 
pliances, stable  fittings,  harness,  the  shafts  of  a  cart, 
must  all  be  treated  with  boiling  water,  soda  and  some 
strong  disinfectant.  The  horse  should  also  be  thoroughly 
scrubbed  with  warm  water,  carbohc  soft  soap  and  a 
solution  of  some  disinfectant,  such  as  creoHn.  If  it  is  a 
stud  of  horses,  the  trouble  must  be  attacked  in  a  most 
thorough  manner.  Horses  which  are  lousy  cannot  rest, 
therefore  cannot  thrive  properly.  No  self-respecting 
owner  and  no  horsekeeper  or  groom  would  allow  his  horses 
to  get  into  this  condition.  A  decoction  of  tobacco — 2  oz. 
strong  tobacco  to  a  pint  of  water,  boiled  together  for  an 
hour,  makes  a  good  application  for  lice.  This  fluid  should 
be  passed  through  musHn  before  being  applied. 

Ringworm 
This  is  of  common  occurrence  in  a  horse  and  appears 
to  be  more  prevalent  at  certain  seasons  of  the  year.    It 


SOME  SKIN  AFFECTIONS  207 

is  one  of  those  skin  diseases  which  have  a  tendency  to 
spread  over  the  body  until  a  particular  stage  is  reached, 
when  it  begins  to  decline.  At  the  commencement  of  the 
Great  War,  ringworm  was  very  prevalent  amongst  the 
horses  in  the  British  Army,  and  the  severity  of  the  disease 
in  many  cases  led  to  almost  complete  loss  of  hair  over 
the  body,  often  extending  to  the  limbs.  Although  ring- 
worm first  of  all  makes  its  appearance  in  patches,  usually 
of  a  circular  character,  it  very  soon  assumes  a  confluent 
form,  owing  to  the  patches  fusing  with  one  another. 
Ringworm  may  commence  at  any  portion  of  the  body, 
and  in  its  early  stages  it  is  denoted  by  slight  elevation 
of  the  hair,  accompanied  by  one  or  more  red  points  on  the 
skin,  with  a  slight  degree  of  moisture  at  the  part  attacked. 
It  seems  to  make  its  appearance  quite  suddenly  and  spreads 
from  the  centre  to  the  circumference,  consequently 
whilst  one  part  of  the  patch  is  alive  the  other  part  is  more 
or  less  dead  ;  hence  the  necessity  for  dressing  the  margin 
of  the  ringworm  freely  with  the  application  employed. 
If  a  ringworm  patch  is  examined  it  will  be  found  that  the 
surface  is  covered  with  greyish  scales,  underneath  which 
the  skin  is  red,  proving  that  the  disease  is  still  active. 
When  the  surface  of  the  sore  is  free  from  scales,  perfectly 
dry  and  shows  no  redness  when  scratched  with  the 
finger  nail,  especially  around  the  margin  of  the  patch,  one 
may  accept  this  as  evidence  that  the  patch  is  no  longer 
active.  Although  ringworm  attacks  all  classes  of  horses, 
both  when  they  are  clean  and  when  they  are  dirty,  it  is 
one  of  those  troubles  which  are  favoured  by  a  dirty 
condition  of  the  skin  and  by  general  insanitary  environ- 
ment. It  is,  however,  an  affection  communicable  from 
horse  to  horse,  mule  to  mule,  and  from  these  animals  to 
man.  Further,  ringworm  is  very  common  amongst  calves, 
and  has  a  predilection  in  these  animals  for  attacking 
the  face,  especially  around  the  eyes  and  muzzle.  It  may 
spread  from  these  animals  directly  to  the  horse  or 
indirectly    through    the    medium    of    feeding-troughs. 


2o8  THE  HORSE 

rubbing-posts,  the  hands  and  clothing  of  attendants, 
by  grooming  appHances,  through  water-troughs,  by 
infected  Utter  and  by  various  animals,  such  as  the  cat, 
rats,  mice,  etc.  As  previously  stated,  ringworm  will  in 
course  of  time  exhaust  itself,  more  especially  if  the 
general  health  of  the  animal  is  improved.  It  is  customary 
to  speak  of  ringworm  as  being  contagious,  but  it  is  more 
correct  to  regard  it  as  an  infective  disease,  as  it  can  be 
conveyed  through  so  many  extraneous  agencies.  For  a 
considerable  period  of  the  war,  especially  during  19 15  and 
1916,  ringworm  caused  a  great  deal  of  trouble  and  incon- 
venience amongst  the  army  horses,  in  fact  it  was  earlier 
one  of  the  scourges  of  the  war.  Far  too  much  attention 
was  paid  to  it,  and  horses  which  were  fit  for  military 
service  were  kept  idle  and  without  any  just  reason.  There 
is  no  doubt  that  one  of  the  principal  methods  through 
which  the  disease  was  spread,  and  its  remarkable  pre- 
valence in  consequence,  was  by  means  of  the  grooming 
appHances — the  body-brush,  the  stable-rubber  and  the 
curry-comb  plus  the  hands  of  the  attendants.  Treatment 
comprises  clipping  the  hair  off  for  two  or  three  inches 
around  the  seat  of  a  patch  and  then  dressing  the  surface 
of  the  sore  with  mild  mercurial  ointment ;  with  iodine 
liniment ;  with  red  blistering  ointment ;  with  lime  and 
sulphur  lotion  or  some  other  agent  of  an  allied  nature. 
Ringworm  is  not  difficult  to  cure,  but  it  is  essential  that 
the  scurf  be  removed  from  the  surface  of  the  patch  and 
that  the  circumference  of  the  latter  be  freely  dressed 
with  whatever  application  is  employed.  If  the  trouble 
is  distributed  over  the  body,  the  lime  and  sulphur  dip, 
recommended  for  the  treatment  of  mange,  is  as  good  an 
application  as  one  can  possibly  need.    (See  Mange.) 

The  cleansing  of  all  grooming  appliances,  stable  fittings, 
harness,  cart  shafts,  saddles,  bridles,  etc.,  as  well  as  all 
other  stable  appointments,  are  of  course  part  and  parcel 
of  the  general  outline  when  dealing  with  this  disease. 
Thoroughness  is  the  only  royal  road  to  success  when  deal- 


SOME  SKIN  AFFECTIONS  209 

ing  with  ringworm,  mange,  lice  and  other  communicable 
troubles  affecting  the  skin,  or  for  that  matter,  disease  of 
any  kind. 

All  cases  of  ringworm  are  due  to  the  presence  of  a 
vegetable  fungus  or  plant  which  invades  the  shafts  of 
the  hair  and  the  hair  follicles.  This  parasite  is  known  as 
the  tricophyton  tonsurans  and  is  reproduced  by  means 
of  spores  derived  from  the  parent  plant. 


Collar  and  Saddle  Galls 

Every  horseman  is  well  acquainted  with  sores  resulting 
from  the  pressure  of  a  badly  fitting  saddle  or  a  badly 
fitting  collar,  or  some  other  sore  arising  from  injury 
produced  by  the  girth,  etc.  Horses  which  are  in  poor 
condition  and  continuously  worked  in  harness  which  is 
improperly  looked  after,  are  those  which  are  most  sus- 
ceptible to  injuries  of  this  kind.  As  a  rule  these  skin 
abrasions  are  the  result  of  direct  and  continued  pressure 
of  one  hard  substance  upon  another,  and  when  they  do 
exist  the  pain  inflicted  upon  the  animal  is  unquestionably 
very  great.  One's  own  personal  experience  is  sufficient 
evidence  of  the  torture  endured  under  these  circum- 
stances. The  extent  of  the  injury  varies  considerably, 
and  so  does  its  course  and  termination.  Neglected 
bruises  on  the  withers  are  the  chief  causes  of  fistula  of 
the  withers,  and  this  remark  is  equally  applicable  to  the 
poll  when  injured  and  neglected,  ending  in  the  so-called 
poll-evil.  As  a  preventative  of  saddle  and  shoulder  galls 
it  is  absolutely  essential  to  see  that  the  animal  is  supplied 
with  a  properly  fitting  set  of  harness  or  gear,  saddle,  etc. 
Directly  a  horse  shows  the  slightest  signs  of  skin  abrasion, 
it  should  be  immediately  thrown  off  work  and  the  necessary 
adjustment  of  the  saddle  attended  to.  Horse  owners 
pay  far  too  little  attention  to  the  proper  fitting  of  harness, 
to  the  care  of  the  same,  and  often  overlook  apparently 
trifling  injuries,  which  later  on  very  often  develop  into 


210  THE  HORSE 

those  of  a  much  more  serious  nature.  The  old  motto 
"  A  stitch  in  time  saves  nine."  Doubtless  many  horses 
are  predisposed  to  cutaneous  injuries  of  the  kind  now 
under  consideration,  but  nevertheless  both  saddle  and 
collar  galls  are  frequently  the  outcome  of  neghgence  on 
the  part  of  the  owner  or  his  attendants.  Any  horse 
suffering  in  the  manner  indicated  ought  not  to  be  worked, 
or  at  any  rate  until  the  pain  induced  by  the  pressure  has 
been  removed.  A  form  of  injury  that  has  been  extremely 
common  amongst  army  horses  picketed  out  on  ground 
lines  is  the  so-called  ''  rope  "  or  "  heel  "  gall,  usually 
resulting  from  the  head-rope  being  left  too  long.  Some- 
times very  severe  injuries  to  the  heels  resulted  in  this 
manner.  Through  negligence  nasty  sores  were  occasion- 
ally found  on  the  poll  through  failure  when  grooming  to 
shift  the  strap  or  halter  passing  over  this  region.  Both 
these  injuries  are  the  result  of  pure  carelessness  and  should 
be  dealt  with  accordingly.  To  work  a  horse  with  either  a 
collar  or  saddle  gall  constitutes  cruelty  and  is  punishable 
either  by  fine  or  imprisonment.  Injuries  to  the  angles  of 
mouth  by  the  bit  are  occasionally  observed,  especially 
in  horses  which  are  hard  mouthed  and  strong  pullers.  It 
is  equally  cruel  to  work  a  horse  in  this  condition.  A  bit 
covered  with  India-rubber  will  sometimes  abolish  a 
trouble  of  this  nature.  At  any  rate  it  is  always  expedient 
to  try  whether  it  is  serviceable  or  otherwise.  The  point 
of  the  elbow  and  the  tissues  beneath  this  are  commonly 
the  seat  of  a  bruise,  very  often  the  result  of  the  heel  of 
the  inner  branch  of  the  shoe  pressing  upon  the  point  of 
the  elbow  during  lying  and  rising.  This  injury  constitutes 
what  is  known  as  "  capped  elbow  " — an  abnormal  condi- 
tion which  may  become  very  unsightly  if  neglected. 
A  corresponding  condition  is  often  observed  as  "  capped 
hock,"  usually  produced  by  a  bruise  or  bruises  on  the 
point  of  the  hock.  Carters  and  contractors'  horses 
commonly  suffer  from  collar  galls,  and  when  a  horse  has 
been  troubled  in  this  manner  there  is  a  special  liability 


SOME  SKIN  AFFECTIONS  211 

to  its  recurrence.  Repeated  injury  leads  to  thickening 
of  the  skin  and  sometimes  to  the  formation  of  an  abnormal 
growth  or  tumour  in  the  area  imphcated.  As  already- 
stated,  the  most  trivial  injury  should  always  receive  atten- 
tion, thereby  saving  a  great  deal  of  annoyance.  When  the 
skin  has  been  nipped  or  bruised  or  abraded,  a  lead  lotion 
constitutes  one  of  the  most  useful  applications  that  can 
be  employed,  but  this,  of  course,  is  useless  if  the  exciting 
cause  is  not  removed.  Thirty  grains  of  sugar  of  lead  should 
be  added  to  a  pint  of  water — distilled  water  for  preference. 
The  shoulder  should  be  bathed  wdth  this  lotion  several 
times  a  day.  A  useful  domestic  application  consists  of  half  a 
pint  of  vinegar  and  half  a  pint  of  water,  apphed  in  a  similar 
manner.  If  the  skin  is  very  tender  it  is  a  good  plan  to 
harden  it  by  the  application  of  methylated  spirits  of  wine, 
two  or  three  times  a  day.  All  parts  of  the  skin  beneath 
the  harness  sweat  freely  during  work,  and  if  the  skin  is 
cooled  too  rapidly  local  congestion  of  it  is  liable  to  occur, 
and  in  this  manner  saddle  or  collar  gall  may  be  initiated. 
As  a  preventative,  allow  the  collar  or  saddle  to  remain 
on — say  for  half  an  hour — after  the  animal  returns  from 
work.  Concerning  the  advisability  of  leaving  a  patch  of 
hair,  corresponding  to  the  saddle,  when  the  animal  is 
clipped,  opinions  are  divided.  The  hair  thus  left  must, 
tp  a  large  extent,  regulate  the  rapid  loss  of  heat  and,  by 
logical  reasoning,  it  should  be  a  preventative  of  sore 
back.  There  is  one  very  common  trouble  arising  through 
a  neglected  injury  to  the  skin  beneath  the  saddle; 
this  is  the  so-called 

SiTFAST 

which  is  nothing  but  a  dead  portion  of  skin  attached 
to  a  living  part,  but  which  nature  is  apparently  un- 
able to  cast  off.  The  only  treatment  for  an  injury  of 
this  kind  comprises  removal  with  the  surgeon's  knife, 
consequently  it  is  necessary  to  call  in  professional  aid. 
In  every  case  it  means  three  or  four  weeks'  rest,  but  the 


212  THE  HORSE 

sooner  the  operation  is  performed  the  better,  as  delay 
only  aggravates  suffering  and  leads  to  further  complica- 
tions. 

Mud  Rash  and  Mud  Fever 

The  skin  of  the  heels  and  other  parts  of  the  body  in 
horses  which  are  neglected  as  regards  grooming  some- 
times becomes  the  seat  of  an  erythematous  eruption  or 
rash,  characterised  by  a  dry  condition  of  the  skin,  on  which 
numerous  minute  blisters  form,  apparently  due  to  some 
irritating  material  contained  in  the  mud.  The  skin  seems 
to  lose  all  its  pliancy,  and  the  animal  becomes  what  is 
called  "  hide-bound  " — a  sure  indication  of  unthriftiness. 
This  trouble  is  also  spoken  of  as  ''mud  fever,"  owing  to 
the  fact  that  the  animal  does  occasionally  suffer  from  slight 
constitutional  disturbance.  The  best  treatment  for 
mud  rash  is  to  give  the  animal  a  physic  ball  and  follow 
this  up  with  a  liberal  supply  of  linseed  gruel  along  v/ith 
the  other  forage,  until  the  animal  shows  decided  improve- 
ment. Plenty  of  good  strapping  is  essential  in  order  to 
encourage  the  circulation  in  the  skin. 

Cracked  Heels 

This  abnormal  condition  is  a  very  common  one,  more 
particularly  during  the  late  autumn  and  winter.  The 
heels  are  most  susceptible  to  the  action  of  cold  and  wet, 
more  especially  in  horses  which  have  been  clipped  and 
improperly  groomed.  Sometimes  the  skin  at  the  heels 
becomes  so  sore  and  painful  as  to  lead  to  lameness. 
Probably  one  of  the  most  fruitful  causes  of  cracked  heel 
is  that  of  washing  the  heels  and  failing  to  dry  them  pro- 
perly afterwards.  Many  horsemen  consider  that  one  of 
the  best  preventatives  against  cracked  heels  is  to  allow 
the  hair  to  grow  fairly  long  in  the  region  of  the  heels, 
though  of  course  many  horse-masters  object  to  this  on 
the  ground  of  its  being  unsightly.  When  horses  come  in 
with  wet  and  muddy  fetlocks  and  the  hair  is  long  at  this 


SOME  SKIN  AFFECTIONS  213 

part,  the  best  plan  is  to  leave  the  mud  to  dry  on  and  brush 
if  off  on  the  following  morning.  Cracked  heels  have 
already  been  referred  to  under  the  heading  of  "  Saddle 
and  Collar  Galls,"  where  they  are  described  as  "  rope 
gall ''  (which  see).  The  skin  at  the  heels  is  very  rich  in 
sebaceous  glands,  the  functions  of  which  are  to  secrete 
an  oily  fluid  for  the  special  lubrication  of  the  heels  and 
to  prevent  the  skin  from  being  too  much  wetted  with 
water,  snow,  etc.  Cracked  heel  varies  in  its  severity. 
Sometimes  it  consists  merely  of  a  superficial  inflammation, 
whilst  at  others  it  is  in  the  form  of  one  or  more  deep 
fissures,  and  these  are  extremely  painful.  Very  often 
the  part  suppurates,  the  result  of  infection  by  pus  organ- 
isms. Whenever  the  heels  are  washed,  they  must  be 
properly  dried  afterwards,  and  if  necessary,  bandaged. 
In  some  cases  the  author  is  inclined  to  believe  that  the 
trouble  arises  through  a  draught  from  the  bottom  of  the 
door  playing  on  the  heels,  more  especially  after  the  animal 
comes  in  from  work.  In  winter,  more  especially  when  the 
thaw  sets  in,  it  is  a  good  plan  to  grease  the  hollows  of  the 
heels  freely  with  som.e  lubricant,  such  as  vaseline  or  lard. 
This  is  a  preventative.  Mild  cases  can  be  cured  by  the 
application  of  a  cream  composed  of  prepared  chalk  and 
lime-water.  If  the  heels  are  badly  cracked,  smear  them 
with  an  ointment  composed  of  equal  parts  of  vaseline  and 
mild  mercurial  ointment.  In  the  treatment  of  cracked 
heel  one  can  only  deal  successfully  with  it  by  noting 
whether  the  skin  is  dry  or  moist.  If  moist,  drying  agents 
are  indicated,  whereas  if  dry,  an  oily  dressing  usually 
proves  the  most  beneficial. 

Grease  (Seborrhcea) 

This  is  a  very  common  disease  of  the  skin  and  is  one 
that  affects  the  skin  between  the  knee  and  pastern  or  hock 
and  the  last-named.  It  is  a  most  objectionable  trouble, 
and  the  smell  arising  is  of  a  very  disgusting  nature  ;   in 


214  THE  HORSE 

fact  so  bad,  more  particularly  in  neglected  cases,  that  it 
can  easily  be  smelt  as  soon  as  the  stable  door  is  opened. 
Grease  is  particularly  common  amongst  horses  of  a  heavier 
class,  and  when  it  is  once  established  it  leads  to  permanent 
thickening  of  the  skin.  It  is  a  form  of  dermatitis,  in  which 
the  sebaceous  glands  actively  participate.  We  have 
already  referred  to  grease  under  the  heading  of  "Mange,'' 
in  which  we  spoke  of  this  trouble  as  being  caused  by,  in 
many  cases,  a  species  of  acari,  known  as  the  symbiotic 
mange  parasite — parasites  which  cause  dermatitis  in 
the  regions  affected  with  grease.  Apart  from  the  parasiti- 
cal cause  of  this  trouble,  the  author  is  inchned  to  believe 
that  a  certain  percentage  of  cases  of  seborrhoea  are  of 
constitutional  origin,  and  can  only  be  successfully  treated 
by  a  course  of  internal  medication  ;  whereas  if  parasitical 
this  disease  can  usually  be  cured  by  local  apphcations  only. 
Old  standing  cases  of  grease  result  in  permanent  enlarge- 
ment at  the  seat  of  disease,  hence  the  reason  why  one 
occasionally  sees  a  cart  horse  with  a  huge  growth  round  the 
fetlock.  A  common  result  is  the  formation  of  numerous 
wart-like  or  grapy  growths  in  the  hollow  of  the  fetlock 
and  which  in  days  gone  by  the  farrier  used  to  remove  by 
the  application  of  a  hot  shovel,  as  used  in  the  forge.  This 
must  have  been  an  extremely  painful  procedure  and 
seems  to  be  a  barbarous  method  of  dealing  with  a  trouble 
of  this  kind.  All  wounds  in  the  heels  are  of  slow  healing 
capacity,  chiefly  owing  to  the  movement  of  the  part  and 
the  small  amount  of  reparative  tissue  which  exists. 
Grease  is  much  worse  during  the  wet  weather,  but  it 
exists  in  some  horses  perennially,  and  the  damage  which 
it  does  to  the  part  attacked  is  usually  proportionate  to  its 
severity  or  otherwise.  The  author  considers  that  it  is  one 
of  those  troubles  Vv^hich  demand  professional  skill  for  its 
proper  treatment,  but  when  it  is  due  to,  or  thought  to  be 
due  to  mange  mites,  the  apphcation  of  hme  and  sulphur 
lotion  is  of  unquestionable  service.  The  sulphur  in  the 
lotion  destro^^s  these  parasites,  so  that  when  the  irritation 


SOME  SKIN  AFFECTIONS  215 

ceases  through  their  existence,  the  trouble  comes  to  an 
end.  This  is  indicated  by  the  moisture  of  the  skin  drying 
up  and  the  animal  ceases  to  itch  or  rub  the  leg  or  legs. 
A  common  symptom  of  parasitical  grease  or  mange  is  that 
of  stamping  the  feet,  especially  the  hind  ones,  violently  ; 
itching  the  leg  with  the  opposite  foot  and  the  presence  of 
blood  and  scars  above  and  round  about  the  fetlock. 
(See  Mange.) 

Nettle-Rash  (Urticaria) 

Nettle-rash  is  quite  a  common  affection  and  affects  all 
classes  of  horses,  but  particularly  those  which  are  very 
fat  and  fed  upon  food  which  is  much  too  stimulating.  It 
is  often  spoken  of  under  the  title  of  "  Surfeit,"  more 
especially  by  some  of  the  older  writers  of  works  upon  the 
horse.  It  is  a  functional  disturbance,  apparently  inti- 
mately associated  \vith  some  derangement  of  the  digestive 
organs,  possible  the  kidneys,  liver,  etc.  It  is  a  trouble 
which  makes  its  appearance  very  suddenly  in  the  form  of 
numerous  weals  or  elevated  patches  of  skin  upon  various 
parts  of  the  body,  more  especially  the  neck,  back  and 
thigh.  The  patches  commonly  disappear  as  quickly  as 
they  come,  but  they  sometimes  persist  for  several  days  or 
more.  The  weals  vary  in  size  from  a  shilhng  up  to  a  crown 
or  larger,  and  one  may  fuse  with  another  to  form  variously- 
sized  elevations.  The  skin  seldom  breaks.  Treatment 
comiprises  a  dose  of  physic  or  a  little  Epsom  salts  in  the 
drinking  water  daily.  A  tablespoonful  once  a  day  will 
be  sufficient.  All  corn  should  be  withheld  and  green 
food,  if  accessible,  given.  To  allay  the  irritation,  vinegar 
and  water  can  be  applied  to  the  skin  several  times  a  day. 
It  is  a  good  plan  to  turn  the  animal  out  to  graze  if  the 
season  permits,  but  for  the  time  being  a  non-stimulating 
forage  should  be  given. 


CHAPTER  XXIII 

THE   EYE   AND   SOME   COMMON   AFFECTIONS 

The  horse,  like  all  other  animals,  is  Uable  to  suffer  from 
various  diseases  and  injuries  of  the  eyes,  some  of  which 
may  render  it  either  partially  or  completely  blind. 
Perfect  vision,  although  not  essential  for  work,  is  an 
indispensable  feature  in  relationship  to  soundness,  so 
that  the  most  venial  affection  of  the  eye  does,  in  this 
animal,  materially  detract  from  its  commercial  value. 

A  horse  may  be  perfectly  blind,  yet  to  a  casual  observer 
the  eyes  may  appear  quite  normal.  There  are  some 
affections  implicating  the  eyehds  only  ;  others  the  globe 
of  the  eye  ;  the  glands  in  connection  with  the  eyelid  and 
eye,  and,  in  many  instances,  the  whole  of  the  structures 
in  connection  with  the  eyelids  and  eye  become,  more  or 
less,  implicated. 

The  eyes  occupy  a  somev/hat  sheltered  position  and  are 
protected  and  shaded  by  the  eyelids  and  eyelashes  ; 
nevertheless,  in  spite  of  this,  foreign  bodies,  such  as  a 
particle  of  chaff,  etc.,  frequently  become  lodged  on  the 
transparent  surface  of  the  eye,  setting  up  a  variable 
degree  of  inflammatory  action. 

The  eyelids  are  lined  by  mucous  membrane,  and  as  this 
is  a  highly  vascular  structure  it  follows  that  an  injury  to 
the  eyelid,  or  anything  which  causes  irritation  is  ex- 
tremely liable  to  be  followed  by  inflammation. 

In  addition  to  the  shelter  afforded  by  the  eyelids, 
each  eye  is  lodged  in  a  complete  bony  cavity,  the  eyeball 
itself  being  pierced  at  the  back  by  a  large  nerve — the 
optic  nerve,  which  is  derived  from  the  base  of  the  brain, 
where  the  right  and  left  optic  nerves  cross,  and  constituting 

216 


THE  EYE  &  SOME  COMMON  AFFECTIONS     217 

the  second  pair  of  cranial  nerves.  The  optic  nerve  forms 
the  innermost  hning  of  the  eye — the  retina — and  through 
it  the  impressions  are  carried  to  and  from  the  brain.* 

The  eyeball  itself  consists  of  a  white  portion  known  as 
the  sclerotic  coat,  and  into  this  the  transparent  portion 
of  the  eye— the  cornea — is  fitted,  exactly  as  a  watch- 
glass  is  fitted  into  the  rim  of  a  watch.  Immediately 
behind  the  cornea  lies  the  iris,  which  is  a  structure  com- 
posed of  circular  muscular  fibres  and  having  a  central 
opening — the  pupil.  The  iris  is  the  pigmented  portion  of 
the  eye  and  confers  the  colour  upon  it.  The  pupil  dilates 
and  contracts  in  accordance  with  the  degree  of  light 
admitted  into  the  interior  of  the  eye,  so  that  it  contracts 
in  strong  light,  and  dilates  in  the  dark.  Likewise  there 
is  the  same  response  to  various  chemical  agents,  such  as 
belladonna  and  atropine. 

Immediately  behind  the  iris  is  the  crystalline  lens, 
through  which  hght  is  transmitted  on  to  the  retina. 
Between  the  iris  and  the  cornea  there  is  a  small  chamber 
containing  a  highly  retractile  fluid — the  aqueous  humour. 
This  is  called  the  anterior  chamber  in  contradistinction 
to  a  much  larger,  but  corresponding,  chamber  occupying 
the  bulk  of  the  interior  of  the  eye  behind  the  crystalHne 
lens  and  technically  known  as  the  posterior  chamber, 
which  contains  the  vitreous  fluid. 

When  the  eye  is  severely  injured  it  sometimes  happens 
that  one  or  both  these  chambers  is  punctured.  If  so, 
the  eye  collapses.  If  the  amateur  wishes  to  obtain  an 
elementary  knowledge  of  the  anatomical  construction 
of  the  horse's  eye,  he  can  do  so  by  obtaining  a  specimen 
from  a  dead  horse,  subsequently  placing  the  organ  in  ice 
in  order  to  freeze  it,  and  so  facilitate  its  proper  examina- 
tion, after  making  a  vertical  section  through  it. 

The  foregoing  outlines  may  serve  as  a  preliminary 
introduction  to  such  study. 

*  The  horse  has  a  third  eyelid  known  as  the  membrana  nictitans,  and  this 
is  a  triangular  piece  of  cartilage  springing  from  the  inner  angle  of  the  eye. 


2i8  THE  HORSE 

Injuries  to  the  Eyelids 

Injuries  to  the  upper  or  lower  eyelids  are  fairly  common 
in  a  horse,  and  may  involve  the  skin  only,  or  the  cartilages 
of  the  eyelids,  and  sometimes  the  mucous  membrane 
lining  them.  In  the  latter  case  a  variable  degree  of 
ophthalmia  is  an  inevitable  result,  and  this,  in  its  turn, 
not  uncommonly  leads  to  opacity  of  the  cornea,  which 
further  complicates  matters,  and  may,  if  neglected, 
result  in  either  partial  or  complete  blindness. 

Many  of  these  injuries  are,  more  or  less,  the  result  of 
carelessness  on  the  part  of  a  stableman  through  leaving 
a  nail,  or  some  other  form  of  projection,  in  proximity  to 
the  horse's  head.  A  pointed  hook,  such  as  one  often 
sees  in  the  farmer's  stable  for  hanging  tackle  on,  is  an 
occasional  cause  of  an  injury  of  this  kind.  In  the  simple 
cases,  that  is,  where  the  skin  only  is  torn,  the  injury  can 
be  dealt  with,  first  of  all  by  cleansing  the  part  with  warm 
water,  and  after  thoroughly  drying  it,  painting  it  with 
iodine  ;  afterwards,  adjusting  the  torn  edges  by  means 
of  sutures  (see  chapter  on  V/ounds),  or  what  is  much 
simpler,  by  pins,  which  are  particularly  suitable  for 
injuries  to  the  eyelids  of  the  horse,  because  these  can  be 
adjusted  according  to  the  degree  of  swelling,  etc.  The 
pins  are  inserted  through  the  skin  about  one-eighth  of  an 
inch  from  the  margins  of  the  torn  part,  and  then  the  skin  is 
drawn  together  by  means  of  horsehair  or  silk  wound  round 
the  pins  in  the  form  of  a  figure  of  eight.  The  nurnxber  of 
pins  required  will  vary  with  the  extent  of  the  wound,  but 
as  a  rule  about  three  are  usually  sufficient. 

Under  ordinary  circumstances  lacerations  of  the  eye 
lids  in  the  horse  heal  fairly  v/ell,  but  all  will  depend  upon 
the  precautionar}^  measures  which  are  adopted  to  prevent 
the  animal  from  rubbing  the  wound  against  the  manger, 
etc.  In  every  instance  it  is  expedient  to  call  in  a  veterin- 
ary surgeon,  but  when  professional  advice  cannot  be 
obtained    the    measures    outlined    should    be    adopted. 


THE  EYE  &  SOME  COMMON  AFFECTIONS    219 

The  treatment  recommended  may  be  supplemented  by 
the  apphcation,  night  and  morning,  of  boracic  acid 
ointment,  and  a  small  portion  of  this  may,  with  advantage, 
be  placed  between  the  eyelids.  A  variable  degree  of 
swelling  is  necessarily  an  accompaniment  wherever  the 
skin  is  torn,  consequently  if  stitches  are  inserted  these 
must  be  so  adjusted  as  to  allow  for  such  swelling  to 
occur  vv^ithout  producing  too  much  tension  upon  the 
sutures,  pins,  or  whatever  materials  have  been  employed 
for  bringing  the  injured  edges  together.  The  injured  part 
must  be  kept  clean,  and  if  there  is  much  swelling  fomenta- 
tion with  warm  water,  night  and  morning,  will  be  of 
service. 

Ophthalmia 

Ophthalmia,  or  inflammation  of  the  mucous  membrane 
lining  the  eyelids,  is  of  common  occurrence,  and  it  arises 
through  various  causes,  such  as  injuries  to  the  eyelids, 
various  chemical  and  mechanical  irritants — for  instance, 
lime  or  chemical  manures  of  various  kinds  inadvertently 
gaining  access  to  the  eyehds.  A  frequent  cause  is  through 
the  admission  of  a  particle  of  chaff,  whilst  in  other 
instances  ophthalmia  is  associated  with  catarrh  and 
strangles,  but  it  also  exists  as  recurrent  or  specific 
ophthalmia.  It  is  one  of  those  eye  affections  which,  if 
neglected,  implicates  structures  in  contiguity  to  it. 
Thus,  for  instance,  opacity  of  the  cornea  frequently 
follows  through  prolonged  irritation. 

The  symptoms  indicative  of  acute  ophthalmia  are  : 
extreme  redness  of  the  mucous  membrane  ;  intolerance 
to  light ;  excessive  iachrymation.  These  symptoms  vary 
in  their  severity  or  otherwise,  Hkewise  in  their  duration 
and  termination.  Sometimes  there  is  a  purulent  dis- 
charge from  the  eye,  due  to  infection  by  pus  organisms, 
which  aggravates  the  trouble.  The  treatment  must  be 
based  upon  a  knowledge  of  the  causes  whenever  this  can 
be  ascertained.     In  every  instance  it  is  of  primary  im- 


220  THE  HORSE 

portance  to  try  to  ascertain  the  cause.  If  a  foreign  body 
has  lodged  upon  the  mucous  membrane  an  effort  should 
be  made  to  remove  it.  In  any  case  the  mucous  mem- 
brane hning  the  eyehds  must  be  examined,  though  the 
painful  nature  of  this  affection  commonly  renders  such 
an  inspection  and  examination  a  matter  of  extreme 
difficulty.  If  a  hayseed  or  particle  of  chaff  has  lodged 
upon  the  cornea  it  sets  up  both  ophthalmia  and  inflamma- 
tion of  the  cornea  unless  it  is  removed  immediately  the 
accidenthappens.  It  is  impossible  to  remove  it  after  it  has 
been  on  the  cornea  for  a  few  hours,  owing  to  organisation 
of  the  inflammatory  exudit  which  has  been  poured  out 
on  the  cornea.  In  a  case  of  this  nature  the  animal  becomes 
at  least  temporarily  blind,  and  in  quite  a  number  of 
instances  a  permanent  opacity  of  the  cornea  remains  as  a 
legacy  of  this  pre-existing  inflammation. 

Treatment  and  Management. — It  is  hardly  necessary  to 
say  very  much  about  this  because  the  most  economical 
and  efficient  measure  will  be  to  have  professional  advice, 
and  the  sooner  the  better. 

Certain  palhative  means  may  be  adopted,  such  as, 
for  instance,  the  application  of  warm,  fomentations,  or  the 
use  of  a  lead  lotion  (three  grains  of  acetate  of  lead  to  each 
ounce  of  water),  or  the  application  of  boracic  acid  oint- 
ment, night  and  morning.  It  is  often  a  difficult  matter 
to  remove  a  particle  of  chaff  from  the  eye,  and  various 
means  have  been  employed,  but  a  camel-hair  brush  dipped 
in  a  strong  solution  of  gum  has  been  employed  by  the 
writer  in  some  instances  with  success.  The  difficulty  in 
the  removal  of  a  foreign  body  from  the  eye  arises  through 
the  existence  of  a  third  eyelid — the  memhrana  nictitans 
— the  functions  of  which  are,  obviously,  for  the  removal 
of  foreign  bodies  from  the  eye. 

Opacity  of  the  Cornea 
We  have  already  alluded  to  this  in  the  preceding 
paragraph.     The  degree  of  opacity  varies  considerably. 


THE  EYE  &  SOME  COMMON  AFFECTIONS     221 

just  as  much  as  the  exciting  causes.  It  may  be  temporary 
or  permanent ;  specific  or  non-specific ;  and  the  degree  of 
bHndness  varies  with  the  position  which  the  opacity 
occupies,  and  also  the  time  the  trouble  has  been  in  exist- 
ence. If  the  opacity  has  existed  for  a  long  time  it  gradu- 
ally undergoes  a  hardening  process,  and  nothing  can  ever 
remove  it.*  Quite  a  common  cause  of  this  trouble  is 
striking  the  eye  with  a  whip  ;  a  blov/  over  the  eye  with 
the  butt-end  of  the  whip  ;  various  irritants,  etc.  Horses 
frequently  shy  at  objects  in  the  road  when  they  have 
slight  opacity  of  the  cornea,  more  particularly  if  the 
cloudiness  is  directly  over  the  pupil. 

Cataract 

This  is  a  fairly  common  affection  in  horses  and  one 
that  may  render  a  horse  completely  bhnd.  It  is  a  disease 
affecting  the  crystalHne  lens,  the  capsule  covering  the 
lens,  or  both  these  structures.  As  a  rule  it  is  of  gradual 
onset,  and  once  established  it  is  permanent,  as  operations 
on  the  horse  for  cataract  are  seldom  performed.  An 
injury,  such  as  a  blow  over  the  eye,  may  possibly  be  a 
cause  of  cataract,  but  one  of  the  commonest  causes 
during  these  last  few  years  has  been  the  so-called  specific 
or  recurrent  ophthalmia,  a  disease  which  produces  so 
much  disorganisation  within  the  eye  and  so  frequently 
recurs  that  structures  in  connection  with  the  lens  finally 
become  implicated,  and  cataract  is  the  result.  About 
half  a  century  since  specific  ophthalmia  was  in  Gre'at 
Britain  a  fairly  common  malady,  and  used  to  be  known 
under  the  title  of  moon  bhndness.  Since  the  Great  War 
recurrent  ophthalmia  has  reappeared,  principally  among 
the  army  horses,  therefore  it  is  reasonable  to  assume, 
now  that  a  large  proportion  of  these  animals  have  been 
sold,  that  the  trouble  referred  to  will  reappear  some- 
where. 

*  Sclerosing  keratitis. 


222  THE  HORSE 

It  is  a  very  hopeless  disease  to  treat,  and  whatever 
repair  takes  place  is  mainly  due  to  the  efforts  of  Nature, 
and  not  to  any  medicinal  value  of  topical  applications. 
As  previously  stated,  cataract  is  incurable  ;  renders  a 
horse  unsound,  but  not  necessarily  less  useful  for  certain 
purposes,  provided  that  only  one  eye  is  implicated. 
Sometimes,  however,  both  are  affected.  Cataract  may 
be  partial  or  complete,  in  accordance  with  the  stage  at 
which  the  disease  has  arrived.  Its  detection  is  a  matter 
for  an  expert  and  requires  the  use  of  the  ophthalmoscope 
for  critical  inspection.  But,  under  ordinary  circumstances 
cataract  can  be  seen  as  a  greenish  discoloured  area 
towards  the  back  of  the  eye,  more  especially  when  the 
pupil  is  dilated,  which  happens  when  the  eye  is  shaded. 

There  are  many  other  affections  of  the  eye,  such  as 
amaurosis,  or  glass-eye,  a  disease  characterised  by  the 
eyes  being  apparently  healthy  yet  the  animal  is 
blind.  This  is  not  a  common  affliction,  although  it  is  by 
no  means  infrequently  met  with,  and  results  from 
variable  causes,  such  as  excessive  haemorrhage  and 
pressure  upon  the  optic  nerve  through  injury,  abnormal 
growths,  etc. 

Amongst  other  diseases  of  the  eye  mention  must  be 
made  of  glaucoma,  an  evertion  and  inversion  of  the 
eyehds,  warty  growths  on  the  eyehds,  parasites  of  the  eye, 
luxation  or  displacement  of  the  eyeball,  and  tumours  of 
the  orbit,  all  of  which  produce  impairment  of  sight  and 
other  symptoms,  associated  with  the  particular  part 
involved. 

Before  concluding  this  chapter  it  is  worthy  of  remark 
in  passing  that  the  most  severe  injuries  to  the  eye  are 
often  followed  by  almost  complete  recovery  of  the  eyes 
to  its  normal  state,  indicating  what  remarkable  repara- 
tive power  is  inherent  in  these  organs. 


CHAPTER  XXIV 

WOUNDS,    FRACTURES   AND   DISLOCATIONS 

The  horse  is  particularly  liable  to  both  wounds  and 
fractures,  and  it  is  by  no  means  exempt  from  dislocations, 
particularly  in  one  joint,  viz.  the  stifle.  The  majority 
of  flesh  wounds  in  horses  heal  readily,  but  when  com- 
plicated with  a  fracture  the  damage  is  usually  irreparable, 
and  nearly  always  necessitates  the  immediate  destruc- 
tion of  the  animal.  There  are  certain  fractures — such  as 
those  of  the  ribs  and  the  pastern — which  are  capable  of 
repair  provided  that  the  animal  is  placed  under  favour- 
able conditions  for  the  restoration  of  the  damaged  part. 
It  is  the  absence  of  flesh  below  the  knees  and  hocks  which 
either  hinders  or  completely  prevents  repair.  Super- 
added to  these  features,  however,  we  have  to  consider  the 
extreme  difficulty  experienced  in  keeping  the  patient  in  a 
position  favourable  to  repair.  In  the  human  subject  it  is 
quite  a  different  matter,  the  conditions  being  exactly  the 
converse.  The  horse  is  unquestionably  capable  of  receiv- 
ing suggestions,  and  not  only  receiving  but  often  inter- 
preting them  ;  still,  when  it  comes  to  a  question  of  pain 
and  restraint  the  matter  is  entirely  different.  Wounds 
vary  from  a  mere  abrasion  of  the  skin  to  the  implication 
of  the  flesh,  blood-vessels,  tendons,  and  hgaments,  or  even 
injury  to  bone,  and  in  some  cases  vital  parts  may  be 
injured,  as  happens  when  the  cavities  of  the  brain,  chest, 
and  belly  are  severely  penetrated.  The  position  of  a 
wound  and  the  relationship  it  bears  to  vital  structures 
influence  its  course  and  termination.  Most  of  the  wounds 
in  a  horse  consist  of  laceration  of  the  skin  and  subjacent 
flesh,  but  some  are  incised  or  clean  cut,  exactly  as  though 

223 


224  THE  HORSE 

cut  with  the  surgeon's  knife.  Many  of  these  injuries  are 
accompanied  by  a  good  deal  of  contusion,  or  bruising, 
consequently  there  is  a  considerable  amount  of  swelling 
often  accompanying  the  injury.  This  is  particularly  the 
case  in  the  so-called  "broken  knee"  of  a  horse,  usually 
produced  by  falling  on  hard  ground  ;  a  kick  from  another 
horse  is  sometimes  of  a  similar  nature,  but  very  often  an 
injury  of  this  kind  produces  a  fracture,  as  commonly  ob- 
served in  many  of  the  army  horses  during  the  last  Great 
War.  When  a  wound  is  in  the  nature  of  a  stab,  like  that 
from  a  bayonet  or  from  some  sharp,  penetrating  body, 
it  is  spoken  of  as  "  punctured,"  and  punctured  wounds 
are  most  frequently  met  v/ith  in  the  feet  of  horses,  through 
"  picked-up  nail,"  and  when  the  farrier  pricks  the  foot 
during  shoeing.*  These  are  among  some  of  the  worst 
injuries  to  which  horses  are  liable,  at  any  rate  so  far  as 
their  course  and  termination  is  concerned.  Wounds  about 
the  feet  can  never  be  treated  in  a  spirit  of  levity,  but 
should  be  examined  by  a  veterinary  surgeon  and  dealt 
with  according  to  his  instructions.  The  size  of  a  wound 
is  no  criterion  as  to  the  ultimate  result,  as  the  most 
trivial  abrasions  are  occasionally  followed  by  the  death 
of  the  animal  through  some  disease  such  as  tetanus,  or 
lockjaw.  Quite  commonly  we  find  most  extensive  wounds 
in  horses,  especially  about  the  buttocks  and  quarters, 
on  the  shoulder,  and  sometimes  on  the  side,  but  capable 
of  appearing  in  any  situation.  Some  extraordinary 
wounds  in  horses  were  met  with  during  the  Allies'  war 
as  the  result  of  bomb  explosions,  shrapnel,  etc.  Thou- 
sands of  horses  were  either  killed  or  destroyed  as  the 
result  of  gunfire  or  some  other  form  of  explosion.  A 
compound  wound  is  one  in  which  there  is  a  fracture  in 
addition  to  the  wound.  This,  of  course,  materially  adds 
to  the  treatment  of  the  injury  ;  in  fact,  it  may  necessi- 
tate destruction  of  the  animal.  As  to  fractures  or 
broken  bones,  any  bone  in  the  body,  no  matter  how 

*  A  common  cause  of  "  Quittor." 


WOUNDS,  FRACTURES  &  DISLOCATIONS      225 

sheltered  in  position,  is  liable  to  be  fractured,  and  it  is 
surprising  how  apparently  trifling  an  accident  may  be, 
and  yet  the  injury  out  of  all  proportion  to  the  latter.  A 
fracture  can  be  produced  by  direct  or  by  indirect  violence, 
and  the  bone  may  be  broken  across  transversely,  longitu- 
dinally, obliquely,  or  comminuted,  i.e.  broken  into  a 
variable  number  of  small  particles.  The  author  has 
seen  both  these  accidents  in  the  cannon-bone  and  the 
long  pastern  produced  in  a  very  simple  manner.  Direct 
violence  consists  of  a  kick  from  another  horse,  contact 
with  a  shaft  from  a  cart,  or  against  some  other  hard  and 
unyielding  body,  such  as  a  lamp-post,  wall,  etc.,  whereas 
indirect  violence  may  be  sudden  muscular  contraction, 
as  when  a  horse  is  pulled  to  a  standstill  in  a  very  violent 
manner.  We  have  seen  the  radius,  or  forearm,  fractured 
in  this  way  during  polo  playing.  The  arm,  forearm, 
and  cannon  are  occasionally  broken  by  a  kick  from 
another  horse,  but  the  commonest  fracture  of  all  is  that  of 
the  second  thigh,  or  tibia.  In  nine  cases  out  of  ten  it  is 
the  result  of  direct  violence,  and  the  bone  is  usually 
broken  about  four  or  five  inches  above  the  hock.  The 
kick  is  generally  delivered  from  the  opposite  side  to  that 
upon  which  the  injury  is  inflicted,  and  nearly  always  on 
the  inner  side  of  the  lim.b.  The  fracture  is  sometimes 
transverse  and  sometimes  it  is  oblique,  and  no  matter 
whether  transverse  or  oblique  there  is  usually  considerable 
displacement  of  the  fractured  part.  If  so,  the  sooner  the 
animal  is  destroyed  the  better  for  all  concerned.  It  is 
not  an  injury  where  there  need  be  any  hesitation,  but  if 
there  is  no  displacement,  yet  the  animal  is  very  lame  and 
fracture  suspected,  its  destruction  should  be  deferred. 
Meanwhile  it  should  be  placed  in  the  slings  and  pro- 
fessional assistance  obtained. 

There  is  another  fairly  common  fracture,  viz.  spilt 
pastern,  usually  produced  by  direct  concussion.  Some- 
times it  is  quite  an  easy  matter  to  ascertain  whether  this 
injury  has  or  has  not  occurred,  but  usually  it  is  difficult 


226  THE  HORSE 

to  tell,  especially  if  it  is  unaccompanied  by  any  swelling. 
Certainly  lameness  and  pain,  when  the  fetlock  is  manipu- 
lated, is  of  some  value  in  assisting  one  to  form  an  opinion. 
There  are  two  bones  at  the  back  of  the  fetlock ;  either 
or  both  of  these  may  be  broken,  but  this  is  an  uncommon 
injury.  A  broken  rib  or  ribs,  unless  accompanied  by  an 
external  wound,  is  not  of  much  significance,  as  these 
structures  contain  a  large  amount  of  spongy  bone,  and 
are  in  a  fairly  favourable  situation  for  repair  to  occur. 
A  piece  of  pitch  plaster  over  the  seat  of  the  injury  is 
usually  sufficient  to  keep  the  injured  part  at  rest. 

Probably  the  reader  will  think  that  fractured  bone, 
say  in  a  foal,  is  capable  of  exerting  a  greater  degree  of 
reparative  power  than  an  adult  animal.  To  a  certain 
extent  this  is  true,  but  not  sufficiently  so  to  warrant  one 
to  treat  fractures  in  foals.  Sometimes  a  mare  will  kick 
her  foal  and  break  its  leg.  The  owner  may  be  anxious 
to  preserve  the  life  of  the  foal.  It  is  seldom,  however, 
that  any  good  results  from  surgical  means.  The  usual 
signs  of  fracture  are  sudden  lameness,  with  inability  to 
place  weight  on  the  injured  limb,  pain  on  manipulation, 
increased  heat,  swelling,  and  crepitus  or  a  grating  together 
of  the  broken  ends  of  the  bone,  any  of  which  may  be 
absent.  Most  fractures  are  accompanied  by  displacement, 
but  in  certain  instances  they  are  not,  or  at  any  rate  at 
the  time  of  the  injury.  When  displacement  does  not  occur 
at  the  time,  it  is  spoken  of  as  a  "  deferred  fracture."  The 
bones  of  the  pelvis  are  occasionally  broken,  but  usually 
the  injury  is  difficult  of  detection.  Under  ordinary  cir- 
cumstances it  takes  from  six  to  eight  weeks  for  the  union 
of  a  fractured  bone  to  become  complete.  When  a  bone 
is  dislocated  the  limb  is  rendered  useless.  Dislocation  of 
the  patella,  or  knee-cap,  which  is  situated  at  the  stifle 
joint,  is  practically  the  only  form  of  dislocation  that 
occurs  in  the  horse,  and  when  it  does  take  place  it  is 
commonly  in  a  foal  or  a  colt,  although  there  are  excep- 
tions.   The  chief  sjonptom  of  this  injury  is  inability  to 


WOUNDS,  FRACTURES  &  DISLOCATIONS      227 

draw  the  limb  forward.  Plenty  of  good  food  and  a  strong 
blister  is  about  the  most  that  can  be  done  towards 
setting  this  trouble  right .  Ligaments  and  tendons  are  some- 
times torn,  but  both  these  structures  are  capable,  under 
proper  conditions,  of  repair.  All  wounds,  no  matter 
whether  affecting  skin,  flesh,  tendons,  ligaments,  or  bones, 
demand  one  prime  factor  necessary  for  their  repair,  and 
this  is  perfect  rest — by  no  means  an  easy  thing  to  obtain 
in  the  horse.  When  dealing  with  a  wound,  either  of  the 
skin  or  flesh,  first  of  all  clip  the  hair  off  around  the  seat 
of  the  injury  with  a  pair  of  sharp  scissors,  or  else  shave  it 
off.  This  done,  cleanse  the  wound  thoroughly  with  warm 
water  containing  some  antiseptic.  Any  particles  of  grit, 
dirt,  etc.,  must  be  removed.  If  the  wound  is  bleeding  too 
freely  search  for  the  divided  vessel,  which  when  found 
should  be  ligatured,  i.e.  tied  up  with  stout  silk  thread  or 
catgut.  Pressure  will  sometimes  do  instead.  Cold  water 
is  useful  for  the  same  purpose,  but  it  must  be  understood 
that  the  loss  of  two  or  three  quarts  of  blood,  or  even  a 
gallon  or  more,  in  the  horse,  is  of  very  little  importance. 
Having  assured  oneself  that  the  wound  is  clean  it  can  then 
be  sutured  or  sewn  up,  using  silk  or  catgut  for  this  purpose. 
Punctured  wounds  must  never  be  sewn,  but  syringed  out 
daily  with  antiseptic  solution.  As  soon  as  the  wound  is 
dry,  certainly  not  before,  paint  it  with  iodine  hniment 
and  then  proceed  to  draw  the  cut  edges  of  the  wound 
together,  taking  particular  care  that  the  stitches  are  not 
drawn  too  tightly,  otherwise  they  will  tear  out  and  still 
further  aggravate  the  injury.  Deep  wounds  of  the 
muscles,  such  as  one  commonly  sees  on  the  buttocks  and 
quarters,  do  not  do  well  when  they  are  stitched.  If  there 
is  a  flap  of  skin  hanging  down  remove  this  and  let  the 
wound  heal  in  an  open  manner,  only  keep  it  clean  and 
dress  daily  with  an  antiseptic  lotion — say  J  oz.  pure 
carbolic  acid  to  a  pint  of  water,  shaking  the  two  well 
together  and  if  necessary  adding  the  same  quantity  of 
glycerine  as  acid.    This  will  help  to  dissolve  the  carbolic. 


228  THE  HORSE 

The  great  matter  when  stitching  wounds  is  to  adjust 
them  nicely,  but  never  tight,  as  swelhng  bursts  the 
stitches.  In  summer  flies  are  sometimes  troublesome. 
To  prevent  this  smear  the  wound  v/ith  eucalyptus  oint- 
ment once  a  day-.  The  following  will  be  found  a  useful 
dressing  for  w^ounds  :  creosote,  |  oz.,  turpentine,  4  oz., 
ohve  oil,  8  oz.  Mix  and  make  wound  liniment.  The 
liniment  to  be  applied  twice  a  day,  as  it  will  help  a  wound 
to  heal  rapidly.  In  the  case  of  broken  knees  the  animal 
must  be  tied  up  short  to  prevent  it  from  lying  down, 
and  the  knees  dressed  with  cotton  wool  soaked  in  the 
liniment  and  subsequently  fastened  on  with  a  Hnen 
bandage,  and  over  this  an  ordinary  stable  or  flannel 
bandage.  Keep  the  knees  clean,  but  don't  wash  the  raw 
surface  of  the  wound.  There  is  nothing  more  detrimental 
to  a  wound  than  to  wash  the  granulating  surface  off  it. 
It  is  surprising  how  very  few  people  are  aware  of  this 
significant  fact. 


CHAPTER  XXV 

SOMETHING   CONCERNING   ORGANIC  AND   INORGANIC 
POISONS 

Horses,  like  most  other  animals,  are  liable  to  suffer  from 
the  effects  of  various  organic  and  inorganic  poisons  when 
these  are  taken  into  the  system.  If  these  enter  by  the 
mouth  the  usual  result  is  that  inflammation  is  set  up  in 
the  stomach  and  in  the  intestines,  and  this  may  be  the' 
cause  of  the  animal's  death.  Both  vegetable  and  mineral 
substances  act  in  this  m.anner  if  these  agents  are  of  a 
poisonous  nature.  It  is  of  interest  to  note  that,  while 
both  arsenic  and  antimony  are  such  extremely  poisonous 
agents  to  man  and  many  other  animals,  antimony,  so  far 
as  the  horse  is  concerned,  does  not,  when  taken  internally, 
cause  any  irritation  or  symptoms  of  poisoning ;  yet 
arsenic  will  if  the  dose  is  excessive.  Amongst  the  British 
plants  of  a  poisonous  nature  mention  must  be  made  of 
the  yew,  the  foxglove,  the  deadly  nightshade,  the  hem- 
lock, the  dropwort,  the  water  hemlock,  the  bitter-sweet, 
the  laburnum,  the  hlac,  etc.  Perhaps  the  commonest 
amongst  these  is  the  yew,  the  leaves  of  which,  when  con- 
sumed by  a  horse,  are  of  a  very  deadly  nature,  and  quite 
a  number  of  instances  of  death  have  been  recorded 
through  eating  this  plant.  The  yew  (taxus)  is  a  well- 
known  ornamental  shrub,  commonly  growing  around 
suburban  villas,  and  sometimes  in  hedges  ;  in  fact,  one 
occasionally  meets  with  a  whole  hedge  formed  of  yew. 
There  is  an  Enghsh  and  an  Irish  variety  of  this  plant, 
but  they  are  both  equally  deadly.  The  plant  seems  to  be 
more  active  at  certain  seasons  than  others,  but  no  risk 

229 


230  THE  HORSE 

should  ever  be  taken  whenever  and  wherever  it  is  found 
growing.  Most  people  are  acquainted  with  the  yew  as  an 
ornamental  shrub  and  the  various  devices  which  are 
fashioned  out  of  it.  The  leaves  are  about  an  inch  long, 
dark  green  on  the  upper,  but  lighter  on  the  lower  side, 
and  when  young  of  a  very  bright  green,  standing  out  in 
marked  contrast  to  the  leaves  of  the  previous  year. 
The  poisonous  properties  of  the  yew  were  known  to  the 
ancient  Greeks  and  Romans,  and  have  been  fully  estab- 
lished by  modem  experience.  Judged  from  a  toxi- 
cological  standpoint,  the  yev/  occupies  an  intermediate 
position  between  the  foxglove  and  the  savin.  Death 
occurs  so  rapidly  after  partaking  freely  of  this  plant  that 
there  is  very  httle  time  to  observe  any  symptoms.  It 
produces  coldness  of  the  surface  of  the  body,  rapid  action 
of  the  heart,  trembling,  and  other  urgent  signs  of  pain 
and  collapse.  Although  a  very  ornamental  shrub  it 
should  never  be  grown  in  hedges,  more  especially  at  the 
front  of  houses,  as  it  is  very  liable  at  any  time  to  be  con- 
sumed by  any  horses  left  unattended  there. 

Another  plant  which  frequently  grows  on  hedge-banks 
and  around  pastures  is  that  known  as  the  foxglove,  the 
purple  flowers  of  which  are  well  known  to  almost  every  one. 
This  plant  bears  a  rosette  of  leaves  close  to  the  ground 
and  these  are  much  lighter  on  their  under  surface  than 
above.  They  have  been  known  to  be  gathered  in  mistake 
for  those  of  the  prickly  comfrey,  and  with  fatal  results 
when  cut  up  and  given  to  horses.  Foxglove  leaves,  when 
dried  and  powdered,  have  marked  diuretic  and  sedative 
properties,  for  which  purpose  they  are  sometimes  medici- 
nally employed  in  veterinary  practice.  Both  the  flowers 
and  the  leaves  are  poisonous. 

The  deadly  nightshade  and  the  bitter-sweet  belong  to 
the  same  natural  order  as  the  potato,  and  they  are  both 
poisonous  plants,  but  the  deadly  nightshade  more  so  to  the 
horse  than  the  bitter-sweet.  The  latter  is  quite  a  common 
plant  found  growing  in  hedges.     It  bears  bright  purple 


ORGANIC  AND  INORGANIC  POISONS      231 

flowers  with  yellow  centres.  It  is  a  shrub  of  a  trailing 
character  with  green  berries  which  subsequently  become, 
when  ripe,  red.  The  belladonna,  or  deadly  nightshade, 
also  known  as  the  common  dwale,  flowers  in  June,  the 
flowers  being  of  a  dusky  brown.  In  spite  of  its  poisonous 
effects  as  miich  as  8  lb.  have  been  given  to  a  horse  without 
any  bad  results.  An  extract  prepared  from  the  leaves  is 
extensively  employed  in  veterinary  practice. 

The  hemlocks  are  characterised  by  their  hollow  stems, 
their  compound  leaves  and  the  compound  nature  of  their 
inflorescence.  They  belong  to  the  same  family  as  the 
parsley,  celery,  etc.  The  water  hem.lock  is  fairly  common 
in  ditches  and  ponds,  whilst  the  spotted  hemlock  is  often 
found  growing  on  banks,  around  woods,  etc.  Both  the 
stem  and  the  leaves  are  spotted.  The  poisonous  symp- 
toms produced  by  these  plants  are  variable,  but  usually 
those  indicative  of  colic  followed  by  collapse.  In  cases  of 
poison  by  any  of  the  foregoing  plants  first-aid  treatment 
comprises  the  administration  of  a  pint  of  linseed  oil 
mixed  with  half  a  pint  of  gin,  the  whole  to  be  adminis- 
tered immediately  the  symptoms  are  observed.  In  every 
suspected  case  of  poisoning  the  earlier  professional 
assistance  is  obtained  the  better. 

Arsenic  is  occasionally  surreptitiously  given  to  horses 
by  carters  and  grooms,  and  the  doses  are  often  sufficiently 
large  to  kill  a  horse.  It  is  used  in  the  form  of  arsenious 
acid  or  arsenic  trioxide,  and  it  is  a  heavy  white  crystalline 
powder.  The  proper  dose  for  the  horse  is  from  4  to  8 
grains,  but  horse  dealers  have  been  known  to  give  as 
much  as  would  lie  on  a  shilling,  and  this  would  probably 
weigh  3  or  4  drams.  The  administration  of  such  lethal 
doses  has,  on  numerous  occasions,  landed  the  horse- 
keeper  in  prison,  and  rightly  so.  Even  when  this  drug  is 
prescribed  medicinally  by  a  professional  man,  its  effects 
have  to  be  watched,  as  it  is  one  of  those  substances  which 
have  a  tendency  to  accumulate  in  the  liver,  from  which 
it  may  at  any  time  be  suddenly  swept  into  the  system. 


23^  THE  HORSE 

and  produce  acute  gastro-enteritis,  followed  by  death. 
Horse-keepers  and  grooms  reading  these  remarks  must 
take  warning  and  accept  this  as  the  author's  timely 
intervention.  Arsenic  is  given  for  the  purpose  of  im- 
proving the  condition  of  the  coat  and  skin  and  also  that 
of  the  wind,  on  all  of  which  it  has  a  marked  effect.  Arsenic 
forms  a  constituent  of  many  sheep  dips  and  some  weed 
killers,  and  it  has  also  been  employed  as  a  dip  for  horses 
in  the  treatment  of  certain  skin  diseases,  such  as  mange, 
but  experience  proves  that  it  is  distinctly  inferior  to  the 
ordinary  lime  and  sulphur  dip  for  this  purpose.  The 
leading  symptoms  in  arsenical  poisoning  are  those  of  very 
severe  colic  and  general  signs  of  collapse.  Before  con- 
cluding this  chapter  we  must  not  forget  to  mention 
another  drug  occasionally  given  to  horses  by  grooms, 
and  this  is  oil  of  vitriol,  or  strong  sulphuric  acid  adminis- 
tered by  pouring  it  on  loaf  sugar,  employed  for  a  similar 
purpose  to  arsenic,  but  it  is  extremely  dangerous  and  its  use 
deserving  of  the  most  severe  condemnation.  The  adminis- 
tration of  such  drugs  as  turpentine,  strong  liquid  ammonia 
and  carbohc  acid  to  horses  necessitates  thorough  dilution 
of  these  corrosive  agents,  otherwise  most  serious  damage 
may  be  done  to  the  mouth,  lips,  tongue,  throat,  gullet, 
and  stomach,  through  ignorance.  We  have  known  a 
soldier  administer  strong  hquid  ammonia  along  with  a 
small  quantity  of  water  to  a  horse  when  it  had  colic  ; 
the  result  was  appalling,  and  as  cruel  as  it  was  possible 
to  conceive.  No  matter  whether  employed  for  internal  or 
external  use  the  drug  last  named  should  always  be  freely 
diluted  with  some  bland  agent,  such  as  linseed  or  olive  oil, 
and  then  it  can  be  used  with  safety. 

In  smelting  districts   horses  sometimes   suffer  from 
lead-poisoning. 


INDEX 


Actinomycosis,  163 

Administering  medicine  to  horses, 
123,  124 

Affections  of  the  respiratory  and 
circulatory  systems,  164-72 

Age,  47 

Age  as  indicated  by  teeth,  82-90 

Agistment  of  horses,  25,  26 

Anatomical  outlines  of  the  con- 
struction of  the  horse,  130-45 

Anthrax,  15  6,  157 

Arthritis  in  foals,  158,  159 

Azoturia,  181 

Bedding.  33,  34 

Blistering  and  firing,  124 

Bone-spavin,  192-94 

Breathing,  122 

Breeding  heavy  horses   and  the 

selection  of  sire  and  dam  for 

this  purpose,  56-58 
Broken  wind,  166,  167 
Bruised  heel,  120 
Bursal  enlargements  or  wind  galls, 

190,  191 
Buying  a  light  horse  and  what  to 

avoid  in  selecting  same,  77-81 

Canker  of  the  foot,  114,  115 
Care  of  mare  and  foal,  59-64 
Castration  of  colts,  126-28 
Cataract,  221,  222 
Catarrh,  147-49 
Causes  of  laminitis,  no 
Cleveland  Bay,  The,  70,  71 
Clipping,  20,  21 
Clothing  and  bandages,  22 
Clydesdale,  The,  38-40 


Colic,  176,  177 

Collar  and  saddle  galls,  209-1 1 

Colour,  47-55 

Common  affections  of  the  eye, 
Some,  216-222 

Complaints  of  the  digestive  or- 
gans, Some,  1 73-1 79 

Cracked  heels,  212,  213 

Curb,  191,  192 

Cutting  or  brushing,  119 

Dam,  Selection  of,  56-58 
Diabetes  or  excessive  urination, 

181,  182 
Diarrhoea  in  foals,  178 
Digestive  system.  The,  143-45 
Diseases  of  bones,  joints,  tendons 

and  hgaments,  185-95 
Diseases  of  the  feet,  108 
Dislocations,  223-28 
Dressing  for  mange  in  horses,  205 

Epilepsy  or  vertigo,  184 

Eye,  Some  common  affections  of, 

216-22 
Eyelids,  Injuries  to,  218,  219 

Facts  of  general  interest,  121-29 

False  quarter,  114 

Farmer's  horse,  44,  45 

Feeding  sick  horses,  126 

Feet,  Diseases  of,  108 

Fever  powders,  129 

Fomentations,  125,  126 

Forage,  The  horse  and  its,  26-33 

Forging,  119 

Foot  in  health  and  disease,  The, 

102-20 
Foot,  Structure  of,  104-108 


2Z2> 


234 


THE   HORSE 


Founder  (laminitis),  108-12 
Fractures,  223-28 

General   management   of  horses, 

115-34 
Glanders,  154-56 
Grease,  213-15 
Grooming,  17-20 

Hackney  or  harness  horse.  The, 

67-70 
Healing  ointment,  128 
Heart,  The,  171,  172 
Heavy  draught  horses,  35-46 
Heavy  draught  horses,  age,  sex, 

colour,  selection,  soundness,  etc. 

56-58 
Horse  and  its  forage,  The,  26-33 
Hunter,  The,  j-}. 
Hygiene  of  the  stable,  11-14 

Infectious  stomatitis,  i6r,  162 
Infective  diseases.  Specific,   146- 

163 
Influenza,  15 1-4 
Injuries  to  the  eyelids,  218-219 
Inorganic  poisons,  229-32 
Internal  structure  of  a  horse,  139, 

140 

Joint-ill  or  arthritis  in  foals,  158, 
159 

Lameness  in  the  horse,  93-97 
Laminitis  or  founder,  108-12 
Laminitis,    General   management 

and  treatment  of,  iii,  112 
Lice,  205,  206 

Ligaments,  Diseases  of,  185-95 
Light  van  and  tradesman's  horse, 

71 
Lockjaw  (tetanus),  157,  158 
Lymphangitis  (weed),  178,  179 

Mange,  197-201 
Management  of  horses,  15-34 
Mare  and  foal,  their  management 
from  summer  to  winter,  59-64 
Mud  rash,  212 
Muscular  System,  The,  138,  139 


Navicular  disease,  112,  113 
Nervous  system.  The,  183,  184 
Nettle  rash  (urticaria),  215 

Opacity  of  the  cornea,  220,  221 
Open  joint,  190 
Ophthalmia,  219,  220 
Organic    and    inorganic    poisons. 
Something  concerning,  229-32 

Parasitic  mange  order,  191 1,  201- 
203 

Percheron,  The,  42,  43 

Physicking  horses,  122,  123 

Pleurisy,  171 

Pneumonia,  168-71 

Poisons,  Something  concerning 
organic  and  inorganic,  229-32 

Ponies,  74 

Pulse,  The,  121 

Purpura,  160,  161 

Preparation  of  the  foot  for  shoe- 
ing, 98-101 

Rheumatism,  159,  160 
Ring-bone,  188,  189 
Ringworm,  206-g 
Rules  for  prevention  and  cure  of 
mange  in  horses,  203,  204 

Saddle  horse  or  rider,  The,  65-76 
Saline  fever  powders,  129 
Sandycrack,  113,  114 
Scour  in  foals,  178 
Seborrhoea  (grease),  213-15 
Septic  laminitis,  64 
Shire,  The,  35-37 
Shoes  and  shoeing,  98-101 
Side-bone,  1 16-18 
Sire,  Selection  of,  56-58 
Sitfast,  211,  212 
Skeleton  of  horse,  130-8 
Skin  affections,  196-215 
Slipped  shoulder,  186 
Sore  throat,  167,  168 
Soundness,  etc.,  56-58 
SpUnt,  186-8 
Stable  hygiene,  11-14 
Stables  and  stable  construction^ 
11-14 


INDEX 


235 


stomatitis.  Infectious,  161,  162 
Strained  tendons  and  ligaments, 

194,  195 
Strangles,  149-51 
Stringhalt,  183,  184 
Structure  of  foot,  104-8 
Suffolk,  The,  40-42 
Summering  horses,  24,  25 


Temperature,  121,  122 
Tetanus  (lockjaw),  157,  15! 
Thrush,  115,  116 
Tonic  powders,  128 
Tuberculosis,  162,  163 


Urinary  and  generative  organs,  145 

Urinary  organs,    Some  affections 

of,  180-182  •  4 


tradesman's  horse, 


Vanner  and 

45.  46 
Vertigo,    1 84 
Vice,  91,  92 


Washing,  22 
Watering,  22 
Wintering  horses,  24,  25 
Wound  lotion,  128 
Wounds,    fractures    and    disloca- 
tions, 223-8 


pfTntedm  Great  Brftoln  of 
UJilUam  Breodon  &  Son  B? 


ss 


WOOD    PRESERVING   STAIN 

should  be  used  for  all  woodwork  in  and  about 
stables,  cowsheds,  barns,  piggeries,  etc. 

Read  this  striking  testimonial  and  write  to 
Major  and  Company,  Limited,  205  High  St., 
Southwark,  London,  S.E.  I,  for  particulars 
and  colour  sheet,  mentioning  "  The  Horse." 


Messrs.  Major  &  Company,  Ltd., 
205  High  Street, 

Borough,  S.E. 


lo^h  May,  1920, 


Dear  Sirs, 

Kindly  forward  me  one  drum  of  Solignum  for 
use  in  my  stables.  I  am  a  great  believer  in  Solignum, 
being"  simply  a  marvellous  disinfecting  and  antiseptic 
preparation  which  I  recommend  to  many  of  my  friends. 
Solignum  during  the  war,  used  by  the  Government, 
was  of  the  greatest  benefit  in  Remount  Depots,  and 
absolutely  indispensable,  and  I  was  never  without 
same. 

Kindly  send  to  my  stables,  and  oblige 

Yours  faithfully, 
(Signed)  P.  Hamilton  Hughes 

(late  Army  Remounts  Service). 
P.S.      The  above  remarks  are  entirely  unsolicited  by 
your  Company. 

MAJOR  and   COMPANY,   Ltd. 


All  practical  Farmeni  who  want  to  keep  abreast  of  the  times 
get  at  once  a  copy  of 

Farming  on  Factory  Lines 


OR 


Continuous    Cropping  for  Large   Farmers 

BY 

T.  WIBBERLEY,  N.D.A.,  N.D.D. 

(Of  Queen's  University,  Belfast). 


Secoml  Edkion  6/"  net  (postage  4cl.) 

It  forms  the  ^eat  authoritative  test  book  on  the 
Wibberley  Continuous  Cropping:  System,  and  is  a 
new  and  frankly  revolutionary  guide  to  ALL-WEATHER 
Farming  and  to  cheaper  Milk,  Corn  and  Beef  Production. 

"  In  times  past  the  climate  has  often  conquered  the  British  Farmer, 
but  it  has  not  conquered  Wibberley.  He  has  conquered  it,  turning 
what  otherwise  would  be  adverse  climatic  conditions  to  advantage  in 
tilling  the  land. 

*•  It  sounds  impossible.  It  reads  like  a  fairy  tale — yet  the  whole  of 
the  scheme  of  '  Wibberleyism '  or  *  Continuous  Cropping,'  *  Farming 
on  Factory  Lines ' — as  the  system  is  variously  termed — is  in  reality 
beautifully  simple.  It  is  so  effective  that  one  wonders  what  our  highly 
paid  officials  have  been  thinking  about,  when  they  have  not  hammered 
out  some  such  a  tillage  system  as  Wibberley's  years  before  Wibberley 
was  born."— The  Smallholder. 


Read  all  about  it  in  tids  new  and  valuable  work. 

Can  be  obtained  by  order  from  any  Bookseller^  or  post  free 
for  6/4  from 

Messrs.   O.   ARTHUR    PEARSON,    Limited, 
18  Henrietta  Street,  London,  W.C.  2. 


Soo^5  on  Agricultural 

and  Kindred  Subjects. 
Farming  on  Factory  Lines,  or 

Continuous  Cropping  for  Large  Farmers. 

By  PROFESSOR  T.  WIBBERLEY,  N.D.A.,  N.D.D. 

Second  Edition.  PRICE  6/=  NET  (Postage  4d.  extra). 

It  forms  the  great  authoritative  textbook  on  the  Wibberley  Continuous  Cropping  System,  and 
is  a  new  and  frankly  revolutionary  guide  to  ALL  WEATHER  Farming  and  to  cheaper  Milk, 
Corn  and  Beef  Production. 

The  Horse.    In  Health,  Accident  and  Disease. 

By  Frank  T.  Barton,  Capt.  R.A.y.C.,  M.R.C.V.S.  Crown  8yo.  Cloth,  with  eight  Photo- 
graphs and  other  illustrations.     Price  5/-  net  (postage  sd.). 

A  new  work  by  a  well-known  authority.  The  volume  will  supply  all  the  information  necessary 
for  those  interested  in  the  well-being  of  horses. 

Farm  Tractors. 

By  E.  T.  Browk.     Author  of  "  Poultry  for  Profit,"  etc.     Fully  Illustrated.      Crown  8vo.    Clotb. 
Price  3/6  net. 
A  practical  Handbook  on  the  selection  and  management  of  a  Tractor. 

Continuous  Cropping 

And  Tillage  Dairy  Farming  For  Small  Farmers,  etc. 

>^?    By  PROFESSOR  T.  WIBBERLEY,  N.D.A.,  N.D.D. 
Third  Edition,  Crown  8vo.     Cloth.  Price  3/6  net ;  post  free,  3/10. 

Dairy  Farming. 

By  J.  C.  Newsham,  F.L.S.,  Author  of  "Farming  Made  Easy,"  etc.    Crown  8vo.    Cloth.    Price 
3/6  net  (postage  sd.). 
All  about  Cowkeeping,  Milk,  Butter,  Cheese,  etc. 

Farming  Made  Easy. 

An  invaluable  guide  for  all  those  commencing  farming.  By  J.  C.  Newsham,  F.L.S. ,  Author 
of  "  The  Potato  Book,"  etc.     Crown  8vo.     Cloth.    Price  3/6  net  (postage  4d.  extra). 

Poultry  for  Profit. 

By  E.  T.  Brown.  Crown  8vo,  cloth,  with  15  full-page  Illustrations.  Price  3/6  net  (postage 
4d.  extra). 

The  Pig:  Breeding,  Rearing  and  Housing. 

By  Sanders  Spencer.  Crown  8vo,  cloth,  with  15  full-page  Illustration*.    Price  3/6  net  (postage  4d.). 

Insect  Pests  and  How  to  Beat  them. 

Including  Notes  on  Plant  Diseases,  Soils  and  Manures.  By  James  Sarsfield.  Crown  8vo, 
cloth,  with  illustrations,  by  the  Author,  of  every  insect  described  in  the  text.  Price  3/6  net 
(postage  4d.). 

Roses  and  Ho-w  to  Grow  them. 

By  Edwin  Beckett,  V.M.H.,  F.R.H.S.  Crown  8vo,  cloth.  With  portrait  frontispiece.  Price 
2/6  net  (postage  3d.  extra). 

C.    ARTHUR    PEARSON.    LIMITED. 


SOME  USEFUL  HANDBOOK! 

FOR  SMALLHOLDERS  AND  OTHERS. 
The  Smallholder's  Year  Book.     Published  annuaiij 

Price  2/-  net  (postage  4d.) 

The  Smallholder's  Year  Book  is  now  an  institution.    It  is  the  recognised  cour 
of  appeal  in  all  matters  connected  with  the  land,  in  gardening,  farming,  poultrj 
keeping,  goat,  rabbit  and  bee-keeping  circles.     It  contains  the  cream  of  all  th< 
information  that  has  ever  appeared  in  THE  SMALLHOLDER.     It  solves  at 
a  glance  every  problem  that  is  ever  likely  to  puzzle  YOU. 

The  Hobby  Gardener.  By  a.  C.  Marshall,  f.r.h.s. 
With  2  2  full-page  Illustrations  showing  clearly  the  various  opera- 
tions throughout  a  year's  work  in  the  garden.  In  Stiff  Three- 
coloured  Cover.     Price  1/6  net,  post  free  1/9. 

Greenhouses :  How  to  Make  and  Manage  Them. 

By   William    F.  Rowles.       With  numerous  Diagrams.       Cloth 
Price  1/6,  post  free  1/9. 

The  Dog:   In   Health   and   Disease.      By  F.  M 

Archer.     With  12  Illustrations  by  S.  T.  Dadd.    Cloth.   Price  1/6, 
post  free  1/9. 

Cage  and  Singing  Birds.  By  George  Gardner.  Witt 
numerous  Illustrations.     Cloth.     Price  1/6,  post  free  1/9. 

Some  of  the  Contents  are  : — Birds  for  Song,  for  Exhibition  and  for  Breeding 
— Care  of  Young — Seeds  :  how  and  what  to  buy — Moulting  for  Song  and  foi 
Exhibition — Colour-feeding  :  how  it  is  done — Diseases  of  Cage  Birds  and  ho^ 
to  treat  them — Bird  Fever — Parasites  and  how  to  destroy  them^  etc.  etc. 

An  Easy  Poultry  Guide.  By  Edward  Brown,  f.l.s, 
With  8  full-page  Illustrations  and  other  Diagrams.  Pocket  size 
Cloth.     Price  i/-  net,  post  free  1/2. 

War  on  Weeds.  By  "  Farmer  Giles."  Price  6d.  net,  post 
free  yd. 

This  book  gives  a  full  description  and  illustrations  of  the  thirteen  proscribe(3 
weeds,  also  a  complete  list  of  all  other  farm  and  garden  weeds,  with  sketches, 
full  descriptions,  and  preventive  measures. 

War-Time  Farming.  By  T.  Wibberley.  Price  6d.  net, 
post  free  yd. 

This  small  book  tells  how  the  man  on  the  land  can  use  it  to  the  greatest 
advantao-e. 


I 


A?ty  0/  these  books  7nay  be  ordered  through  your  bookseller ^  or  "will  be  sent  post- 
free  on  receipt  of  the  price  mentioned  by 

A.  F.  SOWTER,  Publisher, "  Smallholder  and  Small  Owner  "  Offices, 

16-18.    HENRIETTA    STREET.    LONDON.    W.C.  2.